Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Retail / Halfords Group / FY2022 Annual Report

Halfords Group
Annual Report 2022

HFD · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker HFD
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Halfords Group
Loading PDF…
H

a

l

f

o

r

d

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

p

e

r

i

o

d

e

n

d

e

d

1

A

p

r

i

l

2

0

2

2

Halfords Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 
for the period ended 1 April 2022

To Inspire 
and Support 
a Lifetime of 
motoring and 
cycling.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

Group Overview

Scale of Change
Group Highlights
Our Purpose, Values, Strategy and 
Culture
Group at a Glance
Chair’s Statement
Investment Case

Strategic Report

02
04

06
08
10
12

16
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
22
Our Marketplace
26
Our Engagement with Stakeholders
28
Section 172(1) Statement
30
How We Create Value
32
Our Strategy
40
Environmental, Social and Governance
56
Key Performance Indicators
60
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
Risk Management
66
–  Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) 68
72
Our Principal Risks and Uncertainties
79
Viability Statement

Our Governance

Board of Directors
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Report
Nomination Committee Report
ESG Committee Report
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
–  Directors’ Remuneration Policy 

Summary Report

– Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Responsibilities

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statement of  
Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Statement  
of Cash Flows
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements
Company Balance Sheet
Company Statement of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Five-Year Record
Glossary of Alternative Performance 
Measures
Company Information

82
86
92
118
122
124
130

137
138
150

154
162

163

164

165

166

167
168
179
203

204
205
206

212

213
214

Welcome to our  
2022 Annual Report

Halfords is the UK’s 
leading provider 
of motoring and 
cycling products  
and services. 

Our purpose is to Inspire and Support  
a Lifetime of motoring and cycling. 

Our medium-term goal is to evolve into  
a consumer and B2B services-focused 
business. 

Our Integrated Report
This is our eighth integrated report and is designed to provide a concise overview of how we 
generate value for all stakeholders. By following an integrated reporting model, we aim to show 
how our competitive advantage is sustainable in the short, medium, and long term. Whilst this 
report focuses on value generation for our shareholders, it also demonstrates how we interact 
with all stakeholders.

Online Annual Report
Read our Annual Report online, including a link to the full Remuneration 
Policy: halfords.annualreport2022.com

Corporate Website 
Catch up with our latest news and learn more about Halfords 
on our corporate website: www.halfordscompany.com

We’re making significant 
progress in changing the shape 
and scale of our business.

Over the course of this year, we have further developed our 
business, making significant progress in our plans to evolve  
into a services-focused business – we have acquired three 
businesses, significantly increased our electric services and 
solutions capabilities and launched our Motoring Loyalty Club. 

Read more on pages 2 and 3.

Group Revenue

FY22

 Product 61%

 Services 39%

 Product 77%

 Services 23%

B2B 
20%

B2B 
10%

FY18

G
R
O
U
P

O
V
E
R
V
E
W

I

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

01

 
GROUP 
OVERVIEW

Scale of Change

In 2019, we outlined our accelerated strategy, focusing  
on building a services-focused business. 

•  Our original strategy – to Inspire and 

Support a Lifetime of motoring and 
cycling – is still extremely relevant 
today and remains our focus.

•  We have invested heavily in this 
strategy and are now going from 

strength to strength with acquisitions 
helping to transform our business.

•  Customers love what we’re doing and 
are responding well with record Net 
Promoter Scores showing that we are 
exceeding their expectations.

Transforming our services business   

Our latest acquisitions secure our position as the UK’s largest 
provider of vehicle services, maintenance and repairs.

Acquisition Timeline

March 2021

December 2021

December 2021

March 2022

30 Centres     
190 Vans

4 Centres 

239 Centres  
68 Vans  
8 Warehouses 

4 Vans

We have doubled the number of service locations.

FY18

Stores

Garages

FY22

Stores

Garages

480

316

403

606

Mobile Vans

1

Mobile Vans*

445

* 185 Halfords Mobile Expert vans + 192 Commercial vans + 68 ‘National’ Tyre fitting Vans

% of Group Revenue coming from Services

%
8
8
3

.

%
7
8
2

.

%
4

.

6
2

%
9
3
2

.

%
6
3
2

.

FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22

Strategic success, organic growth and 
recent acquisitions have helped drive the 
percentage of Group Revenue coming from 
Services to 39% which puts us well on 
track to achieve our medium-term target of 
half our business being in Services. 

Note: Service-related Group sales is 
the income derived from the fitting or 
repair services themselves along with 
the associated product sold within the 
same transaction across the Retail and 
Autocentres businesses.

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
s
n
a
r
T
r
u
O

02

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

 
Our ambition 
to become a 
consumer and 
B2B services-
focused business 
is being realised, 
at pace

•  Services businesses are 

inherently more resilient to 
external factors and, as our 
consumer and B2B services 
propositions continue to grow, 
our business is evolving into one 
which can more readily weather 
the challenging medium-term 
environment.

•  Alongside this resilience, the 

• 

evolution into a services-focused 
business is boosting the Group’s 
underlying profitability, helping 
to generate more sustainable 
financial returns.

In the medium term, half of our 
business will be in Services – 
which are essential in their nature 
– meaning our business has a 
higher customer retention, a lower 
risk profile and stronger and more 
sustainable returns on capital. 

Growing our B2B revenue stream    
Leveraging and realising value for our existing assets.

% of Group Revenue coming from B2B

%
4
.
0
2

%
9
.
7
1

%
8
.
4
1

%
8
.
1
1

%
4
.
0
1

FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22

Our strategic ambition to evolve into a B2B-
focused business is paying off with recent 
acquisitions and a strong focus on growing 
our commercial services offering significantly 
increasing the percentage of Group revenue 
coming from B2B channels. 

Investing in customer experience    
We have delivered record customer NPS ratings for our  
services business.

Autocentres Net Promoter Score

6
.
2
7

8
.
8
6

1
.
6
7

1
.
3
6

8
.
4
6

FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22

Autocentres NPS ratings have seen  
steady increases in the last few years as 
investments in colleague training, greater 
levels of convenience for customers and 
delivering increasingly strong levels of 
customer service help drive customer 
satisfaction ratings.

Developing a digital first business   
Ongoing investment in digital platforms and building 
brand awareness

Growth of Group online sales

%
2
.
4
4

%
1
.
4
3

%
7
.
3
2

%
0
.
0
2

%
4
.
7
1

FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22

Excluding FY21 due to the pandemic, 
our online sales have grown steadily with 
significant investment in our digital platforms 
such as our integrated Group website and 
enhanced delivery proposition helping 
encourage customers to shop online.

03

GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.com  
Group Highlights

Financial
Revenue (£m)1

+6.0%

m
6
.
9
6
3
,
1
£

m
3
.
2
9
2
,
1
£

m
4
.
2
4
1
,
1
£

m
6
.
8
3
1
,
1
£

m
1
.
5
3
1
,
1
£

Underlying profit 
before tax (£m)1

-9.7%

m
5
.
9
9
£

m
8
.
9
8
£

m
6
.
1
7
£

m
8
.
8
5
£

m
9
.
6
5
£

18

19

20

21

22

18

19

20

21

22

Profit before tax (£m)1

+49.8%

Dividend per 
ordinary share (p)

+80.0%

m
6
.
6
9
£

p
6
.
8
1

p
0
.
8
1

m
1
.
7
6
£

m
5
.
4
6
m £
7
.
2
2
£

m
0
.
1
5
£

p
0
.
9

p
2
.
6

p
0
.
5

18

19

20

21

22

18

19

20

21

22

Underlying basic  
earnings per share (p)1

-14.9%

p
7

.

1
4

p
5

.

5
3

p
6

.

9
2

p
4

.

5
2

p
5

.

4
2

Basic earnings 
per share (p)1

+39.9%

p
9

.

7
3

p
1

.

7
2

p
8

.

7
2

p
2

.

1
2

p
6
.
0
1

18

19

20

21

22

18

19

20

21

22

04

Operational

•  We have introduced two ‘Fusion’ towns in 

Colchester and Halifax this year. ‘Fusion’ 
looks to completely transform and 
improve the customer experience, bringing 
together all of the Halfords assets into one 
physical location and creating unparalleled 
convenience for our customers.

•  This year, we launched our brand-new 

Motoring Loyalty Club, a loyalty scheme 
offering customers great benefits, such 
as free MOTs, free next day delivery and 
discounts across the Group, to help with 
their motoring journeys. The Motoring 
Loyalty Club gives us an even better 
way to get to know our customers and 
communicate with them. It has been 
well-received by our customers and we 
will continue to develop this proposition 
going forwards.

•  We have heavily invested this year in 

both generally improving colleague 
skills (for example our on-demand fitting 
for customers), and in training new 
skills, with over 2,000 colleagues now 
trained to service and repair electric 
vehicles in our retail stores and garages.

ESG

•  Our science-based targets for carbon 
emissions reductions were approved 
by the Science Based Target Initiative 
(“SBTi”), a global organisation which 
is the leading accreditation body for 
carbon reduction targets. This will help 
us focus our business on the medium-
term goal of reducing our carbon 
emissions and the longer-term goal of 
Net Zero.

•  We have launched Bike Xchange –  

a brand new proposition with new 
operational and technical processes 
putting Halfords into the rapidly 
growing second-hand market for the 
first time. The Bike Xchange promotes  
a circular economy, keeping products  
in use for longer.

1  FY20 numbers are calculated on a 52-

week basis.

All FY18 and FY19 financials are stated on a pre-
IFRS-16 basis.

GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022Strategic
Services

Products

•  This year we have acquired three new businesses, 

•  We have made huge strides this year in our electric 

credentials, inspiring our customers with new market-
leading E-bike and E-scooter ranges, together with the 
launch of the biggest electric bike trial scheme in the UK  
in over 90% of our stores.

•  For our motoring customers, we have launched a new 

electric vehicle charging solution in partnership with BOXT, 
making us the first mainstream trusted retailer to offer  
a full end-to-end home charging solution.

increasing the scale and coverage of our Halfords Group 
services. We have welcomed the teams of Axle Group 
Holdings Limited (“National”), Iverson Tyres, and most 
recently Havebike – a mobile cycle services provider – to 
our business. These acquisitions are helping transform our 
business and enabling us to grow our services proposition 
to meet our customers’ demands.

•  We have entered into the Software as a Service market 
with the launch of ‘Avayler’: a new business, offering 
Halfords’ proprietary software to streamline service 
delivery for companies that operate in multiple locations 
and underpinned by the software that made our own 
business significantly more productive. We have also 
delivered Avayler Mobile to our first client ATD, and to a 
new digital partner, Tirebuyer.com, a leading online tyre 
retailer, which supplies to 14,000+ independent garages 
across North America.

Read more about Our Strategy on pages 32 to 39.

05

GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.comOur Purpose, Values,
Strategy and Culture

The successful implementation of our strategy is critical to 
the delivery of the Group’s purpose and is underpinned by the 
values and behaviours that shape our culture and the way that 
we conduct our business. 

Our Purpose

Our Vision

Our Strategy

Our aspirational 
goal

The super-specialist in 
motoring and cycling, 
trusted by the nation.

Our Mission

Our achievable 
goals

✔	Make motoring easier, 

safer and more enjoyable 
for everyone.

✔	Get more people cycling, 

more frequently.

Why we exist

To Inspire 
and Support 
a Lifetime of 
motoring and 
cycling

Being a purpose-driven 
organisation, the Board 
recognises the importance of 
its role in ensuring the culture 
of the organisation is aligned 
to its purpose, business 
strategy and ambition to 
become a market-leading 
products and services 
business. 

Colleagues from across the Group 
believe in our Purpose and strive to 
deliver it every day with a focus on 
our medium-term goal of evolving 
into a consumer and B2B services-
focused business.

How we achieve 
our purpose 
and mission

1
Inspire

Inspire our customers with 
a differentiated and super-
specialist offer.

2
Support

Support our customers 
through an integrated, 
unique and more 
convenient services offer.

3
Lifetime

Enable a lifetime of 
motoring and cycling.

Read more about Our Strategy 
on pages 32 to 39.

Our approach to ESG
Enabling better decision 
making everyday

We are on a journey to embed Environmental, Social and Governance 
(“ESG”) considerations into every decision made across the business, from 
the products we sell to the acquisitions we make. Many colleagues around 
the business are already mindful of ESG but we know we can be better and 
improve even further, ensuring our purpose, vision, values and culture all 
have ESG at their core, enabling us to bring our ESG strategy to life.

06

GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022G
R
O
U
P

O
V
E
R
V
E
W

I

Ethical foundation 
enabling better 
decisions every day

Monitoring Culture 
The Board plays an active role in 
monitoring the culture of the business 
through its regular facilitation of listening 
groups and site visits. The Board reviews 
the results of the annual colleague 
engagement survey and sets engagement 
targets for Executive Directors. The outputs 
of listening groups and associated action 
plans are reviewed by the Board and key 
actions are incorporated into functional 
engagement plans.

Read more about how the 
Board monitors Our Culture  
on pages 102 to 105.

e
r
u
t
l
u
C

r
u
O

Our Values

Fundamental beliefs 
that underpin 
everything we do

one 
halfords  
family

wow our 
customers

be better 
every day

pride in 
expertise

We are reliant on the 
culture of our business 
and the engagement of our 
colleagues to achieve our 
ambition. 

This year, we launched a new set of 
Group values relevant to our strategy. 
These new values are the fundamental 
beliefs that underpin everything we 
do and have been incorporated into 
Group training, review and reward 
mechanisms.

Read more about ESG 
on pages 40 to 55.

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

07

 
 
Group at a Glance

We are a market-leading 
business, with unique and 
differentiated products  
and services.

Our unique mix of stores, garages, mobile vans 
and home delivery means we can offer customers 
unparalleled convenience in the motoring and 
cycling markets.

We know that our customers want us to be there for them, when 
they need us. That means our stores and garages are open early 
and late, we offer a proposition which is mobile and comes to 

them wherever they are and we offer convenient delivery options 
to meet their needs. This year we made strong progress in further 
enhancing the journey our customers go on with us and now offer 
an even more convenient proposition with more garages – giving 
customers less distance to drive to drop their vehicle off – and 
significantly more mobile vans (both customer and commercial), 
meaning that more customers than ever can access our services 
without disrupting their busy lifestyle.

Our Unique Combination of Assets Creates a 
Market-Leading Consumer and B2B Proposition
Recognising that convenience is important to our customers, our 
combination of assets means customers can access our wide 
range of products and services in a way that suits their needs, 
be that in a store, garage, at home via a mobile van or online via 
our integrated web platform. Our B2B platform means business 
customers can also take advantage of our unique combination of 
assets.

08

  Click & Collect
Enabling customers 
to pick up products at 
their local store.

  Integrated Web 
Platform
Bringing together 
Halfords products and 
services under one 
website.

 B2B
Offering products and 
services, across both 
motoring and cycling, 
to businesses around 
the UK and ROI, 
including our market-
leading Cycle2Work 
scheme.

  Stores
400 Halfords Retail 
and 3 Performance 
Cycling stores offering 
a wide range of 
motoring and cycling 
products and on-
demand services.

  Garages
606 garages offering 
MOT, service, 
maintenance and 
repair services.

  Mobile Vans
185 ‘Halfords 
Mobile Expert’ vans, 
68 ‘National’ Tyre 
fitting vans and 192 
Commercial vans, 
bringing services 
direct to customers.

  Customer 
Contact Centre
Offering expert 
advice, knowledge 
and help from a 
centralised, virtual 
location.

GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022Case Study
Project Fusion

Project Fusion is our name for a new 
initiative we have launched in the last 
year to completely transform and improve 
the customer experience. Fusion is 
the customer experience seamlessly, 
consistently and conveniently executed 
across all of our assets in a town, making 
it even easier for customers to shop 
across the Group. Initially trialled in 
Colchester and Halifax, we have invested 
in the in-store and in-garage experience, 
improved the layout and design of the 
stores and enhanced the ways in which 
our business operates in a town, such 
as fulfilling service jobs at the most cost-
effective location for us. The response 

from customers has been strong with 
Net Promoter Scores up nine points in 
these towns since we launched. We have 
already started to integrate learnings 
from these Fusion towns into the rest of 
our estate and will develop the Fusion 
initiative further over the course of the 
next financial year.

Customer NPS

+9pts

FY22 Group Revenue
FY22 Group Revenue broken into each business segment, highlighting the significant contribution from Group Services.

i n g

C y c l

a m
g   2

0 %

      M ain str e
          Cyclin

Perform.
    Cycling
  5%

Group 
Group 
Revenue
Revenue

%
9
3

s
e
c
vi
r
e
S

M

o

t

o

ri

n

g 3
6

%

Mo t o r i n g

Cycling Services: 13%

Autocentres: 64% 

Mobile Expert: 8%

Retail Motoring Services: 
15%

Key:

Services

Products

09

GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.com 
GROUP 
OVERVIEW

Chair’s Statement

Keith 
Williams

FY22 will be marked as 
a historic year for the 
Group alongside the 
IPO in 2004 and the 
acquisition of Nationwide 
Autocentres in 2011. 

Strategically, our objective for Halfords – 
to evolve into both a consumer and B2B 
services-focused business generating higher 
and more sustainable financial returns –  
feels more relevant than ever.

Profit Before Tax

£96.6m

Dividend Per Share (Full-Year)

9.00p

As I write this year’s statement, the UK 
has been free from any real COVID-19 
restrictions for over six months. This, 
however, understates the impact COVID-19 
has played throughout a large proportion 
of our 2022 financial year (“FY22”). 
Two years of unpredictable consumer 
confidence, supply chain disruption and the 
extraordinary national debt mean the social 
and financial implications of COVID-19 on 
consumers and businesses extend well 
beyond any formal restrictions being lifted. 

Across the Group, we employ over 11,000 
colleagues, who remain the lifeblood of 
our business, and this year provided the 
UK with over 7.5m essential services. I 
want to thank each and every colleague 
for their hard work and dedication to the 
Group in what has been a tumultuous year 
of trading with many challenging times. We 
have continued to invest significantly in our 
colleagues; doing our best to support their 
mental and physical health with free flu 
vaccinations and mental health first aiders, 
supporting those hardest hit financially 
through our ‘Here to Help’ fund and 
Wagestream service, but also investing

in growing our business, to provide job 
security, training and career progression 
across the Group.

Despite the continued disruption the 
pandemic has presented, we have made 
significant progress during this financial 
year. FY22 will be marked as a historic year 
for the Group alongside the IPO in 2004 and 
the acquisition of Nationwide Autocentres in 
2011. By the close of FY22, we had made 
six acquisitions in a 27-month period, the 
largest and most significant of which was 
Axle Group Holdings Limited (“National”) in 
December 2021. Halfords Group undertook 
a share placing to fundraise over £60m, 
with a nil discount on the share price – a 
testament to the support of our investors for 
both our strategy and the attractiveness of 
the National acquisition for a price of £62m. 
The acquisition of National was a major 
step forward against our strategy, bringing 
scale and opportunity that will transform 
our business further over the coming years. 
Today, nearly 40% of our revenues come 
from Services, and over 70% are Motoring 
based, offering resilience and strength as 
we move into FY23.

10

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

Dividend 
In FY21, we restarted our dividend 
policy after a short pause during the 
most uncertain period of the COVID-19 
pandemic. We paid an interim dividend 
of 3.00p in January 2022 and the Board 
proposes a final dividend of 6.00p, payable 
in September 2022, giving a full-year 
dividend of 9.00p per share for FY22. As 
we look forward, our intention remains for 
this to be progressive but, should surplus 
cash remain in the business that we feel we 
cannot deploy with good rates of return, we 
will return this to shareholders in the most 
appropriate way. 

Board of Directors 
We have seen one change to our Board 
this year. In October, we announced that 
Jo Hartley would be joining the Halfords 
Board as Chief Financial Officer. Jo started 
in April 2022 and, with this, started a three-
month handover from Loraine Woodhouse, 
who retires from Halfords and the Board 
in June. I would like to express the Board’s 
thanks to Loraine for her commitment, 
professionalism and dedication to Halfords 
during her time at the Group. Jo brings a 
wealth of experience and expertise that 
will be invaluable as we look to build on 
the strong momentum within the business 
and navigate our way through the current 
challenges and uncertainties of the wider 
trading environment.

Keith Williams
Chair

15 June 2022

I am therefore particularly pleased with 
the Group’s performance during FY22. As 
well as strong strategic progress, Group 
Profit Before Tax of £96.6m represented 
good growth, £73.9m ahead of FY20. The 
Group continues to be cash generative 
in the medium-term, though in FY22 a 
normalisation of working capital after 
COVID-19 disruption meant that Free Cash 
Flow was -£14.9m in the year.

Looking at the Year Ahead 
Returning to a period of normality is 
something I’m sure we all hope to see 
soon, but I don’t believe it is visible on the 
horizon yet, and certainly won’t be seen 
within the next 12 months. As the worst 
of the pandemic is hopefully behind us, 
we transition into a post-COVID-19 period 
where the sacrifices we have all made begin 
to need repaying in some form or another. 
The most threatening of which appears 
to be the worst cost of living crisis in a 
generation. Higher taxes, record inflation 
and accelerating interest rates will all pose 
problems for consumers and businesses 
alike and, because of this, I don’t believe 
we will return to a pre-COVID-19 economic 
and consumer environment in the short 
term. Finding a new normal is the best we 
can hope for, for now. 

What will be clear, however, is that only the 
strongest and most relevant businesses 
are likely to emerge from this transitional 
period. Our significant efforts during the last 
three years, starting in FY20 by improving 
the profitability of the underlying business 
followed by the tremendous operational 
agility through the pandemic, has meant 
we are stronger financially and well-
positioned for the year ahead. Strategically, 
our objective for Halfords – to evolve 
into both a consumer and B2B services-
focused business generating higher and 
more sustainable financial returns – feels 
more relevant than ever. We therefore must 
continue to pursue this objective, by both 
growing our existing business, crystallising 
the very significant synergies identified 
during the acquisition process for National, 
and heading towards our new garage and 
van targets of 800 and 500 respectively. 
Capex spend for FY23 is estimated to be 
around £45m to £50m, with additional 
expenditure of up to £15m to complete 
the integration of National and deliver the 
projected synergy benefits. 

COVID-19  
Statement

Looking back at FY22 
At the start of the pandemic, our 
status as an essential retailer was 
a clear endorsement of the wider 
role Halfords plays in keeping the 
UK moving, by continuing to offer 
products and services to those who 
needed them. 

Whilst we must look to the year 
ahead and the new normal, I’d like to 
recognise the hard work, dedication 
and loyalty our colleagues have 
shown over the last two years, helping 
to keep the UK moving and delivering 
fantastic results for the business. 
We have worked hard to keep our 
colleagues safe during this period 
and have continued to support their 
mental and physical health, financially 
supported those who have been 
hardest hit and continued to provide 
training and career progression across 
the Group.

The Year Ahead
We have learnt a lot during the last 
two years and, whilst we hope that the 
worst of the pandemic is behind us, 
we are better prepared for the difficult 
times ahead of us. We must now look 
to finding a post-COVID-19 normal as 
consumers and businesses struggle 
with challenges arising from the higher 
cost of living, the war in Ukraine and 
the uncertainty of what lies ahead. 

11

GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.comInvestment Case

Five Reasons to Invest

Market-leading 
business
We are the UK’s largest retailer of motoring 
and cycling products and services, allowing 
us to drive benefits in procurement, 
innovation and customer offering. In car 
servicing, the market is highly fragmented 
with no clear leader – with c.4% share, we 
have significant opportunity for growth.

Building a services-
focused business
In the medium term, over half of our 
business will be in Services – which are less 
discretionary in their nature – meaning we 
are a more resilient business with higher 
customer retention, a lower risk profile  
and stronger and more sustainable returns 
on capital.

Value-creating 
opportunities
Our strategy will see us develop into areas 
with good long-term growth prospects  
such as motoring services, B2B and  
electric mobility. 

Motoring Services Market Share 

Group Revenue from Services 

Group Revenue from B2B 

4%

39%

20%

Strong balance 
sheet and cash
generative

Dividend 
returns

p
6
.
8
1

p
0
.
8
1

The Group has always maintained a strong 
balance sheet and benefits from a cash 
generative business model, with good Free 
Cash Flow in the medium-term, enabling 
investment in our plan.

The Group has an attractive dividend policy, 
designed to be progressive and supported 
by strong levels of Free Cash Flow in the 
medium-term.

p
0
9

.

p
2
6

.

p
0
5

.

Free Cash Flow 

Dividend per Ordinary Share (p)

18

19

20

21

22

-£14.9m

9.00p

12

GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022Unique and 
differentiated
products and 
services
We offer a wide range of unique and 
differentiated products, with exclusive 
ranges and customer-led innovative 
products. Much of our Services proposition 
is also unique, including, for example,  
on-demand fitting.

Strong 
sustainability
credentials
Our sustainability strategy aligns well 
with our Commercial strategy, particularly 
our ambitions to lead the way in electric 
mobility as well as our ongoing commitment 
to supporting higher cycling uptake in 
the UK.

Convenient 
services proposition 
delivered in over 
1,400 locations
We are the only business in the UK able 
to offer Motoring Services in a retail store, 
a garage, at home or at work, providing 
customers with unparalleled choice and 
convenience.

Omnichannel 
customer
proposition
Our business has a strong omnichannel 
customer proposition with high levels of 
Click & Collect driving footfall into stores, 
giving us a unique advantage over online 
competitors.

Super-specialist 
expertise
that cannot be 
replicated
As a super-specialist, we have unmatched 
product and services expertise across 
both motoring and cycling, creating a 
significant barrier to entry for our generalist 
competitors, both on and offline.

Expertly trained
colleagues
Consistently great customer service is 
key to our success and we achieve this 
through our expertly trained colleagues. 
All colleagues benefit from high levels of 
training via our Gears programme and 
more tailored training programmes via our 
central training hub. Cross-Group career 
opportunities give colleagues further ways 
to boost their knowledge and expertise.

s
h
t
g
n
e
r
t
S

Unique, technology-
driven proposition 
in our physical
estate
We utilise market-leading and unique 
proprietary technology in our stores, 
garages and mobile vans, enabling our 
colleagues to deliver a best-in-class 

r
u
proposition.O

13

GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.com 
Contents

16
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
22
Our Marketplace
26
Our Engagement with Stakeholders
28
Section 172(1) Statement
30
How We Create Value
32
Our Strategy
40
Environmental, Social and Governance
56
Our Key Performance Indicators
60
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
66
Risk Management
– Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) 68
72
Our Principal Risks and Uncertainties
79
Viability Statement

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

 
STRATEGIC 
REPORT

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement

Graham 
Stapleton

It has been more critical 
than ever that we have 
continued to focus on 
keeping colleagues 
and customers safe, 
improving efficiency 
across the Group, 
and identifying cost 
reductions where 
possible. 

The Group delivered another strong 
performance through the second half of FY22, 
delivering both strong financial results and 
record levels of customer satisfaction across 
the full year. These two factors combined are  
a clear reflection of the progress we are 
making against our strategy, and the 
transformation in the business since FY20. 

Total Group Revenue

£1,369.6m

Group Revenue from Services

£531.5m

revenues are now derived from Motoring 
and with Services revenues now £0.5bn, 
and B2B revenues at £0.3bn, we have 
an increasingly resilient, needs-based 
foundation.

Operational Review
Halfords won’t be alone in reporting 
that the operating environment remained 
challenging for all retailers across the UK 
in FY22 and, whilst we anticipated an 
improvement through the last six months 
of trading, just as one challenge ended, 
the next one emerged. It has therefore 
been more critical than ever that we have 
continued to focus on keeping colleagues 
and customers safe, improving efficiency 
across the Group, and identifying cost 
reductions where possible.

The Group delivered a good performance 
through the second half of FY22, resulting 
in both resilient financial results and record 
levels of customer satisfaction across 
the full year. The performance is a clear 
reflection of the progress we are making 
against our strategy, and the transformation 
in the business since FY20. Compared to 
FY20, Group revenues grew +19.9% as 
we increased market share in our motoring 
business and increased our scale through 
acquisitions. Underlying PBT of £89.8m, 
grew £32.9m ahead of FY20 and -£9.7m 
below FY21 as we continued to create a 
more profitable business.

Our strategy continues to be centred 
around becoming a consumer and B2B 
services-focused business, with a greater 
emphasis on motoring, generating higher 
and more sustainable returns. During FY22, 
we made two further Motoring Services 
acquisitions (National and Iverson Tyres), 
making us the UK’s largest Motoring 
Service provider. Over 70% of Group 

16

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

Supply Chain
The global supply chain has been particularly 
challenging over the last two years, meaning 
moving anything around the globe with any 
degree of certainty has been difficult. Whilst 
there were general signs of improvement 
towards the end of H1, the reliability of 
freight remained poor. There have also 
been specific pockets of industry supply 
challenges with bike componentry suffering 
through COVID-19 factory closures. These 
factors meant it was often very difficult to 
accurately understand demand due to the 
unstable stock availability presented to 
customers. As noted earlier, premium bikes 
were most exposed to these problems 
throughout FY22, but problems extended to 
kids bikes during periods of particularly high 
seasonal demand, for example, Christmas, 
where late disruption resulted in inconsistent 
availability from week-to-week.

Integration of our Acquisitions
As we started FY22, we had already 
completed three acquisitions in 18 months 
(McConechy’s, Tyres on the Drive and 
Universal Tyres) and as we noted during our 
last update, one of our biggest programmes 
this year was to efficiently integrate Universal 
Tyres. Our acquisitions are crucial to growing 
our scale and convenience to customers, 
but it is only when they are fully integrated 
and using our Avayler platform that their 
true potential begins to crystallise. It was 
particularly pleasing therefore, that we were 
able to integrate Universal Tyres in less than 
half the time it took to integrate McConechy’s 
- a truly fantastic achievement and testament 
to the hard work and professionalism of 
our teams. With three further acquisitions 
in the second half of FY22 (Iverson Tyres, 
National Tyres and Havebike), our integration 
experience will ensure the valuable synergies 
of these deals are realised as soon as 
possible and help to grow the business in the 
future. Our integration of National, the most 
significant of these acquisitions, is discussed 
in more detail in the strategic highlights 
section later in this update.

Environmental, Social and  
Governance (“ESG”)
We continue to make good progress on our 
ESG agenda, and it remains a core part of 
our strategy whilst simultaneously providing 
a valuable commercial opportunity. 
We have identified four priority areas 
in Electrification, Net Zero, Diversity & 
Inclusion, and Product, Packaging and 
Waste Management. Over the course of 
FY22 we have made progress against all 
four including:

Case Study
Acquisition 
of National

This year, we announced the 
acquisition of Axle Group Holdings 
Limited (“National”) which marks a 
significant milestone for the business, 
transforming the makeup of the Group 
and significantly accelerating our plans 
to evolve into a services-focused 
business. The Group is made up of three 
businesses: National, a national garage 
chain; Tyre Shopper, a leading UK 
online value tyre retailer; and Viking, a 
wholesale tyre distribution network. 

The £64 million share placing enabled us 
to acquire the 239 centres and 68 vans, 
adding 1,200 highly skilled colleagues 
to our Group. This has transformed our 
scale and will create very significant 
levels of synergies across the Halfords 
Group, estimated at £18m+ EBITDA by 
our third year of ownership.

Viking, the wholesale tyre distribution 
network, creates important strategic  
and operational advantages for the 
Group, giving us the ability to supply 
tyres to our own Group businesses  
on a national scale.

Acquisition in Numbers: 

239

Centres

68

Vans

1,200

highly skilled colleagues

£18m+

estimated EBITDA from Group  
synergies by year three

17

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive Officer’s Statement

In Electrification:
•  We have rolled-out free E-bike trials 
across our Retail store estate to 
encourage customers to switch to clean 
transport solutions. 

•  We achieved our target of training over 
2,000 colleagues across Retail and 
Autocentres, to deliver Electric Services 
in Scooters, Bikes and Cars.

•  We have created a unique partnership 

with BOXT to become the first 
mainstream retailer to offer end-to-end 
charging solutions for homes, aiding the 
switch to electric.

In Net Zero:
•  Our Science-based targets for carbon 
reduction were approved by the SBTi 
(“Science Based Targets Initiative”).

•  75% of Halfords’ physical estate is 

powered by electricity from renewable 
sources, helping to reduce carbon 
emissions in our own operations by 
25%. This moves us significantly closer 
to achieving our science-based target 
for Scope 1 and 2 emissions, which 
is aligned to the ambitious 1.5 degree 
pathway.

In Product, Packaging and  
Waste Management:
•  Our primary plastic packaging was 

reduced even further, falling by 17% - 
equivalent to 279 tonnes.

In Diversity & Inclusion:
•  We Launched four Colleague Network 
Groups giving a voice to all colleagues 
to discuss Diversity & Inclusion across 
the Group.

•  We ran Diversity & Inclusion 

Masterclasses with our Senior 
Leadership Team.

Halfords holds an influential position in 
seeking to drive sustainability in both 
the motoring and cycling industries. In 
particular, we believe that the breadth of our 
electric products and services offer will play 
a critical role in supporting the UK to adopt 
electric forms of personal transport. 

Colleagues and the Labour Market 
Our colleagues have always been our 
most important asset. With almost 40% 
of revenue now service-related, this has 
never been more relevant than it is today. 
It is their expertise that has resulted in an 
astonishing 7.5m service jobs carried out 
this year, helping to keep customers moving 
when they need it most. Investing in our 

colleagues is one of the best investments 
we can make, providing them with best-in-
class training and technology, whilst also 
supporting them financially and mentally 
through difficult times. We know that highly 
engaged colleagues result in high customer 
satisfaction, and our NPS scores during 
FY22 are testament to this. 

This year, we completed our biggest 
training programme to date, which involved 
training our Retail colleagues in the full suite 
of customer services on offer. By doing 
this, our colleagues are now trained in twice 
as many skills as they were a year ago, 
meaning our on-demand fitting offer is more 
convenient for customers, reducing wait 
times and getting customers back moving 
quickly.

During H1 the labour market was 
particularly challenging, driven by high 
demand and short supply with self-isolation 
from COVID-19 often having an adverse 
impact on the availability of technicians. 
The labour market has remained difficult 
through the second half of FY22, and we 
believe it has suppressed our growth, with 
our capacity constrained by the supply of 
available technicians to our Autocentres 
and HME businesses.

Finally, to underpin our service offering, we 
also implemented a new store operating 
model in Retail which has resulted in 
more customer facing service technicians. 
Combined with our training investments, 
this means our Retail stores have more 
capacity to service customers in periods of 
high demand.

Strategic Progress
As I noted earlier, the success of FY22 has 
been a result of strong strategic progress 
against a clear and consistent vision. 

Inspire our customers with a 
differentiated, super-specialist offer
Our inspire pillar is centred around 
transforming the customer experience by 
investing in both our digital and physical 
infrastructure, whilst simultaneously 
providing customers with access to new 
products and services in our core markets. 
Some of the key areas of progress this year 
have been:

Fusion
Halfords Fusion town experience is 
our project to transform the customer 
experience, investing in both the physical 
and digital estate. Fusion brings together 

all of our shopping and services locations 
across a town, leveraging all our customer 
touchpoints, and creating an end-to-end 
experience that provides a full solution to 
every customer. 

A Fusion town incorporates a new format 
destination retail store, an updated 
Autocentres garage and an extended 
Halfords Mobile Expert offer – all operating 
in conjunction with an online and home 
delivery proposition across a single 
location. This results in our stores, garages 
and vans truly working as one, with no 
perceived transition for the customer when 
moving from one customer proposition to 
another. 

Our two trial towns in Halifax and 
Colchester have delivered some very 
encouraging results. The ability for 
colleagues to book customers into any 
Halfords service has driven a step-change 
in the number of customers shopping 
across more than one of our propositions. 
Our on-demand WeCheck services, 
delivered by our highly skilled Retail 
colleagues from the Halifax store car park, 
now refer 20% of our Halifax garage’s 
sales per week. These referrals have driven 
significant revenue to our garages, initiated 
from a Retail transaction, reducing the 
need for us to acquire customers through 
traditional marketing channels. Our Halifax 
garage is now ranked within the top three 
performing garages in our estate, having 
been 214th out of 300 pre-Fusion.

We have also invested in training and 
technology to aid colleagues in selling total 
solutions to customer’s needs in Retail 
stores covering products, accessories, and 
services. When coupled with changes to the 
store environment, such as the Parts desk 
which helps to facilitate interaction with 
our colleagues, we can assist customers 
through the more complex shopping 
journeys, such as selecting the right bulbs, 
blades or batteries for their car or bike 
purchases. These changes have resulted in 
strong average transaction value uplifts, as 
well as increases in customer experience 
scores by +9 points relative to the estate.

New products and services
Our super-specialism is a key differentiator 
as we believe that no other company can 
deliver the breadth of offer across the life 
of a car or bike. We intend to continue to 
deepen this super-specialism. This year we 
have launched our Electric Vehicle charging 

18

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTsolutions partnership with BOXT, rolled 
out E-bike trials across our stores to give 
customers the chance to try before they 
buy, and entered the second-hand bike 
market by launching Bike Xchange. Bike 
Xchange creates a circular economy for 
bikes by offering customers the opportunity 
to trade in used bikes in exchange for 
money off future purchases, whilst also 
allowing us to nationally range fully serviced 
and warrantied pre-owned bikes.

We have continued to focus on our own 
brand and exclusive ranges of products 
deepening our specialism in Motoring 
and Cycling. We have launched exclusive 
brands within car cleaning including 
Yiannimize and Autobrite and our own 
brand ranges of bikes including Carrera, 
Voodoo and Boardman continue to receive 
excellent reviews and accolades including 
our Boardman SLR 8.8 winning the Road.cc 
award in May 2022.

Support our customers through an 
integrated, unique, and more convenient 
services offer
Our Support pillar has arguably seen the 
most significant transformation during 
FY22, in part driven by the acquisition of 
National.

National
In December 2021, the Group undertook 
a £61.6m share placing in order to 
acquire National. The acquisition added 
239 garages, 68 vans and 1,200 highly 
skilled colleagues to our Group. This has 
transformed our scale and will create very 
significant levels of synergies across the 
Halfords Group – estimated at £18m+ 
EBITDA by our third year of ownership. I 
am very pleased with the progress to-date, 
and we remain confident of delivering year 
1 synergies in line with the business case 
through the work done in aligning to group 
purchasing contracts as well as moving 
National’s freight procurement onto our 
Group contract.

An important aspect of the National deal 
was the acquisition of Viking, the wholesale 
tyre distribution network which, in itself, 
will create very important strategic and 
operational advantages for Halfords. 
This network gives us the ability to supply 
tyres to our own Group businesses on 
a national scale, having less reliance on 
third-party networks whilst simultaneously 
reducing costs.

Case Study
Launch of Avayler, 
our proprietary 
software business

This year, we entered the B2B software 
market with the launch of Avayler: a new 
business, offering Halfords’ proprietary 
software to streamline service delivery 
for companies that operate in multiple 
locations, software that we have been 
using for a number of years internally.

Avayler’s first customer was announced 
as American Tire Distributors Inc. 
(“ATD”), one of the largest independent 
suppliers of tyres to the replacement tyre 
market in North America and owner of 
leading online tyre retailer Tirebuyer.com. 
Avayler’s platform will underpin ATD’s 
operations, supplying tyres to 80,000 
garages across the US. ATD will also 
be the exclusive provider of the Avayler 
Mobile platform to the North American 
automotive market.

The software was developed to manage 
Halfords’ own garages, mobile vans 
and retail stores, and brings together 
systems and services developed  
in-house by Halfords.

Avayler brings benefits for both 
customers and companies alike. The 
Avayler Mobile product uses algorithms 
to calculate the available time slots for 
the customer according to where the 
nearest van is located and the parts 
available. It then uses dynamic pricing 
to value those slots accurately. The 
customer can track where the van is and 
receive notifications and updates whilst 
the colleague is en route.

The platform ensures companies can 
calculate the cheapest and quickest 
routes to their customer; maximise 
colleague productivity on the job; give 
details of traffic on the road; and provide 
the colleague with detailed checklists to 
ensure a safe and consistent service is 
provided.

The platform delivers a vastly superior 
customer experience, with no direct 
equivalent on the market today, and 
significantly increases productivity of our 
colleagues, helping to drive even greater 
efficiencies.

19

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive Officer’s Statement

Inspire
In Fusion, we will leverage the learnings 
from our trial towns, and roll out a capital 
efficient Fusion investment plan across the 
estate, including:

•  Training colleagues in solution selling 

practices.

•  Car park referrals and managers in up 

to 100 Retail sites.

•  Roll out further 3Bs and Click and 

Collect Hubs in Retail.

•  Capacity increased in Autocentres 
through additional colleagues.

We will further our super-specialism by 
deepening our ranges within our core 
markets. This will include extending 
our Retail offering by giving access to a 
broader range of car parts – a market worth 
over £1bn.

Support
Our B2C business:

• 

Integrate National to crystalise the next 
phase of performance synergies. This 
will include implementing PACE across 
the estate, installing MOT equipment in 
sites currently without equipment and 
all other equipment upgraded.

•  Continuing to rebrand sites.

• 

Increase headcount and capacity.

Our B2B business:
•  Look to fill white space in our UK 
coverage by moving closer to our 
commercial van target of 500. 

Avayler:
•  We will continue our investment in 

Avayler, the platform that underpins 
the success of our motoring services 
operation. This will optimise our own 
business further, but also allow us to 
drive further opportunities with third 
party service providers, focused on the 
Automotive industry. 

Halfords Mobile Expert
Our Halfords Mobile Expert business goes 
from strength-to-strength and continues to 
deliver best-in-class customer experience 
and convenience. Within two years we have 
grown the business from 7 to 253 vans, 
offering a range of 17 services to customers 
across over 75% of the UK. Revenues have 
grown +44% YoY and over 300% vs. FY20. 

Underpinned by cost and efficiency
The success of our transformation 
continues to be underpinned by our focus 
on cost and efficiency. By creating a more 
profitable and efficient business, we create 
the capacity to reinvest and generate long-
term returns for shareholders. We have 
delivered strong cost reduction in FY22, 
with some highlights including:

Avayler
Avayler is our market leading digital 
platform which underpins our motoring 
services businesses. We have developed 
this platform over a number of years, 
optimising the software which, in-turn, 
optimises our business. The success of our 
business using Avayler has enabled us to 
market the solution to third party service 
providers and, as a result, we successfully 
entered the Software as a Service market, 
supporting both ATD and Tirebuyer in 
the US.

Enable a lifetime of motoring and cycling
Our lifetime pillar is focused on establishing 
lasting relationships with customers. Whilst 
growing, we know that only 4% of our 
customers shop the breadth of our offer. 
This creates a significant opportunity, with 
relatively modest changes to customer 
behaviour required. Our research shows 
that those who shop across the Group 
spend three to five times more than those 
shopping from a single offer. This can 
increase further by forming a relationship 
over a three-year period.

Motoring Loyalty Club
To unlock these opportunities, we launched 
a unique Motoring Loyalty Club at the end of 
March 2022. Our Motoring Loyalty Club puts 
the customer and their car at the centre of 
our proposition, allowing us to harness data 
and form a relationship across the life of the 
car. We can now offer customers bespoke 
advice, offers and savings, and alongside 
our strategic investment in motoring pricing, 
we can give customers better value and 
strengthen our service proposition.

The launch of the Motoring Loyalty Club is 
an important step forward in both our lifetime 
pillar and overall strategy, but we see it as 
only the beginning. The Motoring Loyalty 
Club has created a valuable platform from 
which we will build further opportunities in 
the future, as we begin to support customers 
through the life of their car.

•  Settling 69 Retail lease renewals at an 
average of 26% below existing rental 
levels.

•  Delivering over £7.6m of goods not 

for resale savings and cost mitigation, 
including freight and energy.

•  Saving a further £1.5m through Store 
efficiency programmes across 20 
initiatives.

Underpinned by our colleagues
Colleagues are the heart of a services 
business, and we have continued to invest 
in training as well as their health and 
wellbeing:

•  Our “Here to Help” Fund, set up 

during the height of the pandemic, 
has now delivered £0.4m of support to 
colleagues that need it the most.

• 

“Wagestream” launched during the 
year, giving colleagues early access to 
wages when needed.

•  We have trained over 100 mental health 

first aiders.

•  We have offered free winter flu jabs to 

all colleagues.

FY23 strategic focus:
I noted earlier that as one external 
challenge seemingly came to an end, 
another was poised to take its place. 
We look to be through the most severe 
impacts of COVID-19 in the UK, but we 
face a new period of uncertainty, this time 
created by the worst cost of living crisis 
in a generation. At the time of writing this 
update, inflation is approaching double-digit 
percentages, interest rates are increasing, 
and consumer confidence is at a 10-year 
low. With this period of uncertainty ahead, 
we feel it is right to sharpen our strategic 
focus to deliver what matters most to 
customers at this time.

20

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTR
E
P
O
R
T

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C

I

Lifetime 
In Lifetime we will accelerate and optimise 
our Motoring Loyalty Club platform:

•  Focus on driving memberships and 

VRN data capture, targeting between 
0.5 and 1.0 million customers by the 
end of FY23. 

•  Utilise our Group Data platform and 

Motoring Loyalty Club to engage with 
customers through the life of their car 
and drive lifetime value.

•  Target 10% Premium mix to test 
subscription style memberships.

Capital structure and dividend 
Our capital allocation priorities remain 
unchanged: 

1.  Maintaining a prudent balance sheet 

2. 

Investment for growth 

3.  M&A, focused on Autocentres 

4.  Progressive dividend policy 

5.  Surplus cash returned to shareholders 

Our Net Debt: EBITDA ratio, revised on an 
IFRS-16 basis, was 1.67 at the year-end , 
broadly in line with our expected range of 
1.85 to 2.35. 

With a continued strong performance 
from our areas of strategic focus, we will 
continue with our transformation plan. 
Our forecast capital expenditure for the 
year is £45m to £50m, with additional 
expenditure of up to £15m to complete 
the integration of National and deliver the 
projected synergy benefits. Our growth 
plan will be complemented by acquisitions 
if we are able to find attractive targets with 
the right strategic fit for a fair price. Our 
capital expenditure and acquisition strategy 
will be focused on scaling our motoring 
services business in line with our strategy, 
cementing our market leading position 
in aftermarket service, maintenance, and 
repair and growing our market share in 
motoring products.

We understand the importance of the 
ordinary dividend to many of our investors, 

and we updated our dividend policy at 
our preliminary results in June 2021, 
reinstating the ordinary dividend starting 
FY22 at 9.00p per share, intending this 
to be progressive. Following the payment 
of an interim dividend of 3.00p per share 
on 21 January 2022, we are proposing a 
FY22 final dividend of 6.00p per share to 
be paid on 16 September 2022, with the 
corresponding ex-dividend date of  
11 August 2022 and the record date of  
12 August 2022. 

As we have indicated previously, Loraine 
Woodhouse is stepping down as CFO and 
will be replaced by Jo Hartley. This Director 
change takes place on 16 June 2022, when 
Jo Hartley will be appointed as a Director 
of Halfords Group Plc and Loraine will 
resign from the Board.

Graham Stapleton
Chief Executive Officer

15 June 2022

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

21

 
STRATEGIC 
REPORT

Our Marketplace

Our Motoring and Cycling 
products segments remain core 
but we have a greater market 
opportunity in growing our 
existing services business. 

We will evolve into a consumer and B2B services-focused business, 
with a greater emphasis on motoring.

Market Size, Share and Growth Dynamics

Services Overview

Products Overview

Motoring

Size
£14.5bn

Growth Projection

Share
c.4%

Motoring

Size
£2.5bn

Flat  
Growth

Share
c.20%

High  
Growth

Growth Projection

Cycling

Size
£150m

Flat  
Growth

Share
c.15%

Cycling

Size
£2bn

Share
c.30%

Growth Projection

Growth Projection

Moderate  
Growth

22

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

Retail Macro-Customer Trends

DIY to DIFM
Whilst the shift from ‘Do It Yourself’ to ‘Do 
It For Me’ is continuing to progress over 
time, with more people spending time at 
home and less able to go out, over the last 
year we have seen an increase in people 
searching for DIY solutions and ‘having a 
go’ at home. As the shift to electric mobility 
accelerates and technology continues to 
advance, however, DIY solutions will be 
increasingly difficult to manage and DIFM 
will become the norm.

Omnichannel Shopping
Modern consumers expect a seamless 
shopping experience across all channels 
and touchpoints. Our mission is to 
provide a best-in-class digital-led 
customer journey that leverages all our 
digital and physical assets. Our locations 
are an important differentiator from online 
competitors, providing a convenient Click 
& Collect proposition and the delivery of 
services and expertise by our colleagues 
in stores and garages. 

Link to Strategy  2

Link to Strategy  1   2

Macroeconomic 
Trends

Cost of Living
Driven by an increase in inflation,  
raising of the energy price cap and a 
general increase in prices, consumers 
are feeling a financial squeeze with 
negative real wage growth for most and 
significantly lower disposable income.

Link to Strategy  1

Sustainability

The requirement for sustainable practices 
is now impacting all businesses in the 
UK, with COVID-19 bringing this to 
the forefront of consumers’ thoughts. 
Consumers are increasingly expecting 
proactive policies and action on climate 
change, circular processes, reduction of 
plastic waste and ethical sourcing. The 
impact that we are having on the world 
and the footprint we are leaving behind is 
starting to shape the markets of the future, 
with conscience consumerism at the core.

Move from Owning to Using

Economic, political and health crises 
have reduced consumer willingness to 
purchase ‘big ticket’ items. Particularly 
apparent among younger people, there 
is an increasing trend towards short and 
long-term renting rather than owning, 
evidenced by the increase in PCP 
schemes, car sharing initiatives and bike 
rental.

International Pressures
The war in Ukraine, the impact of Brexit 
and delays within the shipping industry 
are some examples of how tensions  
within the international community 
continue to impact the UK and all 
consumers.

Link to Strategy  1

Link to Strategy  1   2   3

Link to Strategy  1

Experiential Shopping

Convenience

The popularity of experiential shopping 
is continuing to increase. Retailers 
and retail parks are building non-
core concessions and entertainment 
concepts, turning one-off ‘impulse’ visits 
into ‘destination’ shopping experiences.

Consumers’ lifestyles are getting busier, 
free time is becoming more valuable, and 
consumers expect retailers and service-
providers to fit around their routines with 
on-demand services and friction-free 
interactions as standard. Convenience to 
them is not just about speed but about 
making their lives easier, even if this comes 
at an increased price. Our customers want 
their car or bike fixed as quickly as possible, 
at a time and place that suits them.

Ongoing Impact of COVID-19

Although we are now living with 
COVID-19, its impact is still being felt 
across the country from businesses 
struggling to get back to a ‘normal’  
way of working with customers not 
returning to some industries, consumers 
and businesses with financial pressure, 
and even the new norms around ‘hybrid’ 
ways of working. The UK is having 
to adapt to find a balance between 
lockdown and life after lockdown. 

Link to Strategy  1

Link to Strategy  2

Link to Strategy  1

Less Brand Loyalty

Personalisation

Online searching and comparison is 
challenging traditional notions of brand 
loyalty. Alternative products offering better 
value or convenience can be identified 
within seconds, making brand loyalty harder 
to earn and maintain without possessing a 
compelling unique selling point.

Personalisation is an important way 
of standing out from the vast array 
of competitors. Enabling customers 
to feel valued through personalised 
communications or products is a good 
way to build strong relationships and 
drive loyalty.

Link to Strategy  3

Link to Strategy  1

Key:
1  Inspire

2  Support

3  Lifetime

Read more about Our Strategy 
on pages 32 and 39.

23

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Marketplace

Services

Motoring
Market Opportunities
•  Electric mobility is rapidly growing in popularity and, 
alongside this, so is the electric vehicle services 
marketplace. Halfords has positioned itself as the market 
leader in this space with significant numbers of colleagues 
trained in electric servicing of Electric Vehicles (“EVs”), 
E-bikes and E-scooters.

Cycling
Market Opportunities
•  Growth in electric mobility as a mode of transport is 
increasing the need for the servicing of E-bikes and 
E-scooters. Halfords is positioned well to capitalise on 
this with a well-established and well-known reputation for 
servicing mechanical bicycles and scooters which makes 
us the first retailer customers think of for E-servicing. 

•  Convenience remains essential for customers whether 

•  With time-pressured customers requiring even greater 

that’s a delivery proposition to meet their needs, a service 
location that’s open on their way home from work or even 
bringing the services to them via a mobile van.

• 

 Businesses are continually looking for help with their 
company fleets and with the pressures of an increase in the 
cost of living, they are looking for more affordable ways to 
keep their vehicles running for longer.

convenience, mobile cycle servicing is becoming a sought- 
after service. Our recent acquisition of havebike gives us a 
great foothold in this marketplace, giving us the ability to 
reach our customers at a location convenient to them. 

Competitive Landscape
•  Predominantly made up of independent garages which offer 
servicing, maintenance and repair, including car parts and 
associated fitting.

•  Technological advancements limit the scope for effective 
delivery by small independent garages due to financial 
requirements.

•  Car dealerships are expanding into used car servicing.

Competitive Landscape
•  Traditional specialists and independents dominate the 

marketplace.

•  Physical service locations are important.

•  Rapidly growing E-mobility segment is a specialist area 
few retailers are able to offer, particularly not the smaller 
independent bike retailers.

•  Mobile service providers are a growing segment but remain 

•  Mobile services are a growing market segment, particularly 

a small part of the overall marketplace.

the tyre fitting industry.

How We Differentiate Ourselves
Halfords has a unique ability to offer automotive services from a 
variety of locations – our Retail stores, garages and mobile vans. 
We have achieved our 2019 medium-term target to increase 
our services footprint to over 1,000 locations and have now set 
a new target - 800 garages and 500 vans. Via our Autocentres, 
Halfords Group offers great value and convenience for UK 
consumers of car servicing, repairs and MOT compliance. The 
strength of our brand and the scale of our store, garage and 
mobile van estate enables us to invest in the most up-to-date 
equipment and technology with the majority of centres now 
equipped to deal with electric and hybrid vehicle servicing. Our 
Halfords Mobile Expert vans deliver elements of car fitting and 
servicing, such as battery replacement, tyres and diagnostic 
checks, direct to the customer at their home or workplace. In 
addition, we pride ourselves on our B2B proposition in this 
market, having developed a strong Fleet business over a number 
of years and recent acquisitions mean we have an ever-growing 
presence in the commercial tyre market.

How We Differentiate Ourselves
In the UK, Halfords is usually the first brand associated with 
cycling and our highly trained team of colleagues drives 
awareness of our services capabilities. Our network of stores 
are conveniently located giving customers great access to 
our services proposition. We have invested significantly in 
the training of our colleagues in the servicing of E-bikes and 
E-scooters and are now the largest provider of electric services 
in the UK. Our bike build proposition is leading the market 
with free six-week checks and bike care plans to make sure 
our customers continue to stay safe whilst enjoying the great 
outdoors. Our recent acquisition of Havebike takes us one step 
further, positioning us as one of the leading providers of mobile 
cycle servicing in the UK which is rapidly growing in popularity. 
As part of Bike Xchange, we service bikes in order to give 
them a second life in the UK or abroad in African communities, 
something which few others in the industry are able to offer.

24

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTProducts

Motoring
Market Opportunities
• 

Increase in demand for electric products such as EV 
charging cables or home charging solutions. 

• 

• 

Increasingly busy lifestyles mean customers want 
convenience, with access to products when and where they 
need them. ‘On-demand’ fitting is increasingly important as 
fewer people are willing to fit their own products, opting to 
pay a small premium for assistance.

 Online selling continues to be important to customers with 
strong delivery propositions essential in getting products to 
customers when they want them. 

Competitive Landscape
•  Limited number of specialists but a highly diverse and 

competitive set of retailers (e.g. Amazon) selling generalist 
product ranges.

•  Limited bricks and mortar competition.

•  Wholesalers and generalists moving into specialist retail 

markets with strong omnichannel offer.

•  Supermarkets and garage forecourts continue to sell a 
limited range of high-volume, high-margin products.

How We Differentiate Ourselves
Our heritage of over 125 years has established Halfords as a 
household name, with 90% of the UK population living within 
20 minutes of a Halfords store. We have many outstanding 
strengths that differentiate us, notably our exclusive product 
ranges and our colleague expertise. Significantly, we have an 
established and growing ability to provide services on demand 
in-store.

Cycling
Market Opportunities
•  E-mobility is rapidly growing in importance to customers 
and to the planet, offering a lower carbon mode of 
transport. Customer demand for E-bikes is continuing to 
grow with E-bikes now accounting for one in every five 
bikes sold. Sales of E-scooters remains strong showing 
continued demand for new innovative vehicles is at record 
levels and we expect both of these segments of the market 
to continue growing. 

•  The majority of customer journeys begin online and the 
selling of cycling equipment online continues to be a 
growing area in the market. However, the need to see a bike 
in a physical location, to get the correct size and fit, is still 
an essential part of the customer journey. 

Competitive Landscape
•  Major sports retailers have diversified into cycling in recent 

years (e.g. JD Sports, Go Outdoors) but the market is still 
predominantly independents and traditional specialists.

•  Cycle-to-Work continues to be an important driver.

•  Online pure-play continuing to grow.

•  Big brands selling directly to customers.

How We Differentiate Ourselves
Halfords Group boasts the biggest and most popular cycle 
brands in the UK – Carrera and Apollo. In total, approximately 
80% of our bikes are own-brand, covering both children 
and adults at a wide range of price points. Our stores are 
conveniently located, and our online platform provides support 
and information to help customers choose the products and 
services they want. Many customers take advantage of our 
Click & Collect offer, placing orders online via our website 
and picking up from a designated store at a time which is 
convenient to them. This also drives positive store footfall. 
Additionally, we are the market leader in the UK’s Cycle-to-
Work scheme, supporting sales and introducing new customers 
to our brand.

25

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Engagement with Stakeholders

Effective utilisation of our resources and relationships are an  
integral part of our plan to drive long-term sustainable growth.
The views of all of our stakeholders are considered by the Board and Executive Team on  
a regular basis. 

Stakeholders that benefit from the value we create

 Colleagues 
Why it is Important to Engage
Our colleagues are fundamental to 
the achievement of our customer 
experience ambitions and are the 
cornerstone of our services proposition.

How We Engage
•  Promotion of the Group values
•  Listening: surveys and 
colleague groups
‘3-Gears’ training programme

• 

• 

‘Aspire’ store management 
development courses

•  Recognition and reward
Stakeholders Key Interests
•  Support and development
•  Career opportunities
•  Fair remuneration
•  An appropriate sustainability 

strategy

Our Response
•  Conducted our annual Colleague 

Engagement Survey to ensure every 
colleague has the chance to have 
their voice heard.

•  Launched four Colleague Network 
Groups giving colleagues the 
chance to discuss diversity and 
inclusivity in the workplace.
•  We run weekly communications 

through team Huddles, a CEO blog 
and our intranet.

•  Colleague awards take place 

regularly with the ability for any 
colleague to be nominated for 
living the Halfords values and 
role modelling behaviours that 
positively impact colleagues and 
our customers.
Link to Our Risks
•  Stakeholder Support
•  Regulatory & Compliance
•  Service Quality
•  Colleague engagement/Culture
•  Skills shortage

26

 Suppliers

Why it is Important to Engage
Engaging with our supply chain 
effectively ensures the security of 
supply and speed to market. Our brand 
relies heavily on the high standards 
of our carefully selected suppliers in 
order for us to deliver market-leading 
products and services.

How We Engage
•  Far East trading office developing 
mutually beneficial relationships

•  Organising logistics, driving 

efficiencies and improving 
environmental management

•  Supplier conferences

Stakeholders Key Interests
•  A trusted distributor in the UK 

and ROI

•  Fair payment terms and pricing
•  Responsible sourcing practices

Our Response
• 

In October, we ran a virtual 
conference for our top 200 
suppliers, bringing them on 
our journey and building the 
relationships between us and them. 
These were followed up with one-
on-one meetings with our senior 
leaders talking to each of our top 
strategic suppliers.

•  A survey was sent to all our 
suppliers giving them the 
opportunity to feed back on 
ways of working and our future 
strategic plans.

Link to Our Risks
•  Stakeholder Support
•  Sustainable Business Model
•  Critical physical infrastructure 
failure (including supply chain 
disruption)

•  Climate Change and Electrification

 Communities
Why it is Important to Engage
Engaging with the communities is the 
right thing to do and ensures continued 
viability of the business in the long 
term. We aim to contribute positively to 
the communities in which we operate.

How We Engage
•  Charity & Community initiatives 
•  Media channels 
•  Recycling initiatives 
•  Net Zero commitment

Stakeholders Key Interests
•  Environmentally friendly practices
•  Charitable giving

Our Response
•  As a Group, our colleagues voted to 

support Mind as our Group charity 
partner, signalling the importance of 
mental wellbeing to our colleagues.

•  Donated to the Disasters 

Emergency Committee (DEC) 
Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal.
•  Donated £100k to Hope Hospital 
in India during the COVID-19 
pandemic.

•  Continued partnership with Drake Hall 

prison, where we run a cycle training 
academy for women prisoners.
•  Raised awareness among female 
students at technical colleges in 
the UK by showcasing the diverse 
and engaging work that our female 
colleagues perform in their roles.

Link to Our Risks
•  Stakeholder Support
•  Brand Appeal and Market Share
•  Cyber Security

 Investors 

 Customers 

Why it is Important to Engage

As a publicly listed company, we 

need to provide fair, balanced and 

Why it is Important to Engage

Understanding our customers’ needs 

and behaviours allows us to deliver 

understandable information to instil 

relevant products and services, retain 

trust and confidence and allow 

informed investment decisions to 

customers and attract new ones. It also 

identifies opportunities for business 

be made.

growth.

How We Engage

•  Annual Report 

•  RNS announcements 

•  Annual General Meeting 

• 

Investor presentations 

•  Corporate website 

•  One-on-one meetings

How We Engage

•  Satisfaction surveys

•  Rewards

•  Commercial website

•  Social media engagement

Stakeholders Key Interests

•  Value creation opportunities and 

long-term sustainable growth

•  Appropriate sustainability practices

Stakeholders Key Interests

•  A great product or service, for a 

fair price

Our Response

Our Response

•  Full and half-year results and 

•  Regular communications through 

strategy presentations to 

shareholders, performed this 

digital channels (e.g. email, social 

media) to talk to our customers.

year virtually due to pandemic 

•  Regular customer ‘listening groups’ 

restrictions.

allowing more detailed feedback.

•  Regular meetings with brokers, 

•  Net Promoter Score surveys 

analysts and shareholders 

throughout the year via the 

daily in stores and garages giving 

quantifiable feedback.

Chair, CEO, CFO and Investor 

•  Commercial website updated every 

Relations team.

•  Corporate website kept up to 

date with annual refresh of all 

week, enhancing the customer 

journey, providing the latest 

information, advice and guidance 

information and more regular minor 

from our expert colleagues.

amendments.

•  The Halfords Blog gives customers 

•  Ensuring transparent reporting on 

more in-depth reports on topics such 

ESG-related performance.

Link to Our Risks

•  Stakeholder Support

•  Brand Appeal and Market Share

•  Sustainable Business Model

•  Regulatory & Compliance

as electric mobility, ways to save 

money, competitions and essential 

information for motorists and cyclists.

Link to Our Risks

•  Stakeholder Support

•  Value Proposition 

•  Brand Appeal and Market Share

•  Service Quality

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRead more about how the Board considers stakeholders 
in decision-making on pages 28 and 29.

 Investors 

Why it is Important to Engage
As a publicly listed company, we 
need to provide fair, balanced and 
understandable information to instil 
trust and confidence and allow 
informed investment decisions to 
be made.

 Customers 
Why it is Important to Engage
Understanding our customers’ needs 
and behaviours allows us to deliver 
relevant products and services, retain 
customers and attract new ones. It also 
identifies opportunities for business 
growth.

How We Engage
•  Annual Report 
•  RNS announcements 
•  Annual General Meeting 
• 
Investor presentations 
•  Corporate website 
•  One-on-one meetings

How We Engage
•  Satisfaction surveys
•  Rewards
•  Commercial website
•  Social media engagement

Stakeholders Key Interests

•  Environmentally friendly practices

•  Charitable giving

Stakeholders Key Interests
•  Value creation opportunities and 
long-term sustainable growth
•  Appropriate sustainability practices

Stakeholders Key Interests
•  A great product or service, for a 

fair price

Our Response
•  Full and half-year results and 
strategy presentations to 
shareholders, performed this 
year virtually due to pandemic 
restrictions.

•  Regular meetings with brokers, 
analysts and shareholders 
throughout the year via the 
Chair, CEO, CFO and Investor 
Relations team.

•  Corporate website kept up to 
date with annual refresh of all 
information and more regular minor 
amendments.

•  Ensuring transparent reporting on 

ESG-related performance.

Link to Our Risks
•  Stakeholder Support
•  Brand Appeal and Market Share
•  Sustainable Business Model
•  Regulatory & Compliance

Our Response
•  Regular communications through 
digital channels (e.g. email, social 
media) to talk to our customers.
•  Regular customer ‘listening groups’ 
allowing more detailed feedback.

•  Net Promoter Score surveys 

daily in stores and garages giving 
quantifiable feedback.

•  Commercial website updated every 
week, enhancing the customer 
journey, providing the latest 
information, advice and guidance 
from our expert colleagues.

•  The Halfords Blog gives customers 

more in-depth reports on topics such 
as electric mobility, ways to save 
money, competitions and essential 
information for motorists and cyclists.

Link to Our Risks
•  Stakeholder Support
•  Value Proposition 
•  Brand Appeal and Market Share
•  Service Quality

 Colleagues 

 Suppliers

 Communities

Why it is Important to Engage

Why it is Important to Engage

Our colleagues are fundamental to 

the achievement of our customer 

experience ambitions and are the 

Engaging with our supply chain 

effectively ensures the security of 

Why it is Important to Engage

Engaging with the communities is the 

right thing to do and ensures continued 

cornerstone of our services proposition.

relies heavily on the high standards 

term. We aim to contribute positively to 

supply and speed to market. Our brand 

viability of the business in the long 

the communities in which we operate.

•  Promotion of the Group values

•  Far East trading office developing 

•  Charity & Community initiatives 

mutually beneficial relationships

•  Media channels 

How We Engage

•  Recycling initiatives 

•  Net Zero commitment

of our carefully selected suppliers in 

order for us to deliver market-leading 

products and services.

How We Engage

•  Organising logistics, driving 

efficiencies and improving 

environmental management

•  Supplier conferences

Stakeholders Key Interests

•  A trusted distributor in the UK 

and ROI

•  Fair payment terms and pricing

•  Responsible sourcing practices

Our Response

Our Response

•  Conducted our annual Colleague 

• 

In October, we ran a virtual 

•  As a Group, our colleagues voted to 

Engagement Survey to ensure every 

conference for our top 200 

colleague has the chance to have 

their voice heard.

suppliers, bringing them on 

our journey and building the 

support Mind as our Group charity 

partner, signalling the importance of 

mental wellbeing to our colleagues.

•  Launched four Colleague Network 

relationships between us and them. 

•  Donated to the Disasters 

Groups giving colleagues the 

chance to discuss diversity and 

inclusivity in the workplace.

These were followed up with one-

on-one meetings with our senior 

Emergency Committee (DEC) 

Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal.

leaders talking to each of our top 

•  Donated £100k to Hope Hospital 

•  We run weekly communications 

strategic suppliers.

in India during the COVID-19 

through team Huddles, a CEO blog 

•  A survey was sent to all our 

pandemic.

suppliers giving them the 

opportunity to feed back on 

•  Continued partnership with Drake Hall 

prison, where we run a cycle training 

ways of working and our future 

academy for women prisoners.

strategic plans.

•  Raised awareness among female 

How We Engage

•  Listening: surveys and 

colleague groups

• 

• 

‘3-Gears’ training programme

‘Aspire’ store management 

development courses

•  Recognition and reward

Stakeholders Key Interests

•  Support and development

•  Career opportunities

•  Fair remuneration

•  An appropriate sustainability 

strategy

Our Response

and our intranet.

•  Colleague awards take place 

regularly with the ability for any 

colleague to be nominated for 

living the Halfords values and 

role modelling behaviours that 

positively impact colleagues and 

our customers.

Link to Our Risks

•  Stakeholder Support

•  Regulatory & Compliance

•  Service Quality

•  Colleague engagement/Culture

•  Skills shortage

students at technical colleges in 

the UK by showcasing the diverse 

and engaging work that our female 

colleagues perform in their roles.

Link to Our Risks

•  Stakeholder Support

•  Brand Appeal and Market Share

•  Cyber Security

Link to Our Risks

•  Stakeholder Support

•  Sustainable Business Model

•  Critical physical infrastructure 

failure (including supply chain 

disruption)

•  Climate Change and Electrification

Stakeholders that 
influence what we do

 Government 

Why it is Important to Engage
Policies and regulatory changes may 
provide opportunities and pose risk to 
our operations. Working closely with the 
Government ensures that our products 
and services evolve appropriately.

Link to Our Risks
•  Regulatory & Compliance

•  Climate Change and Electrification

 Media

Why it is Important to Engage
We need strong multi-channel exposure 
to connect with customers and our 
wider stakeholder audience. Engaging 
with the media ensures transparency 
and accuracy of information on the 
business. 

Link to Our Risks
•  Stakeholder Support
•  Brand Appeal and Market Share
•  Regulatory & Compliance

27

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Engagement with Stakeholders
Section 172(1) Statement

Engaging with stakeholders delivers better outcomes for our 
business, fundamental to our long-term success

Our Approach
As referenced in the Corporate Governance Report on page 104, 
this section describes how the Directors consider the matters set 
out in section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2016 (the “Act”).

In July 2019, the UK Corporate Governance Code reinforced the 
importance of section 172 of the Act which requires the Directors to 
consider (amongst other matters) the interests of all stakeholders, 
including:

 The likely consequences of decisions in the long term.

 The interests of the Company’s workforce.

 The need to foster relationships with suppliers, customers and 
others.

 The impact of operations on the community.

 The high standards of business conduct.

 The need to act fairly between members of the Company.

Board Information
Keeping the Board Informed
•  Leadership and management 

receive training on Directors’ duties 
to ensure awareness of the Board’s 
responsibilities.

•  Board minutes include an 

explanation of s.172 factors 
and relevant information relating 
to them.

•  Our Board continually engages 

with stakeholders.

Read more on pages 92 to 117.

Strategic Considerations
s.172 and the Company’s Strategy
•  s.172 factors considered in the 
Board’s discussions on strategy.

•  Chair ensures decision making 
is sufficiently informed by s.172 
factors.

Read more on pages 92 to 117.

Board Decision Making
Outcomes of Considering s172
•  Outcomes of decisions assessed 
and further engagement and 
dialogue.

•  Actions taken as a result of Board 

engagement.

•  Actions align with our culture.

Read more on pages 92 to 117.

28

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTReduction of CO2 in our Supply Chain

Colleague Engagement  
Weekly CEO Huddle and Blog

To help keep our colleagues connected and engaged in how 
our business is performing and how we’re progressing with 
our strategic initiatives across the Halfords Group, our CEO 
hosts a weekly online Teams Live event known as a Huddle. 
This is a live broadcast aimed at our Support Centre colleagues 
which includes an update on our business trading performance 
and highlights the colleagues and teams who are delivering 
this performance. Each week a guest speaker from our Senior 
Leadership Team also shares an update on one of our key 
priorities. Colleagues can watch this live or view a recorded 
version following the event. 

To continue this flow of communication to our customer-facing 
colleagues across all areas of the Group, our CEO, Graham 
Stapleton, issues a weekly blog on a Friday to all colleagues. 
This includes highlights of our business trading performance 
as well as sharing business-wide updates on key strategic 
initiatives. This is shared on our Group intranet Wheels, 
on email and via local communication channels to ensure 
all colleagues are connected to what’s happening across 
the Group.

s172 consideration
Colleagues
Connects colleagues across all areas of the Group with our 
Halfords’ strategy by sharing updates on the latest business 
performance, transformation activity, strategic commercial 
and customer experience initiatives as well as the colleague 
engagement activity.

We are committed to achieving Net Zero as a business and 
have already made good progress in the reduction of our Scope 
1 and 2 emissions. However, we recognise that we cannot 
achieve Net Zero alone and will need to collaborate and partner 
with our suppliers, vendors and customers to work towards a 
net zero future. We have already engaged our top suppliers to 
understand their position today and set out our expectations for 
the future.

s172 consideration
Environmental responsibility
Our goal is to achieve Net Zero emissions across our entire 
value chain by 2050 at the latest and have set science-based 
targets aligned to the ambitious 1.5ºC climate science to focus 
us in the medium-term.  This year, we have invested in the 
EcoVadis platform to support the collection of accurate Scope 
3 carbon data from our suppliers which will provide a more 
accurate baseline and enable us to track and ultimately reduce 
our Scope 3 emissions. 

Shareholders
Our shareholders are focused on the strategic plans we have 
in place to ensure our long-term business sustainability whilst 
reducing the impact of our operations on the environment. This 
relies upon us being able to demonstrate tangible reductions 
in our environmental footprint whilst ensuring resilience of our 
strategy and operations against the impact of climate change. 

Colleagues
Our colleagues are key to our commercial success and will 
be instrumental in supporting the delivery of our sustainability 
targets. Across the Group, every colleague has a role to play in 
our sustainability journey which includes considerations in day-
to-day operations as well as holding the business to account 
and encouraging us to go further.

Customers
Customers are increasingly aware of environmental issues and 
are even starting to make buying decisions based on retailers 
that are committed to improving ESG. We must demonstrate 
to existing and potential customers that we understand the 
environmental impact of the products we manufacture and sell 
and more importantly, that we are committed to reducing their 
impact going forward. 

Supporting the Disasters Emergency Committee (“DEC”)  
Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal 

At Halfords we continue to support many charities and 
communities and recently signed a three-year partnership 
with mental health charity Mind. In addition, and in response 
to the devastating humanitarian crisis taking place in Ukraine, 
we wanted to help the people of Ukraine in whatever way we 
could. With our Digital team working closely with an external 
agency based in Ukraine our colleagues felt deeply impacted 
and wanted to help their co-workers through fundraising for 
charities providing essential care locally.

s172 Consideration
Community
To help the people of Ukraine get access to the things they 
needed, such as medical support, food and shelter, we 
donated £50,000 to the Disasters Emergency Committee 
(“DEC”) Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal. We also knew that our 
colleagues wanted to help with fundraising and so we pledged 
to match colleague fundraising up to a maximum £10,000 for 
the DEC. So that our customers could also easily donate to this 
great cause we included a link on Halfords.com.

29

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTHow We Create Value

Fulfilling our vision to be the super-specialists in motoring 
and cycling, trusted by the nation

Our inputs 
enable us to . . .

Offer a Unique Proposition . . .
Products

Colleagues
Training and accreditation, such as 
our 3-Gears training programme in 
Retail or our electric/hybrid vehicle 
maintenance training in Autocentres, 
ensure that consistent product 
knowledge and services capability 
reaches our customers across all 
locations.

Partners
Halfords is proud to work with 
suppliers, distributors and other 
industry partners to drive our business 
forward, supporting the sale of our 
products and services and enabling 
us to work with communities across 
the UK.

Brand
Halfords is the nation’s trusted retailer 
for motorists and cyclists and a 
leading provider of motoring services. 
We have a range of exclusive and 
highly-regarded brands, including 
Apollo, Carrera and Boardman in 
Cycling, as well as our Halfords 
Advanced ranges in Motoring.

Infrastructure/Assets
Our physical estate of Retail stores, 
Autocentres garages and Mobile 
Expert vans, combined with a 
best-in-class web platform and 
an efficient distribution network, 
provide customers with a convenient 
omnichannel offer.

Financial
With a strong balance sheet and 
strong cash generation, we have 
continued to invest in appropriate 
systems, capabilities and people to 
help support and grow our business 
for the long term.

30

Products are at the core of our business and have been for over 125 years, defining us 
as the UK’s leading provider of motoring and cycling products. Whether in one of our 
physical locations or online, customers are able to find parts or products they want for 
their motoring or cycling needs from E-bikes to socket sets, power washers to bicycle 
helmets. Our colleagues are true experts and can suggest suitable products for each 
customer situation.

Our offering

Motoring 
Products

Mainstream 
Cycling 
Products

Performance  
Cycling 
Products

Services
Our services proposition complements our strong product business; helping to keep the 
UK moving whilst delivering unrivalled customer service. 

Operating from over 1,400 locations, Halfords has the national scale to offer services for our 
customers’ cars or bicycles in a way and at a location which is convenient to them. Whether 
a customer wants their bike serviced, a new wiper blade fitted, a new set of tyres fitted or a 
full car service we are able to help them find the ideal solution to fit their busy lifestyle.
Our offering

Retail 
Motoring 
Services

Retail 
Cycling 
Services

Autocentres/ 
Mobile Expert

Our customers
Consumers
Consumers have been at the heart of our business since we started selling bikes 130 
years ago. Today, we have a huge customer database giving us great insight into how 
our customers shop and allowing us to offer our customers products and services that 
we know they will love.

Businesses
Our business-focused proposition is growing rapidly with high demand from a wide 
variety of industries. From the servicing of fleet vehicles to the selling of cycling 
products, we aim to meet the motoring and cycling needs of any business.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTFocused on value-creating 
opportunities . . .

Our accelerated strategy

Evolving into a consumer and B2B 
services-focused business, with 
a greater emphasis on motoring, 
generating higher and more 
sustainable financial returns. 

What this means for Halfords in the medium term:
Selling products and related solutions for our customers’ motoring and cycling needs 
remains core to our offering. However, in recognising the market opportunity and our 
unique advantages, we will evolve into a services-led business, with a greater emphasis 
on motoring. Our integrated services offering will provide customers with unparalleled 
convenience, giving them access to the services they need, when and where they 
want them.

B u i l d i n g   o n   o u r   p r o g r e s s

2022

39%

Medium-term target

50%

revenue from Services

revenue from Services

Our business now

•  Motoring and Cycling 
product and services 
retailer.

•  Strong operating model 

focused predominantly on 
consumers.

•  Impacted by external 

factors out of our control.

Our business in the 
future

•  Consumer and B2B 

services-focused provider.

•  Resilient revenue streams 

as Services and B2B 
channels continue to grow.

•  Underlying business is 

more profitable.

Evolving into a customer and B2B services-focused business.

Read about our unique strengths on page 13.

Delivering long-
term value for 
all stakeholders . . .

Customers
Access to a market-leading shopping 
experience, both online and in stores, 
helping meet all of their motoring and 
cycling needs in a way convenient to 
them, with access to technical and 
expert advice through our colleagues.

Colleagues
Developing, rewarding and retaining 
our colleagues so that they are 
engaged to drive our growth 
ambitions. 

Financial
Generating returns for our 
shareholders through effective 
management of our financial 
resources.

Read the Chief Financial 
Officer’s Report on pages 
60 to 65.

Community
Building relationships with suppliers, 
customers and the communities 
around us.

Read more in the Charity 
and Communities section 
on pages 51 to 53.

Environmental
Ensuring the resources our business 
utilise have a positive impact on the 
environment, both today and in the 
future.

Read more in the ESG 
Strategy on pages 40 to 55.

31

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy

Our Purpose

To  Inspire and Support a Lifetime 
of motoring and cycling.

Our medium-term goal
To evolve into a consumer  
and B2B services- 
focused business.

Strong financial results 
and record levels of 
customer satisfaction are 
a clear reflection of the 
progress we are making 
against our strategy and 
the transformation of the 
business since FY18. 

Graham Stapleton
Chief Executive Officer

Our Strategy

We set out a clear vision and purpose in September 2018, which remains 
unchanged. Our strategy is as relevant now as it was then, arguably more so given 
shifting markets and changes to consumer behaviour. We have achieved significant 
progress in recent years and will continue to invest in the execution of the strategy, 
for the benefit of all stakeholders. 

Inspire our customers with a 
differentiated and super-specialist offer.

Support our customers through an 
integrated, unique and more 
convenient services offer.

Enable a Lifetime of motoring  
and cycling.

Underpinned by:

Focus on Cost  
and Efficiency

Investment in  
Our Colleagues

Our ESG Commitments

32

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTInspire

Inspire our customers with a differentiated 
and super-specialist offer.
•  Transition from a general-specialist to a super-specialist.
•  Lead and differentiate our markets with customer-led innovation.
•  Redefine and further differentiate our own label ranges.
•  New customer experience in stores and garages, linking online and offline journeys.

Support

Support our customers through an integrated, 
unique and more convenient services offer.
•  Offer convenience through an integrated and expanded ‘on-demand’ service proposition across 

stores, garages and mobile.

•  Enhance the customer journey from booking through to service delivery.
•  Enhance our unique position in E-bike servicing in retail stores and hybrid and electric vehicle 
servicing in our garages with the most fully trained technicians outside the dealer network.
Increase awareness of Halfords’ services by leveraging the Halfords brand.

• 

 Lifetime

Enable a Lifetime of motoring and cycling.

•  A more focused and targeted approach to loyalty at a Group level in order to optimise the lifetime 

value of our customers.

•  Accelerating the development of our Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) programme, 

offering compelling reasons for our customers to return and shop across the Group.

33

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy

Inspire

Inspire our customers with a differentiated  
and super-specialist offer

Progress made
•  Launched two ‘Fusion’ towns which 
have both been successful, giving 
us some clear opportunities on how 
to expand in the next year, most 
notably cross-selling and sales 
opportunities in our garages.

•   Launched a new electric vehicle 
charging solution in partnership 
with BOXT, making us the first 
mainstream trusted retailer to offer 
a full end-to-end home charging 
solution.

•  Launched Bike Xchange, a 

brand-new proposition with new 
operational and technical processes, 
putting Halfords into the rapidly 
growing second-hand market for the 
first time.

Customer Experience
We will improve our customer shopping 
journey online and in-store by: 

•  Further expanded our market-
leading E-bike and E-scooter 
ranges.

•  Continuing to optimise the Group’s 

•  Launched the UK’s biggest E-bike 

web platform and the full omnichannel 
journey.

•  Focusing on personalisation by 

leveraging our Group-wide Single 
Customer View.

• 

Improving the in-store experience 
by providing a more experiential, 
inspirational and service-led 
environment.

trial scheme.

Priorities for the year
•  Roll out capital-efficient Fusion 
investments across the estate 
including Parts Hubs, Fitting stations 
and Fusion selling practices and 
technology.

•  Further our super-specialism by 
deepening our ranges within our 
core markets, such as on-demand 
tyre fittings as well as access to a 
broader range of car parts.

Objectives
Specialism
We will become a super-specialist by: 

• 

• 

Increasing our online ranges of 
motoring and cycling products.

Investing in training with even greater 
focus on specialism.

•  Reducing our non-core products.

Innovation
We will lead and differentiate our markets 
with customer-led innovation by: 

•  Utilising customer insight to develop 

products we know they want and need.

•  Working with suppliers to jointly 

create, and bring to market, innovative 
products which are exclusive to 
Halfords.

Link to our KPIs

Link to our Risks

•  Group Colleague Engagement

•  Like-for-Like Sales

•  Value Proposition

•  Skills Shortage

•  Customer Net Promoter Score

•  Brand Appeal and Market Share

•  Climate Change and Electrification

34

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
EV Charging Solutions

Our goal is to not only give customers 
confidence to switch to electric but also 
to help boost the number of charge 
points across the UK. Customers are 
encouraged to list their driveway out 
on Stashbee to help bridge the electric 
charging gap, which is significant in 
residential areas away from trunk roads.

This initiative makes us the first 
mainstream trusted retailer to offer a 
full end-to-end home charging solution 
and supports our overall mission to 
champion the UK’s transition to electric 
forms of mobility.

To further enhance the suite of electric 
services and solutions customers 
can access at Halfords, we have 
launched a new EV charging solution in 
partnership with technology firm BOXT 
and Stashbee. This partnership enables 
customers to have top-of-the-range EV 
charge points installed at their house 
by a BOXT engineer with the added 
confidence that comes due to the 
reputation of the Halfords brand.

The high cost associated with switching 
to using electric vehicles is only one 
barrier to adoption. According to the 
Department for Transport, concerns 
about where to charge is the biggest 
barrier to adoption. Around 40% of UK 
homeowners do not have access to off-
street parking and the UK only has 15% 
of the electric vehicle charging points it 
needs to meet net zero by 2050. 

e
r
i
p
s
n

I

35

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy

Support

Support our customers through an integrated, unique and  
more convenient services offer.

Progress made 
•  Three acquisitions in Services 

helping us to become the biggest 
motoring services provider in the 
UK, exceeding our target of 200 
vans and 550 garages. 

•  Entry into the software market 

with the launch of Avayler already 
supporting ATD and Tirebuyer in 
the US. Avayler is our market-
leading digital platform which 
underpins our motoring services 
businesses.  

• 

‘WeCheck’ Phase 3 – allowing 
us to refer customers across the 
group from Retail directly to one of 

our garages or mobile locations.

Priorities for the year 
• 

Integrate National to crystallise 
the next phase of performance 
synergies including rebranding 
sites, installing MOT equipment 
and implementing Avayler across 
the estate.

•  Continue to make progress 

towards our medium-term target 
of 800+ garages, 300 Halfords 
Mobile Expert vans and 500 
Commercial vans.

•  Accelerate investment in Avayler 
to drive further opportunities with 
third party service providers, 
focusing on the Automotive 
industry.

Objectives
Integrated
We will have a unified services identity 
across the Group through: 

•  One seamless website, combining 

Halfords Retail, Halfords Autocentres 
and Halfords Mobile Expert.

•  Easy referral from Retail WeCheck 
findings to Autocentres booking.

• 

Integrating the Services booking 
experience to include nearest available 
location and timeslot.

Unique
•  Offering customers access to our 

products and services via a unique 
combination of Retail stores, garages 
and mobile vans complemented by  
a strong online proposition.

Convenient
•  Combining our physical estate with  

a consistent mobile services offer  
and increased availability.

•  Full roll-out and expansion of Halfords 
Mobile Expert to give most of the 
UK population access to our mobile 
services.

•  Future roll-out of garages to reduce 
average drive time from 30 minutes  
to 20 minutes.

Link to our KPIs

Link to our Risks

•  Services as a Percentage of Group 

•  Service Quality

Revenue

•  LFL Sales

•  Customer Net Promoter Score

•  Skills Shortage

•  Brand Appeal and Market Share

•  Stakeholder Support

36

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
Growing our Group 
Services Proposition

Alongside these acquisitions, we have 
entered into new B2B markets which 
offer international growth opportunities 
with our proprietary software business, 
Avayler. This platform utilises our 
existing digital technology, such as 
PACE, our market-leading in-garage 
digital operating platform, and offers 
businesses a way to streamline their 
customer proposition and maximise 
efficiencies across their operations.

Following on from the acquisition 
of The Universal Tyre Company in 
FY21, this year we acquired three new 
businesses, further increasing the scale 
and coverage of our Group Motoring 
Services. We have welcomed the teams 
of National, Iverson Tyres and Havebike 
into the Group, meaning that in 2021 we 
became the biggest motoring services 
provider in the UK. These acquisitions 
have led to a significant change to the 
Group physical estate, growing the 
number of fixed service locations by 
60%, giving customers access to the 
services we offer at an even greater 
number of locations. 

t
r
o
p
p
u
S

37

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy

Lifetime

Enable a Lifetime of motoring and cycling.

Progress made 
•  Launched our unique and market-
leading Motoring Loyalty Club, 
putting the customer and their car 
at the centre of our proposition.

•  We can now offer our customers 
bespoke advice, offers and 
savings, meaning we can give 
customers better value and offer a 

better service proposition.

Priorities for the year 
•  Focus on driving memberships and 

VRN data capture, targeting more 
than one million customers by the 
end of FY23.

•  Utilise our Group Data platform 
and Motoring Loyalty Club to 
engage with customers through the 
life of their car.

•  Target 10% Premium mix to test 
subscription style memberships.

Objectives
Loyalty and Retention
We will more actively drive customer loyalty 
and retention by: 

•  Supercharging our CRM programme, 
providing compelling reasons for 
customers to return to our brand.

•  Building cross-Group loyalty 

programmes to optimise lifetime value 
and advocacy. 

Customer First
We have started to drive meaningful action 
from our insight, which has been used to: 

Link to our KPIs

•  Customer Net Promoter Score 

•  Define future range decisions.

Link to our Risks

•  Change the labour operating model to 

better reflect customer needs.

•  Obtain a greater understanding of 

customer pain points and moments  
that matter.

•  Provide a Group-wide Financial 

Services offer.

•  Stakeholder Support

•  Service Quality

•  Brand Appeal and Market Share

38

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
Motoring Loyalty Club

through any channel – whether a store, 
garage, van or online – and the response 
from our customers has been great. This 
is just the start of the loyalty scheme 
and we will continue to develop this 
proposition going forwards.

This year, we launched our brand-new 
Motoring Loyalty Club, a loyalty scheme 
offering customers great benefits, such 
as free MOTs, free next day delivery 
and discounts across the Group, to 
help with their motoring journeys. The 
Motoring Club gives us an even better 
way to get to know our customers and 
communicate with them. We have built 
new technology to provide real-time, 
personalised expertise and rewards 
for members who access our services 

e
m

i
t
e
f
i
L

39

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC 
REPORT

Our ESG Strategy

FY22 was a strong year for delivery  
against our Environmental, Social and 
Governance (“ESG”) agenda.
Overview
Building on the strategy work that we 
undertook last year, we are pleased with 
the strong progress that we have made this 
year. As the regulatory landscape continues 
to evolve in response to climate change, 
supply chain transparency and corporate 
due diligence, we remain committed to 
evolving our approach and ensuring we 
have a sustainable business that delivers 
for all stakeholders.  

to our stakeholders and to our long-term 
business success. Our ESG agenda is 
aligned to the Group’s strategy ‘To Inspire 
and Support a Lifetime of motoring and 
cycling’ and also forms a strong part of our 
culture, recognising we all have a role to 
play in delivering against our commercial 
ambitions as well as minimising our impact 
on the planet. 

Following a process of stakeholder 
engagement and materiality assessment, 
our priority areas have been identified as:

Our Approach 
Our approach to sustainability focuses 
on the ESG areas that are most important 

 Electrification

 Net Zero 
Commitment

 The leading name in 
electric services giving 
everybody the confidence 
to switch and continually 
enjoy the benefits of 
electric mobility.

 Achieve Net Zero  
value chain emissions 
by 2050 and interim 
reductions aligned  
to science-based 
principles.

h
c
a
o
r
p
p
A

 Diversity  
and Inclusion

 Make Halfords a 
truly inclusive place to 
work and representative 
of the customers and 

r
u
communities we serve.O

 Product, 
Packaging 
and Waste 
Management

 Minimise our 

environmental impact and 
increase our transparency 
whilst continuing to 
pursue sustainability 
opportunities within  
our product portfolio.

40

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

 
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

I

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S

i

h
g
H
y
r
e
V

e
t
a
r
e
d
o
M

High

Very high

Electrification

Health and Safety

Product, Packaging and 
Waste Management

Supply Chain  
Ethics

Modern Slavery

Diversity and 
Inclusion

Net Zero

Climate Change

Community 
Investment

Environmental 
Management

Quality

Working with consultants from PwC, we 
conducted a materiality analysis, looking at 
the interests of various stakeholder groups, 
including colleagues, investors and the 
industry, to identify which ESG issues were 
of most importance. Then, incorporating 
insight from colleagues, these issues were 
ranked to assess which were most material 
to the business. 

Whilst we have prioritised four areas for our 
key focus, we continue to manage the other 
listed ESG issues as ‘business as usual’, 
which remain important in the delivery of our 
overall ESG ambitions. Further information on 
the progress made against our ESG agenda 
this year can be found on the following pages.

Wellbeing

Employee 
Development and 
Retention

Moderate

Environmental

Social

Governance

Moderate

Very High

Importance to Business

Governance 
Our priority areas are underpinned by our 
commitment to operating responsibly. We 
have clear policies that ensure a consistent 
approach to the standards of operations and 
behaviours we expect from our colleagues 
and business partners. These policies include, 
but are not limited to, health and safety, 
environmental management, global sourcing 
code and data protection. Colleagues are 
required to complete mandatory learning to 
ensure policies are well understood and are 
actively encouraged to speak up without fear 
of reprisal should they believe these policies 
are not being adhered to and/or misconduct 
is taking place. 

The ESG Committee comprises Non-
Executive Directors and is a committee 
of the Board. Further information on the 
Committee’s main responsibilities and 
activities undertaken during the year can  
be found on page 122. 

The Executive Team is ultimately responsible 
for the day-to-day management of the 
ESG programme. Whilst ESG is regularly 
discussed at Executive meetings, 
recognising the importance of ESG, we have 

chosen to form an ESG Board comprising 
Executive members giving a dedicated 
monthly session to focus on strategic 
progress of our ESG programme. The ESG 
Board formally commenced in Q1 FY23. 

With the formation of the ESG Board, 
we paused the previously reported ESG 
Steering Group towards the end of the 
financial year. The ESG Steering Group, 
which comprised functional leaders, met 
monthly throughout the year and was 
responsible for monitoring progress against 
our priority areas of focus, discussing 
external trends as well as sharing 

performance updates to the Transformation 
Board. The new ESG Board will review 
terms of reference for the ESG Steering 
Group in the new financial year to ensure 
we remain adequately positioned to deliver 
against our ESG strategy and priorities.

During this financial year, executive 
remuneration is linked to our performance 
in our Electric Services training target. 
We’re pleased to have met this target 
which accounted for a portion of executive 
remuneration in FY22. 

Halfords Group plc Board of Directors

ESG  
Committee

Audit  
Committee

ESG Board

Remuneration  
Committee

ESG Steering Group

Monitoring Transformation  
Board Update

41

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
ESG Performance Overview

  Electrification

  Net Zero Commitment

  Diversity and Inclusion

  Product, Packaging and 

Waste Management

Our Focus
•  Lead the market in Electric Servicing as the UK shifts 

towards more sustainable mobility options, specifically 
electric vehicles (“EVs”), E-bikes and E-scooters.

• 

Investing in education and community engagement 
programmes to help and support consumers to make 
climate-smart choices.

•  Providing industry-leading training to our colleagues to 
better support customers as they make the switch to 
electric.

•  Broadening our ranges of electric services and solutions, 
e.g. E-bikes/E-scooters, making the transition to electric 
travel easier.

•  Lobbying campaigns designed to accelerate the transition 

to electric vehicles.

Progress in FY22
• 

 Trained over 2,000 colleagues in electric servicing (+66% 
vs. FY21).

• 

Increased E-mobility product ranges such as new Carrera 
Impact E-bikes and E-scooters.

•  Launched E-bike affordability options making E-bikes 

accessible to all.

• 

Introduced home charging services.

•  Ran the UK’s largest E-bike fleet trial in over 70% of stores.

•  Continued lobbying campaigns to accelerate the transition 

to electric vehicles.

•  32% of Retail company car fleet switched to alternative 

fuels. 

•  Doubled the revenue from the servicing of EVs (vs. FY21).

Priorities for Next 12 Months
• 

 Focus on consistently delivering electric services and 
solutions to customers across the Group. 

• 

 Further develop the range of electric services and solutions 
we offer our customers.

•  Enhance our customer communications to enable us to 
better support customers as they make the switch to 
electric mobility.

•  Continue lobbying campaigns for the legalisation of private 

E-scooters in public areas.

• 

Invest in equipment and training to support growing 
demand for EV servicing. 

Our Focus
•  Reduce our carbon emissions and make progress with 
our science-based targets (“SBTs”), as approved by the 
Science Based Targets Initiative (“SBTi”). These targets are 
aligned to the more ambitious 1.5ºC scenario set out in the 
Paris Agreement (2015).

•  Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions 

42% by 2030 from a 2020 base year.

• 

Increase annual sourcing of renewable electricity to 100% 
by 2030 from 0% in 2020.

•  Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions from ‘Purchased 
Goods and Services’, ‘Capital Goods’ and ‘Upstream 
Transportation and Distribution’ 25% by 2030 from a 2020 
base year.

•  Our ultimate aim is to achieve Net Zero emissions across 
our value chain by 2050. We recognise we cannot do this 
alone, so will collaborate and partner with our suppliers, 
vendors and customers to work towards a Net Zero future.

Progress in FY22
•  Science-based targets for carbon reduction approved by 

the SBTi.

•  Commenced the transition to renewable energy with 75% 

of our estate now powered by renewable sources.

• 

• 

Included climate change as a principal risk to the business.

•  Launched a set of four Colleague Network Groups focusing 

align with key non-food retail peers. 

Invested in the EcoVadis platform to support the collection 
of accurate Scope 3 carbon data from our suppliers.

•  Continued to make progress with improving the efficiency 
of our stores with LED lights and Building Management 
System (“BMS”) improvements in 75% of our estate.

•  Engaged top suppliers to understand their carbon position 

today and set out our expectations for the future.

Priorities for Next 12 Months
•  Develop a roadmap to achieve Net Zero.

•  Continue to make progress against our SBTs.

•  Roll out EcoVadis system with our suppliers to better 
understand their position in carbon management.

•  Continue to embed climate risk within our risk management 

framework.

Our Focus

Our Focus

•  Create an inclusive workplace in which all colleagues 

• 

 To develop a packaging material strategy that improves 

are able to be themselves at work, feel valued for their 

contribution and are supported to perform their best. 

environmental impact through increased recyclability, 

reduction of virgin plastic and responsibly certified card. 

•  Provide equal opportunities for all colleagues. 

• 

 Reduce packaging tax through plastic reduction. 

•  Remove the gender/ethnic/diversity pay gap.

•  Continue to seek innovative ways to reduce, reuse and 

•  Create accessible opportunities and training to improve 

recycle core waste streams. 

female representation across our Group, particularly in our 

•  Ensure that by 2025 all our packaging will be reusable or 

garages.

recyclable.

Progress in FY22

Progress in FY22

•  Built a D&I strategy to strengthen how we think about 

•  Reduced virgin plastic in our Retail business by 17%, 

diversity, inclusivity and equal opportunities in day-to-day 

including a 10% overall plastic reduction.

operations.

•  Zero waste sent to landfill.

•  Ran D&I Masterclasses with our Senior Leadership Team.

•  Developed a packaging hierarchy which is benchmarked to 

on Women of Halfords, LGBTQIA+, Ability and Disability, 

•  Trialled a small range of products made from recycled 

•  Signed up to the British Retail Consortium Diversity and 

and Race and Ethnicity.

Inclusion Charter.

across the Group. 

materials. 

•  Promoted a circular economy for products by launching 

Bike Xchange in over 95% of our stores, putting Halfords 

products in use for longer.

• 

Initiated process to collect diversity data from all colleagues 

into the rapidly growing second-hand market and keeping 

Priorities for Next 12 Months 

Priorities for Next 12 Months 

•  Roll out D&I Masterclasses across the Group.

• 

 Analyse packaging data responses from suppliers to 

•  Roll out our Colleague Network Groups to grow awareness 

and build understanding for colleagues across the Group 

force January 2023.  

support changes in legal reporting obligations coming into 

and support cultural change at all levels.

• 

 Continue our virgin plastic reduction programme with 

•  Continue to support the industry to understand how the 

automotive sector can be more attractive for all individuals 

emphasis on product categories, including proprietary 

brands and the cycling categories. 

but specifically those currently under-represented in the 

•  Develop environmental Life Cycle Assessment for key 

workforce.

•  Continue to assess circular processes for core waste 

product categories.

streams.

Related UN SDGs

Related UN SDGs

Related UN SDGs

Related UN SDGs

For ESG Performance Data please see pages 54 and 55.

42

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Electrification

  Net Zero Commitment

  Diversity and Inclusion

  Product, Packaging and 

Waste Management

Our Focus

Our Focus

•  Lead the market in Electric Servicing as the UK shifts 

•  Reduce our carbon emissions and make progress with 

towards more sustainable mobility options, specifically 

our science-based targets (“SBTs”), as approved by the 

electric vehicles (“EVs”), E-bikes and E-scooters.

• 

Investing in education and community engagement 

programmes to help and support consumers to make 

climate-smart choices.

•  Providing industry-leading training to our colleagues to 

Science Based Targets Initiative (“SBTi”). These targets are 

aligned to the more ambitious 1.5ºC scenario set out in the 

Paris Agreement (2015).

•  Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions 

42% by 2030 from a 2020 base year.

better support customers as they make the switch to 

• 

Increase annual sourcing of renewable electricity to 100% 

electric.

by 2030 from 0% in 2020.

•  Broadening our ranges of electric services and solutions, 

•  Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions from ‘Purchased 

e.g. E-bikes/E-scooters, making the transition to electric 

Goods and Services’, ‘Capital Goods’ and ‘Upstream 

Transportation and Distribution’ 25% by 2030 from a 2020 

•  Lobbying campaigns designed to accelerate the transition 

base year.

travel easier.

to electric vehicles.

•  Our ultimate aim is to achieve Net Zero emissions across 

our value chain by 2050. We recognise we cannot do this 

alone, so will collaborate and partner with our suppliers, 

vendors and customers to work towards a Net Zero future.

• 

 Trained over 2,000 colleagues in electric servicing (+66% 

•  Science-based targets for carbon reduction approved by 

Progress in FY22

vs. FY21).

• 

Increased E-mobility product ranges such as new Carrera 

Impact E-bikes and E-scooters.

•  Launched E-bike affordability options making E-bikes 

accessible to all.

• 

Introduced home charging services.

•  Ran the UK’s largest E-bike fleet trial in over 70% of stores.

•  Continued lobbying campaigns to accelerate the transition 

•  32% of Retail company car fleet switched to alternative 

to electric vehicles.

fuels. 

•  Doubled the revenue from the servicing of EVs (vs. FY21).

Priorities for Next 12 Months

• 

 Focus on consistently delivering electric services and 

solutions to customers across the Group. 

• 

 Further develop the range of electric services and solutions 

we offer our customers.

•  Enhance our customer communications to enable us to 

better support customers as they make the switch to 

electric mobility.

•  Continue lobbying campaigns for the legalisation of private 

E-scooters in public areas.

• 

Invest in equipment and training to support growing 

demand for EV servicing. 

Progress in FY22

the SBTi.

•  Commenced the transition to renewable energy with 75% 

of our estate now powered by renewable sources.

• 

• 

Included climate change as a principal risk to the business.

Invested in the EcoVadis platform to support the collection 

of accurate Scope 3 carbon data from our suppliers.

•  Continued to make progress with improving the efficiency 

of our stores with LED lights and Building Management 

System (“BMS”) improvements in 75% of our estate.

•  Engaged top suppliers to understand their carbon position 

today and set out our expectations for the future.

Priorities for Next 12 Months

•  Develop a roadmap to achieve Net Zero.

•  Continue to make progress against our SBTs.

•  Roll out EcoVadis system with our suppliers to better 

understand their position in carbon management.

•  Continue to embed climate risk within our risk management 

framework.

Our Focus
•  Create an inclusive workplace in which all colleagues 

are able to be themselves at work, feel valued for their 
contribution and are supported to perform their best. 

Our Focus
• 

 To develop a packaging material strategy that improves 
environmental impact through increased recyclability, 
reduction of virgin plastic and responsibly certified card. 

•  Provide equal opportunities for all colleagues. 

• 

 Reduce packaging tax through plastic reduction. 

•  Remove the gender/ethnic/diversity pay gap.

•  Continue to seek innovative ways to reduce, reuse and 

•  Create accessible opportunities and training to improve 

female representation across our Group, particularly in our 
garages.

recycle core waste streams. 

•  Ensure that by 2025 all our packaging will be reusable or 

recyclable.

Progress in FY22
•  Built a D&I strategy to strengthen how we think about 

Progress in FY22
•  Reduced virgin plastic in our Retail business by 17%, 

diversity, inclusivity and equal opportunities in day-to-day 
operations.

including a 10% overall plastic reduction.

•  Zero waste sent to landfill.

•  Ran D&I Masterclasses with our Senior Leadership Team.

•  Launched a set of four Colleague Network Groups focusing 
on Women of Halfords, LGBTQIA+, Ability and Disability, 
and Race and Ethnicity.

•  Signed up to the British Retail Consortium Diversity and 

Inclusion Charter.

• 

Initiated process to collect diversity data from all colleagues 
across the Group. 

•  Developed a packaging hierarchy which is benchmarked to 

align with key non-food retail peers. 

•  Trialled a small range of products made from recycled 

materials. 

•  Promoted a circular economy for products by launching 

Bike Xchange in over 95% of our stores, putting Halfords 
into the rapidly growing second-hand market and keeping 
products in use for longer.

Priorities for Next 12 Months 
•  Roll out D&I Masterclasses across the Group.

•  Roll out our Colleague Network Groups to grow awareness 
and build understanding for colleagues across the Group 
and support cultural change at all levels.

•  Continue to support the industry to understand how the 

automotive sector can be more attractive for all individuals 
but specifically those currently under-represented in the 
workforce.

Priorities for Next 12 Months 
• 

 Analyse packaging data responses from suppliers to 
support changes in legal reporting obligations coming into 
force January 2023.  

• 

 Continue our virgin plastic reduction programme with 
emphasis on product categories, including proprietary 
brands and the cycling categories. 

•  Develop environmental Life Cycle Assessment for key 

product categories.

•  Continue to assess circular processes for core waste 

streams.

Related UN SDGs

Related UN SDGs

Related UN SDGs

Related UN SDGs

43

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ESG Progress in FY22
Electrification 

Performance highlights

2,091

Technicians trained 
in Electric Servicing 
(+66% vs. FY21)

32%

of Retail fleet now on  
Alternative fuel

• 

Introduced home charging services 
to give customers the confidence to 
switch to an EV and have the charging 
installed at home from a brand that 
they trust.

•  Successfully ran the UK’s largest 

E-bike fleet trial at 295 stores to give 
customers the opportunity to ‘try before 
you buy’. 

Other Highlights
•  We are increasing our voice through 

‘Thought leadership’ and ‘campaigns’ 
including #Plugtheskillsgap – calling 
on the industry to train EV techs to 
meet the needs of EV servicing and 
ongoing lobbying on E-scooters and 
electric vans. 

•  We have made great progress with 
switching our company car fleet to 
electric/hybrid and by the end of the 
year we exceeded our target, resulting 
in 32% of our Retail company car fleet 
being powered by alternative fuels.

•  We have more than doubled the 

revenue gained from the servicing of 
EVs (vs. FY21).

Case Study
Making E-mobility 
accessible to all

The shift to lower carbon electric modes 
of transport is something that is rapidly 
gaining momentum. EVs are increasingly 
popular and electric charging points are now 
commonplace across the UK. At Halfords, 
our goal is to make sure that E-mobility is 
something that all consumers can access.

•  We offer products and services at 

a wide variety of price points which 
means that customers can purchase 
an electric product that fits with 
their financial circumstances. Our 
E-bike affordability options also help 
customers spread out payments.

We have developed a number of initiatives 
to help customers feel confident making 
the switch to electric and continue to invest 
in ensuring that E-mobility is accessible to 
everyone.  

•  Halfords is a brand everyone can trust 
and we continue to provide training to 
our colleagues so they can offer advice 
and expertise to everyone who seeks it.

•  Our ‘Electric Hub’ is updated regularly 

to keep customers informed of the latest 
government advice and guidance, the 
benefits of switching to electric and 
ultimately advise on how best to fit electric 
mobility into their lifestyles.

We will continue to champion the switch to 
electric across all areas of our business and 
will ensure that E-mobility options remain 
accessible to all.

Overview
For Halfords, electrification means leading 
the way as the UK shifts towards electric 
modes of transport and supporting our 
customers as they make the switch. 
Halfords is uniquely positioned in the UK 
to offer electric services and solutions 
for both two and four-wheeled modes of 
transport and we are proud to support our 
customers with everything they need as 
the UK transitions towards lower carbon 
electric mobility. 

Our ambition is to be the leading name 
in electric services, giving everybody the 
confidence to switch and continue to enjoy 
the benefits of electric mobility. We are in a 
privileged position to champion the needs of 
consumers and we intend to use our voice to 
develop the UK’s electric mobility industry.

Progress in FY22
Electric mobility remains at the core of our 
plans both today and in the future. We have 
seen fantastic progress within the Group 
supporting both our commercial and ESG 
ambitions.

Electric Services
There is a significant shortage of 
technicians in the industry who are capable 
of servicing electric forms of transport. 
Increasingly, consumers and businesses 
are switching to electric and it is essential 
that this skills shortage is addressed. This 
year, we have trained over 2,000 colleagues 
on electric servicing from E-bikes and 
E-scooters and electric vehicles (+66% vs. 
FY21), meaning we are leading the market 
in terms of being the experts in servicing of 
electric transportation. 

Our customers have recognised this shift 
with a significant increase in demand for 
our colleagues’ expertise, and, as a result, 
we have seen strong progress on customer 
NPS ratings as customers benefit from the 
increased training our colleagues have.

Electric Solutions 
Customer demand has grown rapidly for 
electric modes of transport and in the past 
year we have accelerated our plans to meet 
these demands. In the last year we have:

• 

Increased E-mobility product ranges 
such as launching innovative new 
Carrera Impact E-bikes and scooters.

•  Launched industry-leading E-bike 
affordability options – from as little 
as £15 per month, making E-bikes 
accessible to all.

44

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTNet Zero Commitment 

Overview 
Addressing climate change through the 
reduction of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) 
emissions is now a key priority for most 
companies and Halfords is no exception. 
As one of the UK’s largest employers it is 
critically important that we make a strong 
commitment to tackle climate change and 
put this at the top of our ESG agenda.

Performance highlights

25%

Scope 1 and 2 reduction

75%

of sites with LED lights 
(excluding all recent 
acquisitions)

Progress 
We are pleased that our Scope 1, 2 and 3 
targets have been approved by the SBTi. 
These targets are:

•  Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 

2 GHG emissions 42% by 2030 from a 
2020 base year.

• 

Increase annual sourcing of renewable 
electricity to 100% by 2030 from 0% 
in 2020.

•  Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG 

emissions from ‘Purchased Goods and 
Services’, ‘Capital Goods’ and ‘Upstream 
Transportation and Distribution’ 25% by 
2030 from a 2020 base year.

Receiving this formal accreditation and the 
subsequent communication of these targets 
marks a significant step forward for us in 
achieving our Net Zero ambition and helps 
to give the business focus and clarity in the 
medium term. 

We are in the early stages of developing our 
Net Zero roadmap; however, we are already 
seeing emissions reductions through initiatives 
such as switching to LED lighting and 
switching 25% of our vehicle fleet to alternative 
fuels, all of which help deliver strong progress 
against our emissions reduction targets. 

This year we included climate change as a 
principal risk to the business, recognising that 
the climate crisis is already having a profound 

effect through extreme weather events – floods, drought and rising sea levels –  
all of which have the ability to disrupt our supply chains and impact our ability to operate our 
business effectively. Further information on our mitigation efforts can be found on pages 68 to 71.  

Throughout the course of this year, we have worked with PwC to complete our first climate-
related scenario analysis. This forms the basis of our first Taskforce for Climate-related 
Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”) statement which can be found on pages 68 to 71. 

Scope 3  
Our Scope 3 emissions categorisation is based primarily on estimates obtained through 
analysis of spend in each Scope 3 category. The chart below shows the breakdown of Scope 3 
categories, highlighting our material focus on ‘Purchased Goods and Services’, ‘Capital Goods’ 
and ‘Upstream Transport and Distribution’.  We are now in the early stages of collecting more 
accurate Scope 3 emissions data from these categories to better track our Scope 3 emissions 
reductions. 

 Purchased goods and services = 52% 

 Capital goods = 16%

 Upstream transport = 13%

 Employee commuting = 6% 

 Downstream transport = 5%

 Other = 8%

Recognising the importance of collaboration to deliver against our Scope 3 targets, we 
have invested in the EcoVadis platform to support the collection of accurate carbon data. 
We have begun the process of working with our suppliers to understand their position in 
carbon management and will report more information on our progress next year. 

The EcoVadis platform will also enable us to manage our responsible sourcing programme 
which includes how we monitor adherence to our newly revised Global Sourcing Code, 
the management supply chain risk including labour issues such as modern slavery and 
environmental issues such as sustainable forestry.  

Case Study
Our Journey to Net Zero

Gaining SBTi approval of our Science 
Based Targets is a significant achievement 
for our business and gives us a strong 
platform on which to build our plans to 
achieve Net Zero. The pathway to Net Zero 
remains a significant challenge for global 
businesses with no simple route to achieve 
the goal. Businesses must unite with their 
suppliers to better understand how to work 
together to reduce carbon emissions. 

Our Science Based Targets give 
colleagues across the business a medium-
term, more tangible goal on which to 
focus, giving meaning to the longer-term 
target of achieving Net Zero. The next 
decade is a critical time to limit global 
warming and our target reflects this, with 

our targets aligning to the stricter and 
more challenging 1.5 degree pathway set 
out in the Paris Agreement. Colleagues 
across the business are being asked to 
engage with all suppliers in order to begin 
the process of capturing carbon data, 
ensuring we maintain momentum. We are 
encouraged that a number of our suppliers 
have already started their own Net Zero 
journeys and we are learning from each 
other to understand how we can all 
do more.

We remain committed to doing our part 
to combat climate change and will remain 
transparent throughout our journey 
towards Net Zero. 

45

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTESG Progress in FY22
Diversity and Inclusion 

underway to roll this out to regional teams, 
to build an awareness and understanding 
of D&I that is embedded throughout our 
business and support cultural change at all 
levels.

After comprehensive work across the 
Group, we have launched a set of four 
Colleague Network Groups focusing on 
Women of Halfords, LGBTQIA+, Ability and 
Disability, and Race and Ethnicity. Each 
group has an Executive Sponsor but is led 
by colleagues at all levels and receives 
suitable funding to grow awareness and 
build understanding for all colleagues 
across the Group. Outputs and feedback 
from these groups will be fed back into the 
central team to incorporate into the holistic 
D&I strategy. The creation of these groups 
has been met with a lot of support and we 
will further develop them over the course of 
the next financial year.

Gender Pay Gap
Achieving gender balance is really important 
to us and our values. We are pleased to 
have reduced the gender pay gap year 
on year and that our median pay gap of 
3.82% is significantly below the national 
median of 15.4%. In the last five years, we 
have moved the mean gap from 6.12% to 
2.29%. For more information please see 
our Gender Pay Gap Report1. Importantly, 
for our standard roles, we pay our hourly 
colleagues equally, regardless of gender, 
and our reward and recognition policies 
are gender neutral. We remain focused 
on improving the gender balance across 
the Group and increasing awareness of 
our career progression opportunities, both 
internally and externally.

Activity within the Industry 
• 

In 2021, we signed up to the British 
Retail Consortium (“BRC”) Diversity and 
Inclusion Charter, demonstrating our 
commitment to making Halfords a truly 
inclusive workplace. 

•  We have partnered with the Institute 

of Motoring Industry D&I Taskforce to 
take part in a study to understand how 
the automotive sector can be more 
attractive to work in for all individuals, 
specifically focusing on those groups 
currently under-represented in the 
workforce.

Overview 
Halfords Group is committed to providing 
equal opportunities to colleagues and 
candidates. This applies to recruitment, 
training, career development and 
promotion, regardless of physical ability, 
gender, sexual orientation or gender 
reassignment, pregnancy and maternity, 
race, religious beliefs, age, nationality or 
ethnic origin.

We are proud to promote diversity in the 
motoring and cycling industries through 
engagement and representation on Diversity 
and Inclusivity (“D&I”) working groups within 
the Institute of the Motor Industry (“IMI”). 
We work hard to ensure every colleague 
feels they can be themselves at work and 
perform to their best. We recognise there is 
always more we can do, and we are excited 
to build on our foundations through ongoing 
engagement with colleagues.

Performance highlights

4 

Colleague Network  
Groups launched

3.82%

Medium Gender pay gap

Progress 
This year we have worked hard to build a 
strategy to develop how we at Halfords 
think about diversity, inclusivity and equal 
opportunities in day-to-day operations. 
An important aspect of this strategy is 
better understanding the challenges that 
we face and being honest and truthful with 
ourselves about where we can do better. 
Our focus remains on two areas: improving 
diversity across the Group and building 
awareness amongst our colleagues of 
career progression opportunities, such as 
promoting female technicians in garages.

During the course of the year, we have 
run D&I Masterclasses with our Senior 
Leadership Team, bringing together leaders 
from across the business to talk about D&I. 
The objective was to give the senior team 
the confidence to be proactive and make 
changes within their own teams. Planning is 

46

D&I Data
Over the last year, we have focused on 
improving the various datasets we hold on 
diversity and inclusion across the business. 
Gathering better data unlocks a greater 
understanding of the make-up of the 
business today, giving us a baseline and 
enabling us to develop plans to tackle any 
challenges we face.

Gender

 Male = 75% 

 Female = 19%

 Other = 1%

 Prefer not to say = 5% 

Ethnicity

 White/Caucasian/White other = 82%

 Black/Black African/Black Caribbean/
Black Other = 3%

 Asian or Asian British = 5%

 Middle Eastern = 0%

 Mixed or Multiple Ethnic Heritage = 2%

 Other = 1%

 Prefer not to say = 7%

1  www.halfordscompany.com/environment-

social-and-governance/our-colleagues/gender-
pay-gap/

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
Making Training 
Accessible for all

s

l
l
i

k
S
g
n
i
r
e
v

i
l

e
D

We are proud to support Ronnie Wilson 
MBE and First Step Trust (“FST”) who 
are delivering skills for work in the 
motoring industry with the use of digital 
technology. FST provides a safe learning 
space that enables learners who live 
with issues such as anxiety and poor 
literacy skills to develop confidence, 
skills and competence in a practical 
workplace environment. 

The training, which has been developed 
by FST with support from Halfords, 
incorporates VR (virtual reality), video, 
AI (artificial intelligence) and other 
vocational technologies to enable 
members to learn new skills, despite the 
challenges they may face processing 
written instructions. We have started to 
run trial placements in our garages for 
members who have learnt skills through 
FST and are committed to working 
further to make training accessible to all.

47

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
ESG Progress in FY22
Product, Packaging and Waste Management 

Overview 
Halfords has a rich heritage as a destination 
for cycling and motoring services, 
maintenance and repair. Through its full 
estate, Halfords is responsible for millions 
of repairs each year and therefore plays an 
important role in enhancing the longevity of 
products and promoting a circular economy.  
We will expand these strengths to offer this 
industry-leading service in the emerging 
electric mobility market, to reduce the impact 
of full-product replacements by upskilling 
our store colleagues in service and repairs – 
leading to a better customer experience and 
reduced environmental impact.

Progress 
Product and Packaging
We are proud to be one of the first companies 
to sign the Cycling Industries Sustainable 
Packaging Commitment. This pledge seeks 
to ensure that all our cycling packaging 
will be reusable or recyclable by 2025. Our 
commitment to reducing our use of virgin 
plastics remains strong and we have worked 
hard to achieve solid progress this year. We 
have utilised the packaging database which 
we redesigned in FY21 to identify impactful 
changes to strategic products which would 
have a significant contribution in reducing our 
consumer-facing retail plastic packaging.

At the end of the financial year, we had 
successfully removed 279 tonnes of virgin 
plastics in the preceding 12 months from 

packaging across the Group, with a particular 
focus on product areas such as bicycle inner 
tubes and car screen wash. This accounts 
for 17% of overall plastics used in our retail 
business. This is slightly below the target of 
a 20% reduction we had aimed for during 
the year due to the timing of contractual 
changes, and as such we’re pleased that 
further reductions will be made early in the 
next financial year. 

Some examples of plastic reductions made 
include:  

•  Changing AdBlue bottle products from 
rigid bottles to lightweight flexible 
pouches.

•  Swapping from plastic shrink wrap to 

cardboard sleeves.

•  Replacing plastic in motoring liquids 
categories (e.g. oils and screenwash) 
with post-consumer recycled (“PCR”) 
content. 

We are working closely with our suppliers 
to continually look for ways to reduce virgin 
plastics in our packaging and products. 

In addition to our product packaging changes, 
we have also progressed our e-commerce 
customer offering, reducing plastic usage by 
80% in online shipments. Next year, we will 
trial shredded waste cardboard as void fill 
which will replace air pillows, and swap to a 
water-activated paper tape.

To develop continuity of packaging data, 
we’ve developed a packaging hierarchy that 
has been benchmarked to align with key 
non-food retail peers. This has been launched 
to educate suppliers on our minimum 
requirements for sustainable packaging 
solutions such as the use of On-Pack 
Recycling Labelling (“OPRL”). 

This priority area remains a focus going 
forward with both customers and colleagues 
seeking to reduce plastic usage in their lives.

Performance highlights

279

tonnes of virgin 
plastic removed

Zero 

Waste to Landfill

Case Study
Recycling Stations  
in Fusion

Our ‘Fusion’ town trial gave us an 
exciting opportunity to test a wide 
range of sustainability initiatives, 
one of which was the introduction of 
recycling stations. These stations enable 
customers to bring in used parts or 
packaging so that they can be recycled 
rather than ending up in landfill. The 
stations have clear labelling and are 
situated at the front of the stores to 
enable maximum awareness. 

We have engaged with store managers 
across the Group and delivered 
appropriate training so that our 
colleagues are able to advise customers 
appropriately. 

The success of these recycling stations 
within the trial stores will be assessed 
before  possible further roll-out to all 
stores and garages across the Group.

48

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
R
E
P
O
R
T

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C

I

Product Safety
We make product and consumer safety 
a priority. We operate a new product 
development and assessment process that 
incorporates all applicable safety and legal 
standards, as well as our own additional 
quality standards. Despite this, there may on 
occasion be the need to carry out a safety 
recall on a product. Product safety recall 
communications are managed according to 
our Incident Management Plan and industry 
best practise. Product Safety Recall Notices 
are published in the Help and Advice section 
of our website: www.halfords.com/help-and-
advice/product-information/product-support/
product-recalls/product-recalls.html.

Waste Management
Halfords takes its environmental 
responsibilities seriously and we aim to 
manage our operations in a way that is 
environmentally sustainable, economically 
feasible and socially responsible. We are 
committed to minimising the impact of 
waste on the environment by promoting 
and facilitating the waste hierarchy through 
prioritising reduce, reuse and recycle, and, 
where necessary, managing waste disposal in 
a responsible and compliant manner. 

During FY22, we consolidated our waste reporting across the Group to further improve our 
approach to waste management. We produced just over 23,000 tonnes of waste last year 
and are pleased that zero waste was sent to landfill. Our most material waste streams are 
automotive tyres (31%), cardboard (24%) and automotive batteries (20%). All three categories 
are disposed of responsibly, with 100% of batteries and cardboard being recycled. Tyres are 
disposed of through a combination of recycling and incineration with energy recovery.  

Currently, 35% of our general waste is incinerated with energy recovery, we recognise that more 
can be done to progress waste materials up the waste hierarchy and we see opportunity in 
reducing this further through better segregation of waste.  

 Total recycled = 63% 

 Total incinerated with energy recovery = 35%

 Total incinerated = 2%

 Total Landfilled = 0% 

Bike Xchange 
In February, we launched the Bike Xchange in over 95% of our stores. This initiative gives 
customers an incentive for trading in their old bike and in return we are giving them up to £250 
to spend on anything at Halfords. Our expert technicians will assess, repair and refurbish all 
second-hand bikes so they are ready for a new owner. For some of these bikes, this means 
that they will be shared with charity partners to donate to African communities. This process 
extends the lifetime of a bike already in circulation, promoting circular economy, reducing 
waste and ultimately helping customers with more affordable bikes or supporting those in 
communities that rely on bikes for their livelihoods.

Since launch, this scheme has been popular with customers and by the end of the financial 
year, we had received over 2,000 bikes. 

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

49

 
ESG Progress in FY22

Responsible Sourcing 
We are committed to maintaining high 
ethical standards within the supply chain. 
During the year, we revised our Global 
Sourcing Code (“Code”) which sets out the 
principles that are instrumental in enabling 
our commercial and responsible sourcing 
goals. Our Code also works to raise global 
supply chain standards and positively 
enhance the lives of the many people 
working in our global supply chain.

Our Code supports our commitment 
to respect human rights and uphold 
international standards, including the 
United Nations (“UN”) Guiding Principles 
on Business and Human Rights and the 
Organisation for Economic Cooperation 
and Development (“OECD”) Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises. Our commitment 
to respect human rights is based on 
the International Bill of Human Rights 
consisting of the Universal Declaration of 
Human Rights, the International Covenant 
on Civil and Political Rights and the 
International Covenant on Economic, Social 
and Cultural Rights; and the International 

Labour Organization’s (“ILO”) Declaration on 
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.

The Code details the minimum standards 
we expect our suppliers to adhere to and in 
turn ensure that their own business partners 
meet similar standards. Our Code covers 
expectations in the areas of environmental 
management, responsible sourcing of 
materials, safe working practices and 
human rights. 

We take all reasonable and practical steps, 
including factory and site inspections and 
independent audits, as required, to ensure 
the principles detailed in our Code are being 
met by our suppliers and in turn by their own 
business partners. We only trade with those 
who comply fully with our Code and in the 
event of any failure to do so, we reserve the 
right to end the business relationship and 
cancel outstanding orders. We recognise that 
in the event of non-compliance, withdrawal 
of our business may cause severe hardship 
to those employed. Therefore, our preference 
is to work with our suppliers in partnership 
to achieve compliance and carefully review 
progress made before considering severing 

any relationship. We encourage a culture of 
‘speaking up’ and expect our suppliers and 
their workers to do so in confidence and 
without fear of retaliation.

Due Diligence
During the year, we strengthened our 
due diligence process by partnering with 
EcoVadis. We work with EcoVadis to enable 
our responsible sourcing programme and 
monitor compliance with our Code. We 
will require suppliers to complete self-
assessments through the EcoVadis platform, 
which will help to assess a supplier’s 
performance in various areas, including: 
ethics; environmental management; labour 
practices; and human rights. 

The EcoVadis score card will help to inform 
our own due diligence process, highlighting 
good practice and where there may be 
greater need for auditing, remediation or 
corrective action. We apply a risk-based (or 
tiered) approach to assessing and auditing 
our suppliers. For Tier 1 suppliers, which 
are those operating in higher risk countries, 
we conduct in-depth audits, including in-
person factory visits, confirming compliance 
every two years as standard, and every 
year for bike suppliers. Tier 2 suppliers 
are generally own-brand manufacturers 
operating in low-risk countries. For these, 
we may accept an alternative audit report 
as a means of validating compliance, and 
we will accept a reduced frequency of audit. 
Tier 3 suppliers are proprietary branded 
goods for resale. Our standard terms 
include conditions to explicitly reference our 
Global Sourcing Code, which all suppliers 
must sign up to.

In FY23 
We will engage our suppliers to: 

•  Onboard suppliers onto the EcoVadis 

platform. 

•  Begin data collection to track and 
manage Scope 3 emissions. 

•  Review our risk management process 
for identifying supply chain risk. 

50

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOur Colleagues 
Colleague Engagement  
Colleague engagement is vital to our 
success as a business. As such, it 
is a measure in our Executive bonus 
scheme and we set targets for improved 
engagement right across the organisation. 
Each year we conduct a colleague 
engagement survey, administered by a third 
party and providing actionable, anonymised 
reports at a team level. This year’s survey, 
conducted in April 2022, had a response 
rate of 90% and an engagement index 
score of 81%, which is a significant 6% 
increase from the previous year despite 
the challenging year and the continued 
disruption from COVID-19. In response to 
the survey results, every team produces an 
engagement plan for the year ahead, which 
rolls up into department and Group plans.

Training and Development 
We remain committed to providing best-
in-class training to our colleagues. This 
includes field-based training, such as 
electric servicing, all the way to online 
training courses via our intranet to upskill 
colleagues who wish to progress their 
career. Some highlights from FY22 are:

• 

• 

Introduced our Values Recognition 
Scheme with over 780 colleagues 
nominated by other colleagues for living 
our values, from these, 50 Colleagues 
of the Quarter across the business 
were awarded, culminating in our 
first Colleague of the Year and three 
runners up.

In support of our Electric Strategy, we 
now have over 2,000 colleagues across 
the business trained in electric services, 
including having trained 640 Autocentre 
colleagues in Hybrid L2 or L3. 

•  Supporting our colleagues’ wellbeing, 

we now have 79 Mental Health 
First Aiders in the business and 109 
colleagues attended Mental Health 
Awareness sessions.

•  56 Apprentices have successfully 

completed their programmes, 48 of 
these being in Autocentres.

• 

In Autocentres, 128 colleagues 
achieved the IMI’s DVSA MOT tester 
accreditation and 59 achieved IMI Level 
3 accreditation.

•  We increased Retail colleagues’ 

technical skills by training 14,000 
colleagues to meet our new Target 
Operating Model.

Health and Safety
We are committed to delivering good 
health and safety (H&S) management and 
practices, recognising that our people are 
our most important asset. Our priority is 
to run Halfords with the protection of the 
health, safety and welfare of all people 
that are affected by our activities being 
at the forefront of all our decisions. Our 
commitment is to have a reputation for 
health and safety that exceeds expectations 
within our industry and amongst our peers. 

In order to live our philosophy of ‘each 
accountable, all responsible’ everyone in 
Halfords has responsibility for ensuring 
the safety of colleagues, customers and 
others impacted by our business. Specific 
roles, responsibilities and reporting lines are 
made clear and detailed within our Health 
and Safety Policy. We have a formal Health 
and Safety Committee (“HSC”), which is 
a formal sub-committee of the Executive 
who are responsible for co-creating and 
agreeing policy, implementation framework 
and standards as well as monitoring 
performance, reviewing any remedial action 
and sharing good practice and lessons 
learned from across the Group.   

During the year we refreshed our health 
and safety induction modules to ensure 
the ongoing safety of our colleagues. The 
revised modules developed for Retail and 
Autocentre colleagues will ensure that new 
starters avoid undertaking tasks that they 
may not be trained for and could cause risk 
or injury. 

Maintaining COVID-19 safe operations to 
protect colleagues and customers remained a 
priority during the year. In line with government 
guidance, enhanced cleaning and hand 
hygiene regimes were maintained along with 
adequate ventilation levels in confined areas.

As our business continues to grow, the 
integration of newly acquired sites into 
the Halfords family will remain a health 
and safety priority in the coming year. We 
have begun reviewing H&S systems and 
introducing colleagues to the new H&S 
induction process. Safe working practices 
and risk assessment are under review and 
will progress into the next financial year.

Charity and Communities 
Halfords is proud to support charities 
and communities across the UK, through 
charitable donations, gifts in kind and time. 

During the year, our colleagues nominated 
Mind, along with their sister charities SAMH 
(Scotland) and Inspire (Northern Ireland) as 
our national charity partner. Mind, Inspire 
and SAMH are mental health charities, with 
local presence across the UK and Northern 
Ireland. They champion for mental health 
to ensure no one has to face a mental 
health problem alone. This aligns with our 
wellbeing and D&I programmes, allowing 
us to continue supporting the wellbeing 
of colleagues and broader communities 
across the country. We have committed 
to a three-year pledge, donating a total of 
£150,000. 

Case Study
Support to Ukraine 

The conflict and humanitarian crisis in 
Ukraine this year was deeply shocking, and 
both directly and indirectly affected many 
of our colleagues, partners and customers. 
We wanted to support the people of Ukraine 
and help them get access to some of the 
basic needs, such as medical support, 
food and shelter. We did this by making 
a donation of £50,000 to the Disasters 
Emergency Committee (“DEC”) Ukraine 
Humanitarian Appeal. 

Our colleagues also wanted to help through 
fundraising within their local communities 
and so we pledged to match colleague 
fundraising for the DEC Appeal. 

As One Halfords Family, we continue to 
stress the importance of wellbeing and 
mental health to our colleagues and partners 
and have mental health first aiders to 
support as required. As the crisis in Ukraine 
rages on, we will continue to do all that we 
can to support colleagues impacted by the 
crisis.  

51

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTESG Progress in FY22

Case Study
COVID-19 support 
in Kolkata

We were pleased to support our colleagues globally through the pandemic by 
donating to The Hope Foundation in Kolkata with a £100,000 donation. Our 
donation covered the full running costs of the COVID-19 emergency hospital 
for two months, along with facilitating the purchase of much-needed PPE and 
sanitiser. This aligned with our One Halfords Family value – supporting the 
communities in which we live and work. We continue to send good wishes to 
our colleagues and their families in Kolkata.

Case Study
Freewheel by 
Ride for Freedom  

We were pleased to support the Freewheel programme by Ride for Freedom with bike 
accessories. Ride for Freedom aim to harness the universal appeal of cycling to raise 
awareness, educate and forge partnerships to end modern slavery and provide remedy to 
survivors. 

Freewheel is a remediation programme that empowers survivors of modern slavery – 
women, children and men – to cycle to support their physical and mental health and 
wellbeing, independence and mobility to aid their rehabilitation into society. The Barking 
and Dagenham hub, launched in March 2022, is the first of several hubs to be rolled out 
in cities and regions across the UK where the need and ongoing demand for the provision 
and service is identified. 

The hubs intend to enable survivors of modern slavery by providing them with a bike and 
bike accessories including helmets, locks and lights, alongside cycling proficiency and 
road awareness training through a national cycle training programme. 

SDGs

52

Case Study
HMP 
Drake 
Hall 

The Halfords Academy at HMP 
Drake Hall was launched a number of 
years ago and it is a scheme to which 
we remain fully committed. It offers 
participants the opportunity to train 
as cycle mechanics and create the 
prospect of steady employment upon 
release. 

The programme is tailored for each 
participant with an added focus on 
mechanics, customer services or retail. 
Since launch, the Halfords Academy 
has been a great success and although 
COVID-19 meant the programme had 
to pause, we have resumed training, 
and are currently training 12 female 
offenders. Twenty graduates have 
joined the business in a variety of roles 
following their release. Fully supported 
by Halfords colleagues, participants 
are subject to the same high standards 
of training as all colleagues within 
the Group – the training programme 
is thorough, designed to challenge 
participants and raise aspirations. 

The programme provides offenders with 
the opportunity to be trained and work 
on bikes that require reconditioning. The 
majority of the bikes are then donated to 
primary schools in disadvantaged areas 
to help children access cycling through 
the Halfords school bike donation 
scheme.

SDGs

We have aligned our priority ESG focus 
areas with seven of the UN SDGs (see page 
42) however, through our business activities 
and charitable donations, we are able to 
positively contribute to additional SDGs, 
recognising the importance of all 17 SDGs.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
Case Study
Free-bike!

Everyone was affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, but 
for young people coming into the job market, things were 
particularly tough. We wanted to go some small way to help 
young people overcome the challenge of youth unemployment, 
which led to the launch of the Free-bike! scheme.

Endorsed by Olympic gold medallist Victoria Pendleton, 
Free-bike! gave 18–24-year-olds the chance to apply for one 
of 20 brilliant Apollo, Carrera and Pendleton e-bikes (plus 
accessories) by sharing a little about the economic struggles 
they were facing due to the pandemic. We received over 

6,000 applications and faced the tricky task of choosing just 
20 winners. During the year, we were pleased to announce 
the winners and provide them with their E-bikes, totalling 
approximately £20,000.  Further case studies on six of the 
winners can be found here www.halfords.com/electrification/
free-bike-scheme.html

SDGs

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

53

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
ESG Progress in FY22

Performance Data 
Carbon Emissions and SECR report Unit 

FY20 
(baseline)

FY21

FY22

Comments

Gas consumption

tonnes  11,749

10,107

9,312

Gas consumption

kWh

63,902,230

54,965,455

50,648,378

Vehicles on Company business

tonnes  2,547

2,988

3,469

Total Scope 1

tonnes

14,296

13,095

12,781

Electricity consumption

tonnes  13,473

10,126

8,107

Electricity consumption

kWh 

52,712,652

43,434,355

38,583,748

Renewable energy (% of Group estate) % 

0

0

75

Total Scope 2 

tonnes

13,473

10,126

8,107

Total Scope 1 and Scope 2

tonnes 27,769

23,221

20,888

tCO2e per £1m Group revenue

tonnes

23.45

17.97

15.26

Total Scope 3 (see page 45 for detailed breakdown)

FY22 Retail usage: 5,666
FY22 Autocentres usage: 3,646
Proportion of Group carbon emissions: 45%
FY22 Retail usage: 30,816,511
FY22 Autocentres usage: 19,831,867
Proportion of Group carbon emissions: 
16%.
The rapid expansion of our fleet of mobile 
vans is pushing up the emissions for miles 
travelled despite 32% of Retail company 
cars being switched to alternative fuel 
sources.
10% reduction in Scope 1 since FY20 
baseline.
FY22 Retail usage: 5,839
FY22 Autocentres usage: 2,268
Proportion of Group carbon emissions: 39%
FY22 Retail usage: 27,497,880
FY22 Autocentres usage: 11,065,868
75% of our estate is now powered by 
electricity from renewable sources.
40% reduction in Scope 2 since FY20 
baseline
25% reduction in total carbon emissions 
since FY20 baseline.
Second successive year of reduction.

54

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTWater*
Water consumption 

Waste*
Total waste 

Waste recycled 

Waste incinerated with energy 
recovery 
Waste incinerated without energy 
recovery 
Waste to landfill 
Product
Bikes returned through  
Bike Xchange 
Packaging
Reduction in consumer-facing 
virgin plastic
Occupational Health and Safety
Reporting of Injuries, Diseases 
and Dangerous Occurrences 
Regulations (RIDDOR) 

Unit 

FY22

Comments

m3

153,461

Water usage is relatively low across the estate and continues to hold at 
steady levels. 

tonnes 

tonnes 

23,441

During the year, we improved our Group reporting of waste and aim to 
make further improvement on data collection in FY23. 
14,766 (63%) The majority of our waste is recycled. Our material waste streams of 

tonnes 

8,156 (35%)

tonnes 

519 (2%)

cardboard and automotive batteries are 100% recycled. 
Better segregation of our general waste will help to move waste up the 
waste hierarchy, therefore recycling or reusing more. 
A small amount of waste was incinerated without energy recovery. 

tonnes 

0

We are pleased that zero waste goes to landfill. 

Number 

2,078

Data covers the period from the launch of the proposition in week 44 
until the end of the financial year.

%

17

We met our 20% reduction target, however with a slight contractual 
change, 3% of these reductions won’t be realised until FY23. 

Number

42

Ethics Training1
All FCA training, including 
Conduct Rules, Treating 
Customers Fairly and Vulnerable 
Customers.                                                                                                    

% Completion  80

Anti-bribery  

% Completion 73

Competition Law 
Modern Slavery 

% Completion 66
% Completion 35

Data covers our Retail stores, Autocentres and warehouse operations 
but excludes recent acquisitions. We continue to review our health and 
safety management systems to ensure we remain effective in promoting 
a safe working environment for our colleagues.

Cultivating and maintaining strong responsible business practices is 
essential in driving responsible business. We have several training 
modules to support colleagues with awareness and understanding of 
moral and legal obligations. Colleagues across the Support Centre, 
Retail, Autocentre, Tredz, HGS, and McConechy’s are expected to 
compete mandatory learning. 
We have several training modules to support colleagues with awareness 
and understanding of legal obligations. Colleagues across Support 
Centre, Logistics, and HGS are required to complete this mandatory 
learning. 

Towards the end of FY22, we launched a new mandatory modern 
slavery e-learning module. This is important in supporting colleagues 
with understanding the signs and feeling confident in raising potential 
issues.

*   Environmental data includes our Retail Stores, Autocentres, Distribution Centres and Tredz business. Newly acquired sites, including National, are currently 

excluded as we consolidate and validate data internally. 

1  Ethics training data is correct as of 9 May 2022.

55

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTKey Performance Indicators

Shareholder KPIs 
Note: Our key comparator is FY20 due to FY21 being heavily disrupted by the impacts of COVID-19. FY20 has been restated on a  
52-week basis for better comparability.

Underlying Profit Before Tax

Underlying Earnings Per Share

m
5
.
9
9
£

m
8
.
9
8
£

m
9
.
6
5
£

Definition
Profit before income tax and non-
underlying items as shown in the 
Group Income Statement.

p
7
.
1
4

p
5
.
5
3

p
4
.
5
2

Definition
Profit after income tax and before 
non-underlying items as shown 
in the Group Income Statement, 
divided by the number of shares 
in issue.

20

21

22

20

21

22

Commitment
The Board considers that this measurement of profitability provides 
stakeholders with information on trends and performance before 
the effect of non-underlying items.

FY22 Performance
The Group had a strong profit performance up £32.9m vs. FY20. 
This has been driven by strong revenue growth of 19.9% and 
ongoing profitability improvements to the underlying business.    
PBT was lower than FY21 by -£9.7m with strong profit growth of 
the underlying business offsetting the business rates relief of FY21.

Commitment
EPS is a measure of our investment thesis and as such we aim to 
manage revenues, margins and invest in long-term growth.

FY22 Performance
The strong EPS performance was driven by the overall profitability 
improvement of the business since FY20. On a per share basis, the 
movement vs. FY21 was primarily a result of the placing in December 
2021 as part of the acquisition of Axle Group Holdings Limited 
(“National”).  This placing was dilutive in the year but in the near term 
we expect it to be accretive. 

Link to Remuneration
Bonus

Link to Remuneration
Performance Share Plan

Underlying EBITDA

Dividend per Share

m
0
.
3
3
2
£

m
1
.
7
0
2
£

m
6
.
8
8
1
£

Definition
Underlying EBITDA adds back 
Depreciation and Amortisation 
to EBIT.

p
0
0
.
9

p
8
1
.
p6
0
0
.
5

Definition
Cash returned to shareholders as 
a return on their investment in the 
Company.

20

21

22

20

21

22

Commitment
The Board considers that these measurements of profitability are a 
viable alternative to underlying profit and uses these measures to 
incentivise Management.

FY22 Performance
Underlying EBITDA grew +9.8% (vs. FY20) reflecting the strong 
profit performance of the Group. Overall depreciation decreased 
due to an impairment in the prior year. 

Commitment
We have reinstated the ordinary dividend after a period of 
uncertainty during the peak of the pandemic, and intend for this 
payment to be progressive. Should surplus cash remain in the 
business that we feel we cannot deploy with good rates of return, 
we will return this to shareholders in the most appropriate way.

FY22 Performance
With a strong close to FY22, the Board is proposing a final dividend 
of 6.00p payable in September 2022, bringing the full-year dividend 
to 9.00p. 

56

p
7
.
0
4

p
7
.
4
3

p
3

.

4

2

20

21

22

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTFree Cash Flow

Net Debt to Underlying EBITDA Ratio

m
2
.
3
3
1
£

m
6
.
1
5
£

m
9
.
4
1
£

20

21

22

Definition
Adjusted Operating Cash Flow 
less capital expenditure, net 
finance costs, taxation, exchange 
movement, arrangement fees on 
loans, and lease payments.

5
.
2

7
.
1

2
.
1

20

21

22

Definition
Represented by the ratio of Net 
Debt to Underlying EBITDA.

Commitment
Our medium-term target remains to achieve strong levels of Free 
Cash Flow each year, but we recognise that external factors may 
impact our ability to do so.

Commitment
We are expecting to operate within a range of 1.8x to 2.3x, with the 
latter allowing for appropriate M&A. This ratio helps to compare the 
financial result for the year to debt levels.

FY22 Performance
The Group continues to be cash generative in the medium-term, 
though in FY22 a normalisation of working capital after COVID-19 
disruption meant that Free Cash Flow was -£14.9m in the year.

FY22 Performance
The Group ended with net positive cash, partly offsetting lease 
debt of £391m. Lease debt increased vs. FY21 as a result of the 
acquisition of National, offset by rent reductions on lease renewals.

p
7
0
4

.

p
7
4
3

.

Like-for-Like Sales

.

p
Definition
3
4
Group revenue from operations that have been trading as part 
2
of the Group for at least a year (but excluding prior year sales of 
stores and Autocentres closed during the year) at constant foreign 
exchange rates.

FY22 Like-for-Like Sales Movement vs FY20

22

Halfords Group
20
21
Retail
Motoring
Cycling
Autocentres

16.7%
15.2%
12.5%
18.0%
23.4%

Commitment
Like-for-like sales is a widely used indicator of a retailer’s trading 
performance, and is a comparable measure of our year-on-year 
sales performance.

FY22 Performance
The Group has a strong revenue performance vs. FY20 with all 
areas finishing in double-digit like-for-like growth reflecting our 
investments in customer satisfaction and resulting market share 
growth.

p
7
.
0
4

p
7
.
4
3

Glossary of Alternative Performance Measures
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have adopted 
p
3
.
various Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”), previously 
4
2
termed as ‘Non-GAAP measures’. APMs should be considered 
in addition to IFRS measurements, of which some are shown on 
page 213. The Directors believe that these APMs assist in providing 
useful information on the underlying performance of the Group, 
enhance the comparability of information between reporting 
periods, and are used internally by the Directors to measure the 
20
Group’s performance.

21

22

57

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Key Performance Indicators

Operational KPIs
Service-related Group Sales Growth

Group Colleague Engagement

m
1
3
5
£

m
0
7
3
£

m
1
0
3
£

Definition
Service-related Group sales is the 
income derived from the fitting or 
repair services themselves along 
with the associated product sold 
within the same transaction.

%
1
8

%
5
7

%
3
7

Definition
The proportion of Group 
colleagues who respond 
positively to the questions in the 
Colleague Engagement Survey.

20

21

22

Commitment
To grow service-related Group sales faster than total Group sales 
growth.

Performance
Group Services revenue of £531m represents 38.8% of Group 
revenues, up from 28.7% in FY21. This is a particularly strong 
performance and clear demonstration of the progress against our 
strategy of becoming a Services and B2B focused business.

Link to Remuneration
Bonus and Performance Share Plan

p
7
.
0
4

p
7
.
4
3

Customer Net Promoter Score (“NPS”)

20

21
22
Commitment
We aim to improve colleague engagement across the Group with 
specific focus on required areas identified by colleagues.

Performance
Response rate of 90% and engagement score of 81%, an increase 
of +6% on the previous year. Recognising the burden that has been 
felt by colleagues this year, we have invested in our colleagues with 
a focus on helping them financially and supporting their mental 
health.

Link to Remuneration
Bonus

p
7
.
0
4

p
7
.
4
3

p
Definition
3
.
4
Measure the changes in NPS of our Retail stores and Autocentres.
2

p
3
.
4
2

ESG Performance Metrics can be found on pages 54 and 55.

Retail
Autocentres

FY22
66.5
76.1

FY21
59.7
72.6

FY20
57.9
68.8

21

Commitment
20
We are committed to improving the score with our customers 
across the Group.

22

20

21

22

Performance
Our NPS has been very strong this year as we continue to focus 
on the customer experience in our stores and garages. Our 
Autocentres business continues to perform very well with NPS 
at 76.1 but most notable is Retail achieving 66.5, an increase of 
+6.8 YoY. This has been driven by our investments in training and 
our new operating model which have enabled us to offer greater 
coverage of customer-facing colleagues and on-demand fitting 
services.

Link to Remuneration
Bonus

58

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTR
E
P
O
R
T

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C

I

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

59

 
STRATEGIC 
REPORT

Chief Financial Officer’s Review

Loraine 
Woodhouse

The “FY22” accounting period represents 
trading for the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022 
(“the financial year”). To provide a better 
understanding of underlying performance, 
comparisons of sales and profit will 
primarily be made relative to FY20, that 
is, on a 2-year basis unless otherwise 
stated. The disruption to last year (FY21) 
from COVID-19 means that one-year 
comparators are more difficult to interpret, 
albeit are provided within the tables 
below for completeness. Balance Sheet 
comparisons have been made on a FY22 
to FY21 basis. All numbers shown are on a 
post-IFRS16 basis, unless otherwise stated. 

Reportable Segments 
Halfords Group operates through two 
reportable business segments: 

•  Retail, operating in both the UK and 

Republic of Ireland; and 

•  Autocentres, operating solely in the UK. 

All references to Retail represent the 
consolidation of the Halfords (“Halfords 
Retail”) and Cycle Republic businesses, 
Boardman Bikes Limited and Boardman 
International Limited (together, “Boardman 
Bikes”), and Performance Cycling Limited 
(together, “Tredz and Wheelies”) trading 
entities. All references to Autocentres 
represent the consolidation of the Halfords 
Autocentres, McConechy’s, Universal, 
National and Avayler (HSSD) trading 
entities. All references to Group represent 
the consolidation of the Retail and 
Autocentres segments. 

The strength of our 
results in FY22 reflect  
the commercial and 
strategic progress we 
have made in the last 
two years, as we grow 
our motoring services 
business to deliver higher 
and more sustainable 
returns for the Group. 

Highlights

+19.9%

Total Revenue Growth 

2022 vs 2020

+57.8%

Growth in Underlying  
Profit Before Tax

2022 vs 2020

60

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

Group Financial Results 
FY22 
(52 weeks) 
£m
1,369.6
721.7
101.1
207.1
(11.3)

Group Revenue 
Group Gross Profit 
Underlying EBIT  
Underlying EBITDA 
Net Finance Costs 
Underlying Profit  
Before Tax 
Net Non-
Underlying Items 
Profit Before Tax 
Underlying Basic  
Earnings per Share 

FY21 
(52 weeks) 
£m
1,292.3
656.3
114.5
233.0
(15.0)

FY20 
(52 weeks) 
£m
1,142.4 
584.0 
70.5
188.6
(13.6) 

FY22 versus 
FY21 
change 
+6.0%
+10.0%
-11.7%
-11.1%
-24.7%

FY22 versus 
FY20 
change
+19.9% 
+23.6% 
+43.4% 
+9.8% 
-16.9% 

89.8

6.8
96.6

99.5

56.9

-9.7%

+57.8% 

(35.0)
64.5

(34.2) 
22.7

-119.4%
+49.8%

-119.9% 
+325.6% 

35.5p

41.7p

25.4p 

-14.9%

+39.8% 

Although COVID-19 restrictions started to 
ease in the early part of our financial year, 
the reality was that FY22 was still a heavily 
disrupted year for most consumer-facing 
businesses, including Halfords. The UK 
targeted a quick return to normality after 
the impact of the pandemic, but supply and 
demand conditions remained unpredictable 
through much of our financial year. Other 
countries, and the Far East in particular, 
mandated COVID-19 restrictions for longer, 
contributing to ongoing supply-chain 
disruption.  Subsequently, as we approached 
the end of FY22, both we and our customers 
began to face into a new challenge brought 
about by almost two years of supply and 
demand disruption. Higher inflation began 
to emerge in the second half of our financial 
year, compounded by the onset of war 
in Ukraine. Although the impact on FY22 
was limited, there is no doubt that the 
economic environment for UK companies 
and consumers has become tougher than six 
months ago, giving rise to both challenge and 
opportunity as we navigate the year ahead.

Our strong financial results in FY22, with 
Group PBT of £96.6m, +£73.9m versus 
FY20, reflect good strategic progress, a 
sharpened focus on improving the profitability 
of our underlying business and a necessarily 
agile approach to our operation in a very 
challenging environment. Over the last two 
years we have mitigated many headwinds, 
not least a complex and disrupted supply 
chain, whilst simultaneously improving the 
profitability of our business. 

and Viking, was an important step forward 
and testament to our commitment to grow 
our Services business. The acquisition, 
on 9 December 2021, for consideration 
of £61.5m, and the associated share 
placing, which raised £61.6m of proceeds, 
was well supported by our shareholders, 
demonstrating support for our Services-
focused strategy and the compelling 
opportunity of the acquisition itself. As a 
result of this transaction, alongside smaller 
prior year acquisitions, the Group is a very 
different business from two years ago, 
financially stronger and with a greater 
proportion of revenues coming from the 
more resilient and non-discretionary areas 
of Motoring Services and B2B.

Group revenue in FY22, at £1,369.6m, was 
up 19.9% from FY20, comprised of Retail 
revenues of £1,001.6m and Autocentres 
revenue of £368.0m. This compared to FY20 
Group revenue of £1,142.4m, which saw 
Retail revenue of £950.6m and Autocentres 
revenue of £191.8m. Retail Revenues 
grew +5.4% (+£51.0m) versus FY20, but 
declined -3.7% versus FY21, primarily due 
to a normalised cycling market after strong 
demand during the early COVID-19 period. 
Both Motoring and Cycling revenue grew 
versus FY20 but, against FY21, Motoring 
recovered significantly whereas Cycling 
declined versus the strong peak seen in FY21. 
Autocentres revenue almost doubled across 
the two-year period and grew +45.7% versus 
FY21, reflecting good underlying LFL growth 
alongside the impact of our acquisitions.

Despite the challenging external 
environment, we were pleased with the 
progress we made against our Strategy 
in the year. Our acquisition of Axle Group 
Holdings Limited (referred to as “National”) 
in December 2021, comprising National 

Group gross profit of £721.7m (FY20: 
£584.0m) was 52.7% of Group revenue 
(FY20: 51.1%), comprising of Retail gross 
margin of 51.0%, up +277bps from FY20, 
partly offset by a decrease in the Autocentres 
gross margin of 815bps to 57.3%. In Retail, 

our Cycling profitability improvements 
delivered in FY21 annualised, offset in 
part by our decision to invest in Motoring 
pricing to underpin our Services business.  
In Autocentres, the acquired businesses 
(Universal Tyres in March 2021 and National 
in December 2021) carry lower gross margins 
due to a heavy focus on tyres, but with a 
lower labour cost they have an operating 
margin potential in line with the core 
Autocentres business. 

Total underlying costs increased to £620.6m 
(FY20: £513.5m), of which Retail comprised 
£420.9m (FY20: £395.6m), Autocentres 
£196.6m (FY20: £115.8m) and unallocated 
costs £3.1m (FY20: £2.1m). Unallocated costs 
represent amortisation charges in respect of 
intangible assets acquired through business 
combinations, namely the acquisition of 
Autocentres in February 2010, Boardman 
Bikes in June 2014, Tredz and Wheelies in 
May 2016, McConechy’s in November 2020, 
The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford) 
Limited (“Universal”) in March 2021 and 
National in December 2021, which arise on 
consolidation of the Group. 

The overall cost increase of 20.9% 
(+£107.1m) was in line with revenue growth 
over the same period. Of the increase, 
over half (+12.2%, +£62.4m) was a result 
of new acquisitions, or those annualising 
part year ownership, with the remainder 
driven by volumetric sales growth alongside 
investment in areas of strategic importance 
such as customer contact, digital, and 
colleague training. The Government 
continued to provide Business Rates Relief 
through much of our first half, resulting 
in £11m of rates not levied versus FY20, 
but notably lower than the £39m of relief 
received in FY21.

We continued to focus on our cost and 
efficiency programmes, delivering £7.6m of 
GNFR (goods not for resale) cost savings, 
alongside cost reductions associated with 
our store and garage closures in FY21 that 
gave rise to year-on-year benefits in the 
first three quarters of FY22. We achieved 
rental savings in our Retail estate on 69 
lease renewals, with an average decrease 
of approximately 26% in FY22. These 
underlying savings helped to mitigate cost 
increases associated with the growth of the 
business and to fund strategic investment.

Group Underlying EBITDA increased 
9.8% to £207.1m (FY20: £188.6m; FY21: 
£233.0m), whilst net finance costs were 
£11.3m (FY20: £13.6m; FY21: £15.0m).  

61

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Financial Officer’s Review

Gross profit for the Retail business, at 
£510.7m (FY20: £458.4m) represented 
51.0% of sales, an increase of +277bps 
on FY20 (FY20: 48.2%). There were three 
key factors behind the performance; firstly, 
substantial improvements in the Cycling 
gross margins, up over +700bps versus 
FY20, following the margin optimisation 
programme detailed in last year’s report. 
The improvement annualised this year 
versus FY21, but the full impact can be 
seen versus FY20. Secondly, Motoring 
margins were also stronger versus FY20, 
+60bps, despite our strategic investment 
in Motoring pricing aimed at strengthening 
and underpinning the Services business. 
And finally, the material swing in product 
mix also impacted gross margin, albeit with 
materially less impact versus FY20 than 
versus FY21. Of the +277bps improvement 
versus FY20, +300bps is a result of 
rate changes, -60bps dilution driven by 
growth in commissions as a result of our 
growing B2B business, foreign exchange 
movements, and the balance reflected 
product mix, which had a small positive 
impact vs FY20.

Retail operating costs before non-
underlying items were £420.9m (FY20: 
£395.6m) an increase of 6.4% on FY20.  
The focus on operational efficiency and 
procurement continued in FY22, offsetting 
the impact of the inflationary headwinds 
that began to build during FY22, and 
funding our strategic investments across 
a number of customer-facing initiatives. 
Some of the efficiency highlights included 
£7.6m of GNFR costs removed from the 
Retail business through an ongoing review 
of services and tendering processes, the 
lease renewals detailed earlier, and £1.5m 
of store payroll removed through our ‘We 
Operate 4 Less’ in-store savings initiatives. 
Of the £11m Business Rates Relief afforded 
to the Group, £9m was within Retail versus 
£33m in FY21. 

Underlying Profit Before Tax for the year increased 57.8% to £89.8m (FY20: £56.9m; FY21: 
£99.5m). Non-underlying items totalled a £6.8m credit in the year (FY20: £34.2m debit; 
FY21: £35.0m debit), following two years of charges that arose from reorganisations of our 
physical infrastructure and organisational redesign. After non-underlying items, Group Profit 
Before Tax was £96.6m (FY20: £22.7m; FY21: £64.5m). 

Retail  

Revenue 
Gross Profit 
Gross Margin 
Operating Costs 
Underlying EBIT 
Non-underlying 
items 
EBIT 
Underlying 
EBITDA 

FY22 
(52 weeks) 
£m
1,001.6
510.7
51.0%
(420.9)
89.8

FY21 
(52 weeks) 
£m
1,039.8
502.0
48.3%
(398.3)
103.7

FY20 
(52 weeks) 
£m
950.6 
458.4 
48.2% 
(395.6) 
62.8 

FY22 versus 
FY21 
change 
-3.7%
+1.7%
+270bps
+5.7%
-13.4%

FY22 versus 
FY20 
change
+5.4% 
+11.4% 
+277bps 
+6.4% 
+43.0% 

8.9
98.7

(31.7)
72.0

(30.7) 
32.1 

-128.1%
+37.1%

-129.0% 
+207.5% 

168.4

199.3

159.0

-15.5%

+5.9%

Revenue of £1,001.6m reflected a 2 year like-for-like (“LFL”) sales increase of +15.2%. 
Total revenue in the year increased +5.4% after adjusting for the impact of closing 64 
Retail stores through FY21. Revenues declined -3.7% versus FY21, significantly skewed 
by COVID-19 in both Motoring and Cycling, with the latter dipping versus a strong peak in 
FY21. The volatility of the trading environment over the last two years was most evident in 
our Retail business, which made forecasting particularly difficult. This is demonstrated by 
the sharp changes in mix witnessed across the years FY20, FY21 and FY22. Motoring mix 
fell by 12ppts from FY20 to FY21 as a result of fewer journeys made during lockdowns, but 
represented 59.4% of the Retail business for FY22 as traffic began to normalise. Pleasingly, 
our Motoring business had a strong period, with revenues of £595m, total revenue growth 
of +6.5% and LFL growth of +12.5% versus FY20, with revenue growth of +22.7% versus 
FY21. This is positive given the importance of our Motoring products business to the 
growth of our Services proposition and demonstrates the strength and convenience of our 
Retail offer. Cycling sales also performed well, growing LFL revenues +18.0% versus FY20 
(+2.7% total), although declining versus FY21 by 27.2% in total. We did not expect Cycling 
revenues to grow versus the peaks of lockdown cycling seen in FY21, but nevertheless 
supply chain disruption and availability played its part in limiting its potential.

The Retail Operational Review in the Chief Executive Officer’s Statement contains further 
commentary on the trading performance in the year. Like-for-like revenues and total  
sales revenue mix for the Retail business are split by category below:  

FY22 
LFL 2yr
(%)
+12.5
+18.0
+15.2

FY22 
Total sales 
mix 
(%)
59.4
40.6
100.0 

FY21 
Total sales 
mix 
(%)
46.1
53.9 
100.0

FY20 
Total sales 
mix 
(%)
58.4
41.6
100.0 

Motoring  
Cycling 
Total 

62

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
Autocentres 

Revenue 
Gross Profit 
Gross Margin 
Operating Costs 
Underlying EBIT 
Non-underlying 
items 
EBIT 
Underlying 
EBITDA 

FY22 
(52 weeks) 
£m
368.0
211.0
57.3%
(196.6)
14.4

FY21 
(52 weeks) 
£m
252.5
154.3
61.1%
(141.2)
13.1

FY20 
(52 weeks) 
£m
191.8 
125.6 
65.5% 
(115.8) 
9.8 

FY22 versus 
FY21 
change 
+45.7%
+36.7%
-380bps
+39.2%
+9.9%

FY22 versus 
FY20 
change
+91.9% 
+68.0% 
-815bps 
+69.7% 
+46.9% 

(2.1)
12.3

38.7

(3.3)
9.8

(3.5) 
6.3 

-36.4%
+25.5%

-40.0% 
+95.2% 

33.7

29.6 

+14.8%

+30.7% 

Operating costs were £196.6m, +£80.8m 
above FY20, of which £62m was a result 
of the annualisation and growth of our 
acquisitions from FY20 and FY21. The 
remaining cost increase was the result 
of investment in the underlying business 
with incremental investment in colleagues 
driving the very strong LFL performance.

Underlying EBIT was £14.4m, (FY20: 
£9.8m) a strong performance that reflected 
good organic growth complemented 
by strategically important acquisitions. 
Underlying EBITDA of £38.7m (FY20: 
£29.6m) was 30.7% higher than FY20. 

Portfolio Management   
In FY22 we continued to grow our Services 
business through the acquisitions of 
National, Iverson Tyres and havebike.

Autocentres generated total revenues of 
£368.0m (FY20: £191.8m), an increase of 
91.9% on FY20, with a strong LFL increase 
of 23.4%. Non-LFL revenues versus FY20 
included either full or part year benefits 
from our six acquisitions: Tyres on the Drive 
and McConechy’s acquired in October and 
November 2020 respectively, Universal 
Tyres in March 2021, Iverson Tyres in 
December 2021, Axle Group in December 
2021, and havebike in March 2022. Our 
acquisitions added approximately £125m 
of revenue versus 2020 and c. £93m versus 
2021. In Q3 FY22, we entered the Software 
as a Service market through our Avayler 
platform and were delighted to sign our first 
deal with ATD for provision of the software. 

Gross profit of £211.0m (FY20: £125.6m) 
was 57.3% of sales, a decrease of 815 
bps on FY20 but Gross Profit £ was nearly 
70% ahead of FY20. The decrease in gross 
margin % was a result of the annualisation 
of our acquisitions, which are gross 
margin rate dilutive given their business 
model focus on tyres. Most notably, 
Universal Tyres and McConechy’s operate 
predominantly within the B2B commercial 
tyre sector and, as such, have a different 
operating model of lower gross margin 
but strong margin per worked hour, and 
more resilient revenues. National operates 
primarily within the B2C sector, more 
aligned to our core Autocentres business, 
but also with a heavy tyre mix and lower 
gross margins. Overall Autocentres saw 
underlying rate improve by +320bps with 
the mix into acquisitions worth almost 
-1,150bps overall. Going forward we are 
confident that significant synergies are 
available to us through a combination of 
greater scale and leveraging our digital 
operating model, which will result in 
stronger operating margins across the 
enlarged Autocentres group.

The total number of fixed stores or garages 
within the Group stood at 1,009, with a 
further 181 HME vans, 4 Cycling Vans, 192 
Commercial vans and 68 vans supporting 
mobile tyre fitting in McConechy’s, 
Universal and Axle Group as at 1 April 2022. 
The portfolio comprised 403 stores (end of 
FY21: 404) and 606 Autocentres garages 
(end of FY21: 374).  

The following table outlines the changes in 
the portfolio over the year: 

Relocations 
Leases 
renegotiated 
Refreshed 
Openings/
Acquisitions 
Closed 

  Stores Garages  Vans 
– 

–

–

69
–

–
4

7
–

– 
– 

243
11

 72
– 

In Retail, four stores closed during the year, 
three of them in the final quarter. When 
analysing the anticipated sales transfer to 
other channels and neighbouring stores, 
it was considered more profitable to the 
Group to close these stores and reduce  
the overall cost base.

The number of lease expiries, or breaks 
under option, continues at a similar rate 
in the next five years. Retail will see three 
quarters of stores experience optionality 
within five years, allowing for a high degree 
of flexibility within the estate. 

63

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Chief Financial Officer’s Review

Within Autocentres, no garages were 
opened organically, but 243 locations were 
acquired in the year and 11 were closed, 
taking the total number of Autocentre 
garages to 606 as at 1 April 2022 (end  
of FY21: 374).

With the exception of nine long-
leasehold and three freehold properties 
in Autocentres, the Group’s locations are 
occupied under leases, the majority of 
which are on standard lease terms, typically 
with a five to 15-year term at inception and 
with an average lease length of under six 
years. The acquisition of Universal resulted 
in the purchase of six freehold properties, 
but all were sold and leased back in the first 
half of FY22.

Net Non-Underlying items
The following table outlines the components 
of the non-underlying items recognised in 
the 52 weeks ended 1 April 2022: 

Organisational 
restructure costs (a) 
Impairment of right-of-
use assets (b) 
Acquisition and 
investment-related 
fees (c) 
One-off claims (d) 
Closure costs (e) 
Replacement 
warehouse 
management system (f) 
Net non-underlying 
items 

FY22 
£m

FY21 
£m

0.3

5.9

–

(0.4)

2.8
(2.2)
(8.5)

0.6
2.9
26.0

0.8

–

(6.8)

35.0

In the current and prior period, 
separate and unrelated organisational 
restructuring activities were undertaken.  
A strategic redesign of the in-store 
operating model was undertaken 
to better meet our customers’ 
expectations and deliver a consistent 
shopping experience across our estate. 
Redundancy costs of £0.3m (PY: £5.9m) 
were incurred during the transition to 
the new operating model. 

In light of the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic, the Group revised future 
cash flow projections for stores and 
garages in FY20, which led to the 
recognition of an impairment in relation 
to stores or garages where the current 
and anticipated future performance 
did not support the carrying value of 
the right-of-use asset and associated 

a. 

b. 

64

tangible assets. During the prior year, 
£0.4m of this impairment was reversed 
as the stores and garages returned to  
a profitable position.

c. 

In the current and prior periods, 
costs were incurred in relation to 
the investments in National, Iverson, 
havebike, and Universal. 

• 

In FY22, £2.5m relating to 
professional fees in respect of 
acquisition of National;

•  £0.2m related to the acquisition of 
trade and assets of both Iverson 
and havebike;

•  £0.1m (PY: £0.6m) related to the 

with the property exits were provided for 
accordingly. In the current period £8.5m 
(costs of £26m during FY21) of provisions 
and lease liabilities have been released 
as the group continues to negotiate lease 
disposals and review provisions held in 
place. At the year end property provisions 
carried forward included an amount of 
£10.2m in relation to these store and 
garage closures. These will continue to 
unwind as property exits are negotiated 
with landlords or tenants, and could result 
in further amounts being released to the 
income statement due to the significant 
estimation uncertainty over the timing of 
exits and the final negotiated settlements.

acquisition of Universal. 

f.  An additional charge of £0.8m has 

d.  During the prior period a provision 
of £2.9m was held in the accounts 
in relation to the HMRC audit into 
National Minimum Wage, based on 
management’s best estimate using 
information available at the time. During 
the current period this has been fully 
settled and paid, which has led to a 
release of the provision of £2.2m.

e.  During FY20 and FY21 the group 

completed a strategic review of the 
profitability of the physical estate and 
subsequently closed a number of stores 
and garages. Assets were impaired 
and costs associated with the ongoing 
onerous commitments under the lease 
agreements and other costs associated 

been incurred during the current year 
for the replacement of the warehouse 
management system (“WMS”). Under 
the new IFRIC guidance on IAS 38, this 
cannot be capitalised and therefore, as 
it is not part of recurring business it is 
deemed a non-underlying expense.

Finance Expense 
The net finance expense (before non-
underlying items) for the 52 weeks ended 
1 April 2022 was £11.3m (FY21: £15.0m) 
reflecting reduced interest on lease 
liabilities, plus the fact the Revolving Credit 
Facility (RCF) was not drawn in the current 
year, partially offset by additional non-

utilisation fees.  

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT•  Financial

 − Sustainable business model

•  Compliance

 − Regulatory and compliance 

 − Service quality 

 − Cyber security

•  Operational

 − Colleague engagement / culture  

 − Skills shortage 

 − IT infrastructure failure 

 − Disruption to end to end 

supply chain

Specific risks associated with performance 
include the success, or otherwise of peak 
trading periods (e.g., Christmas) as well 
as weather-sensitive sales, particularly 
within the Car Maintenance and Cycling 
categories in the Retail business. 

Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer

15 June 2022

Taxation 
The taxation charge on profit for the 52 
weeks ended 1 April 2022 was £18.9m 
(FY21: £11.3m), including a £1.7m charge 
(FY21: £6.1m credit) in respect of non-
underlying items.  The effective tax rate 
of 19.5% (FY21: 17.5%) differs from the 
UK corporation tax rate (19%) principally 
due to increased disallowable expenditure 
this year (in part relating to the share issue 
and National acquisition) and prior period 
adjustments

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) 
Underlying Basic EPS post IFRS 16 was 
35.5 pence and after non-underlying 
items 37.9 pence (FY21: 41.7 pence and 
27.1 pence after non-underlying items), a 
–14.9% and 39.9% movement on the prior 
year. Basic weighted-average shares in 
issue during the year were 204.7m (FY21: 
197.1m). 

Dividend (“DPS”) 
Following the payment of an interim 
dividend of 3.0p per share on 21 January 
2022, we are proposing an FY22 final 
dividend of 6.0p per share (FY21: 5.0p per 
share).  

IFRS 16
IFRS 16 has had the effect of increasing 
profit by £2.5m. The two main drivers for 
this being the increase in held over leases 
which have decreased the depreciation 
charge in comparison to the rental 
payments, and the increased ageing of the 
lease portfolio which has led to a lower 
interest charge in comparison to the rental 
payments.  

Capital Expenditure 
Capital investment in the 52 weeks ended  
1 April 2022 totalled £49.2m (FY21: £45.3m) 
comprising £31.1m in Retail and £18.1m in 
Autocentres. Within Retail, £11.5m (FY21: 
£6.0m) was invested in stores. Additional 
investments in Retail infrastructure included 
a £17.9m investment in IT systems, 
including the continued development of the 

new Group website.

The £18.1m (FY21: £22.0m) capital 
expenditure in Autocentres principally 
related to the replacement of garage 
equipment and replacement of fixtures and 
fittings, and further development of PACE, 
our digital operating model in garages. 

During the year, new IFRIC guidance was 
published relating to IAS38 Intangible 
Assets, in particular the capitalisation of 
spend on SaaS solutions. It was determined 
by Halfords that spend on a new 
Warehouse Management System should be 
expensed, which resulted in £0.8m being 
recorded in non-underlying costs due to the 
non-recurring nature of the costs.

Inventories 
Group inventory held as at the year-end 
was £222.1m (FY21: £143.9m). Retail 
inventory increased to £194.5m (FY21: 
£134.3m), reflecting normalised stock levels 
after a COVID-19 disrupted FY21. 

Autocentres’ inventory was £27.6m (FY21: 
£9.6m). The increase in inventory primarily 
relates to the acquisition of National group 
and their stock holding of tyres. 

Cash flow and Borrowings 
Operating Cash Flow was £131.8m (FY21: 
£280.8m), reflecting a working capital 
outflow of £70.0m, which arose due to 
the normalisation of inventory levels as 
described above. After taxation, capital 
expenditure, net finance costs, and lease 
payments, Free Cash Flow was -£14.9m 
(FY21: £133.2m) in the year. Group Net 
Debt was £344.9m (FY21: £277.3m).

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
The Board considers the assessment of 
risk assessment and the identification of 
mitigating actions and internal control to 
be fundamental to achieving Halfords’ 
strategic corporate objectives. In the Annual 
Report and Accounts, the Board sets 
out what it considers to be the principal 
commercial and financial risks to achieving 
the Group’s objectives. The main areas of 
potential risk and uncertainty in the balance 
of the financial year are described in the 
Strategic Report of the 2022 Annual Report 
and Accounts. These include: 

•  Business Strategy 

 − Capability and capacity to effect 

change 

 − Stakeholder support and 
confidence in strategy

 − Value proposition 

 − Brand appeal and market share

 − Climate change & electrification

65

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEmerging Risks
The evolution of risk is actively considered 
at Board level and across the senior 
management team. Emerging risk is seen 
as an undefined risk that may eventually 
develop to materially impact the business 
in the future. The Audit Committee receives 
presentations from contributors to the 
risk management process with insight 
on key risk themes such as economic, 
environmental, technological, societal,  
and geopolitical.

Risk Appetite
The Board has defined risk appetite for 
its principal risks based on the categories 
of strategy, financial, compliance and 
operational. By grouping risks into 
categories, the Board can distinguish the 
risk appetite for each of the principal risks 
and whether mitigations are adequate. 

Risk Management

Risk Management Framework
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
management of risk and the identification 
of principal risks that may affect the 
Group’s strategic objectives. Specifically, 
the Board determines the nature and 
extent of risk exposure that the business 
is willing to take in pursuit of its strategy. 
The Audit Committee, on behalf of the 
Board, has responsibility for maintaining 
oversight of the Group’s framework for risk 
management. 

Our framework for risk management 
ensures a standardised approach from 
identification to the reporting of risks. 
Applying the Group’s appetite for risk 
ensures a consistent approach can be 
applied to threats and opportunities 
throughout all our operations.

Changes to the risk profile of the business, 
alongside significant and emerging risks, 
are escalated to the Audit Committee, 
which routinely receives deep dive analysis 
and regulatory updates on key risks. Please 
see page 125 for details of Audit Committee 
activities during the year.

Principal Risks
The Audit Committee reviews the 
effectiveness of the risk management 
processes and monitors the assessment 
of the Group’s principal risks, reflecting 
on external factors and their impact on 
strategic priorities. Each principal risk has 
an Executive owner and is included within 
a Corporate Risk Register, which is subject 
to a ‘top-down’ review. Operational risk 
registers are maintained to provide greater 
granularity, a ‘bottom-up’ perspective and a 
further means to identify emerging risks. 

Principal risk changes:

•  Climate change and electrification: 
This was previously identified as an 
emerging risk and opportunity. For a 
long time, risks associated with global 
climate change and the sustainability 
agenda have been given serious 
reflection as part of several of our 
principal risks. Separation as a principal 
risk is recognition of the increasing 
importance to the Halfords strategy 
in terms of electrification and the 
significance to our stakeholders as 
demonstrated by the mandating of the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosure (“TCFD”) framework.  

•  End-to-end supply chain: This risk is 
an evolution of the critical physical 
infrastructure failure (including supply 
chain disruption). The focus has shifted 
to the resilience of the supply chain and 
the potential for disruption to customer 
fulfilment and what that would mean  
for sales and profit projections.

The significant impact of COVID-19 
throughout FY21 continued into FY22  
with further lockdowns and travel 
restrictions disrupting global supply chains 
and changing consumer behaviour. 

The Group was able to limit the impact of 
the pandemic by continuing to trade safely 
as an essential retailer and by making any 
necessary proposition changes, such as 
enhancing our online offer, to respond 
to changes in customer behaviour. The 
management of financial risks and liquidity 
was strengthened to protect the business 
and deliver a positive result for the year. 
Throughout this period, risk management 
was at the forefront of our response, 
designed to protect both customers  
and colleagues.

66

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTBoard and Audit Committee

Overall oversight of risk management and internal control framework:

•  Full annual review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems, corporate risk register, and risk appetite 

undertaken by Audit Committee with assessment delivered to Board for approval.

•  Update on changes to risk and internal control environment presented by Internal Audit to Audit Committee at each meeting.

Whistleblowing process
Regular KPI reporting

Regular management presentation to 
Board and Audit Committee

Internal Audit Reports
Corporate Risk Register

Shops, Garages, Distribution 
Centres and Customer-
Facing Businesses

First Line Assurance
Operating within agreed policies and 
procedures, for example:

•  Delegated authorities  

(‘How We Do Business’).

•  Quality Standards.

•  Retail guidelines (‘Retail Basics’).

•  Health and Safety policies.

•  Colleague handbooks.

•  Regular oversights.

•  Performance monitoring.

•  Regular management presentation 
to Board and Audit Committee.

Corporate Functions

Internal Audit

Second Line Assurance
• 

Identify developments in risk and 
internal control environment.

•  Develop and implement strategy, 
policies, procedures and controls 
to manage risk.

Third Line Assurance
• 

Independently review quality of key 
internal controls and management 
assessment of risk.

•  Challenge management to 

enhance control environment.

• 

Internal audits.

•  Maintain Corporate Risk Register.

•  Risk and internal control analysis.

• 

Internal audit reports.

•  Corporate Risk Register.

Internal Audits
Risk and internal control analysis

67

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)

Introduction
We recognise the importance of 
understanding and managing the climate-
related risks and opportunities to our 
business and supply chain. Over the past 
few years, we have evolved our approach 

to assessing these risks and opportunities 
in line with the recommendation set out by 
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosure (“TCFD”). This is our first year 
of reporting against the TCFD framework 
and we are committed to continuous 

improvement as we work hard to mitigate 
climate-related risk and activate the 
various opportunities available to us for 
accelerating the transition to a lower-carbon 
economy. 

Governance

The Board oversees our approach to 
climate change and is committed to 
reducing the impact of climate change 
on our operations whilst monitoring the 
opportunities that it presents. The ESG 
Committee is a committee of the Board, 
made up purely of Non-Executive Directors, 
and offers advice and guidance to the 
business based on a wealth of experience.

The Executive Team is ultimately 
responsible for the day-to-day management 
of the ESG programme. Whilst ESG is 
regularly discussed at Executive meetings, 
recognising the importance of ESG, 
we have chosen to form an ESG Board 
comprising Executive members giving a 

dedicated monthly session to focus on 
strategic progress of our ESG programme. 
Members of the Executive Team regularly 
attend ESG Committee meetings and keep 
the ESG Committee up to date on the 
progress of the ESG programme. During 
this financial year, executive remuneration 
is linked to our performance in our Electric 
Services training target (see Metrics & 
Target section on page 71). Our Executive 
Team has also had oversight of the TCFD 
process and has contributed to the scenario 
analysis process. 

Training for ESG and climate change has 
been conducted throughout the year 
for both Executive and Non-Executive 

Directors, with structured training slots run 
by external experts being supplemented 
by ad hoc training provided by Executive 
and Senior Management colleagues. 
We acknowledge that this is an ongoing 
process and will keep running these training 
sessions to ensure all business leaders 
have the best information on which to base 
decisions. 

Next Steps
•  Further Board training on climate 

change and the Board’s due diligence 
requirements, including specialist 
training for those directly responsible 
for climate-related issues.

Strategy

In response to climate change, the UK 
Government has set out a target1 of no 
new internal combustion engine (“ICE”) 
vehicles being sold in the UK from 2030. 
Electric vehicles (“EVs”) are therefore 
going to be crucial over the next decade 
as the country prepares for the shift away 
from conventional fuel sources. Both our 
Corporate and ESG strategies are closely 
focused on the growth of electric and we 
have set out our ambitions to help lead the 
market in electric servicing as the UK shifts 
towards more sustainable mobility options, 
specifically EVs, E-bikes and E-scooters. 
We have also committed to providing 
industry-leading training to our colleagues 
to better support customers as they make 
the switch to electric. 

Timeframe

The acceleration of our strategy – to evolve 
into a consumer and B2B services-focused 
business – also positions us well for any 
climate-related changes in the future with 
service-led markets being significantly more 
resilient than product-based ones, e.g. not 
reliant on complex supply chains. 

Risks and Opportunities
This year, we engaged with PwC to perform 
an independent risk assessment, combining 
our strategy and future trends. The output 
is summarised below, showing the key risks 
and opportunities that we face. They are 
split into two areas:  

As we progress and better understand the 
impact of climate change on our business 
and demands of our key stakeholders, we 
commit to regularly reviewing our strategy 
and ensuring that we evolve to do all that 
we can to mitigate the risks and explore the 
opportunities that we are presented with. 

•  Transitional risks are those associated 
with policy, technology, and market 
changes due to the transition to a 
lower-carbon economy.

•  Physical risks describe the physical 
impacts of climate change, which 
include event-driven impacts (acute) 
and longer-term shifts in climate 
patterns (chronic).

Short term: 5 years

Medium term: 10 years

Long term: 20+ years

1  www.gov.uk/government/news/government-takes-historic-step-towards-net-zero-with-end-of-sale-

of-new-petrol-and-diesel-cars-by-2030. 

68

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTArea
Transition
Political & Legal

Medium-Long

Risk

Timeframe

Risk/Opportunity

Description

Market

Short-Medium

Risk

Market

Short-Medium

Opportunity

Product & Services

Short-Medium

Opportunity

Physical
Acute & Chronic

Medium

Risk

UK Government’s ban of no new petrol/diesel vehicles by 
2030, meaning more servicing for EVs which are currently 
less time consuming (though we recognise this may 
change in the future).
Miss the opportunity of becoming leaders in e-mobility. 
This can be either because of very high or very low uptake 
of e-mobility.
Be at the forefront of e-mobility products and service 
offerings, helping customers to make the transition to 
e-mobility and capture increased market share.
Introducing new products with smaller environmental 
footprints (e.g. low-impact materials or recycled products).

Disruption of either supply chains, operations or customers 
due to infrastructure damage from extreme weather events.

Scenario Analysis
PwC also helped with detailed quantitative 
scenario analysis over four key climate-
related risks and opportunities to explore 
the potential range of climate-related 
outcomes and financial impact to the 
business. In alignment with the TCFD 
recommendations, 1.5°C, <2°C, 2-3°C 
and 4°C scenarios have been selected for 
timeframes 2030 and 2050. 

We have selected the Future Energy 
Scenarios from the National Grid to model 
transition risks, and the Intergovernmental 
Panel on Climate Change (“IPCC”) Shared 
Socioeconomic Pathway (“SSP”) scenarios 
to model physical risks. We chose the 
Future Energy Scenarios as these are 
grounded in the current characteristics 
of the UK’s transportation system and 
take into account legislation on the ban of 
new petrol/diesel cars in the UK. Jupiter 
Intelligence data was used to model 
physical risks to chosen Halfords sites.

Note: 

•  1.5°C scenario was only for transition 
risk and 4°C scenario was only for 
physical risk.

•  For transition risk, scenario analysis 

was conducted to assess how climate 
change and the transition to a lower- 
carbon economy could impact motoring 
and EV products and servicing at 
Halfords. This was only conducted 
on the Motoring element of Halfords’ 
business.

Potential impact on business

Halfords Response 

Mitigations/Reinforcements

Transition

Lower Product & 
Servicing Revenue
Note: Scenario analysis was 
prioritised on motoring products 
and services as it is recognised 
that the insights are important 
to guide Halfords’ strategic 
direction moving forward.

•  Reductions in Motoring 

services revenues are driven 
by the assumed lower cost 
per serviced EV but are also 
influenced by a changing 
total vehicle stock.

•  Reductions in Motoring 
product revenues are 
driven by selling fewer 
maintenance-related 
products for EVs compared 
with ICE vehicles. 

Vehicle servicing currently 
represents a very small 
proportion of total Group sales 
(low single digit percentages). 
The assumed lower EV 
servicing costs do not account 
for the opportunity to increase 
the volume of serviced vehicles 
due to reduced turn-around 
time or the potential need to 
increase prices due to the 
specialist skillset required for EV 
servicing. Despite only making 
up a fraction of overall revenue, 
we feel we are well positioned 
to manage this risk and 
associated opportunities. 

For a number of years, the 
Group’s strategy has been to 
mix increasingly into services, 
thereby becoming a more 
resilient, needs-based business. 
Alongside the potential to sell 
EV-related products, we are well 
positioned to manage this risk 
and realise this opportunity.

•  Continue to grow share 

in areas of the market 
which are not impacted by 
fuel type.

•  Ensure buying teams are 

kept up to date with latest 
product trends to mitigate 
products revenue loss from 
lower BEV product sales.

•  Monitor the regulatory 

environment for changes to 
policies around e.g. sale of 
ICE vehicles, tax breaks for 
e-mobility or infrastructure 
developments.

•  Monitor market for 
EVs both from a 
manufacturing side and 
consumer uptake side so 
Halfords can appropriately 
shift its business model 
to account for the rise 
of e-mobility, increasing 
volume to counter lower 
profitability per unit under 
current business models.

69

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)

Electric Vehicle  
Technical Skills

Potential impact on business
•  As the number of EVs 

increases, the number of 
EV technicians must also 
increase.

• 

In every scenario, all 
servicing will be 100% 
electric by 2050.

Halfords Response 
We recognise the need to 
upskill EV servicing technicians 
and are already making good 
progress with our training 
programme. During the year, we 
trained over 2,000 colleagues 
on EV servicing. We also led the 
#Plugtheskillsgap campaign, 
calling on the industry to train 
EV technicians to meet the 
needs of EV servicing.

We believe we are well 
positioned to manage this risk. 

Mitigations/Reinforcements
•  Keep technicians up 

to date with the latest 
developments in EV 
servicing.

•  Continue supporting 

customer education on 
e-mobility to allow them 
to make more sustainable 
choices, whilst making 
the transition simple and 
convenient.

•  Partnerships to advance 
e-mobility and create new 
market opportunities.

Physical 

Extreme Weather 
Events
Note: Analysis carried out 
on select Halfords UK and 
supplier sites only, i.e. sites with 
the most material impact on 
Halfords operations.

•  Significant and diverse risks 
to our physical sites due to 
extreme weather.

• 

Increased flooding in the 
UK and increased heat in 
South East Asia are most 
prominent risks.

•  All scenarios suggest an 
increased magnitude of 
floods with more damage to 
contents and inventory.

Whilst only a small number of 
our retail sites were deemed as 
being at high risk of flooding, 
we recognise the potential 
for supply disruption due to 
flooding and extreme weather. 
We are working with our 
suppliers to better understand 
their climate resilience and 
carbon reduction strategies. 
This information and data 
collection will support further 
scenario analysis to gain a more 
complete picture of this risk. We 
consider ourselves well placed 
to manage this risk.

Increased  
Temperatures

•  Climate change will cause 

hotter, longer summers and 
milder winters, resulting in 
risks and opportunities for 
our product and servicing 
categories which correlate 
to temperature.

•  All scenarios suggest 

relatively low impact to 
overall revenue due to the 
balance of positive and 
negative shifts.

We recognise the potential for 
peaks in demand for product 
ranges that are more receptive 
to warmer climates and the 
opportunity this presents. We 
are well positioned to realise 
these opportunities and will 
continue analysis for additional 
product ranges in this area.

•  Work with insurance 

providers to ensure our 
estate is covered with 
adequate weather-related 
cover and importantly 
any necessary structural 
amends are prioritised for 
sites at potential risk.

•  Work with suppliers 
to better understand 
climate risk management 
and resilience within key 
supply areas.

•  Assign accountability 
for assessing and 
managing risks.

• 

• 

Integrate physical risk 
assessment into core risk 
management processes.

Improve data collection 
to increase the accuracy 
of scenario analysis and 
expand scope of analysis.

•  Monitor the markets 

to ensure buying teams 
are kept up to date with 
projection of impact on 
product sales.

•  Expand analysis for 

additional product areas.

•  Assess supply chain 
resilience against the 
projected demand increases 
and identify potential 
periods of supply chain 
stress.

Next Steps
•  Begin data collection of Halfords specific footprint; garages, supply chain as well as goods (tyres, bikes) and services to support next 

phase of scenario analysis, building on the FY22 foundations.  

70

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management

The climate crisis is already having a 
profound effect through extreme weather 
events – floods, drought and rising sea 
levels – all of which have the ability to 
disrupt our supply chains and impact our 
ability to operate our business effectively. 

These risks have been assessed in detail 
and whilst flooding is likely to impact select 
Halfords stores and garages across the 
UK, our most material climate-related risks 
and opportunities are in response to the 
evolving regulatory landscape; in particular, 
the ban on new ICE vehicles being sold 
in the UK from 2030 as part of the UK 
Government’s net zero ambitions. More 
sustainable mobility options, including 
electric vehicles, E-bikes and E-scooters 
are therefore going to be crucial over the 
next decade as the country prepares for the 
shift away from conventional fuel sources 
and transition to a lower-carbon economy. 
This transition will impact our motoring and 
cycling business in the short, medium and 
long term.

Metrics and Targets

We have upgraded climate change 
to a Principal Risk from an Emerging 
Risk, recognising the urgency of the 
climate crisis, the increasing demands 
from stakeholders and the forthcoming 
introduction of new regulatory obligations 
and reporting requirements. As such, the 
risk management process for climate 
change is now in line with how we manage 
our other Principal Risks.

Our principal climate-related risks are:

•  Failure to respond adequately to the 

demand for sustainable mobility options 
through our products and servicing 
offers, leading to a loss in confidence, 
market position and revenue. 

•  Our service proposition does not match 
customer demand for electrification 
solutions in motoring and cycling, 
leading to profound disruption in our 
core markets.

•  Failure to deliver against our climate 
strategy and net zero targets, leading 
to a loss in confidence from our 
stakeholders and potential reputational 
damage.

We recognise the need to engage with 
various stakeholder groups to manage 
these risk and are working with suppliers 
on Scope 3 emissions reductions and the 
management of climate risk in the supply 
chain (see Scope 3 engagement target in 
the Metrics and Targets section below).

Read more on page 45.

Next Steps
•  Develop a process whereby climate- 

related risks and opportunities can be 
updated on an annual basis.

We recognise the value of regularly tracking progress and are committed to a transparent reporting process. Our targets are ambitious, 
though achievable, and will put our business in a better position to mitigate risks arising from climate change and take advantage of the 
opportunities we are presented with.

Target

Progress

Carbon Emissions

Scopes 1 & 2

Scope 3

Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% by 2030 (vs. 
FY20 baseline).

25% reduction since FY20 
baseline.

Engage with 67% of our suppliers with the objective of them  
setting carbon reduction targets of their own, ideally approved  
by the SBTi, by the start of 2026. 

Reduce absolute Scope 3 emissions by 25% by 2030 from 
purchased goods and services, capital goods and upstream 
transportation (vs. FY20 baseline).

Read more on page 45.

Engaged top suppliers to 
understand their position today 
and to begin collection of 
accurate carbon data.

Read more on page 45.

Electric Services Colleague 
Training

Begin collecting more accurate Scope 3 data from our suppliers.
Increase the number of colleagues capable of servicing EVs,  
E-bikes and E-scooters. 

2,091 colleagues trained.

Read more on page 44.

Next Steps
•  Detail Halfords Net Zero plan; headline information on how we will transition to a lower-carbon economy.

71

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties

Capability and Capacity to Effect Change 

Failure to build sufficient capacity and capability (in terms of our people, processes, and systems) to successfully implement the transformation 
required across the business may result in the expected benefits of our strategy not being delivered, thereby risking the future sustainability of 
the business.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  A dedicated Transformation and Change team led by the Chief 

•  Continue to align our Transformation plan with the 

Transformation Officer and supported by experienced Programme and 
Project Managers has enabled progress to be made during a period 
of increased capital investment and focus on delivery of significant 
strategic initiatives. 

•  The continued advancement of our change programme is managed 

through a Transformation Board, providing the necessary governance 
for delivery of the strategy. The Transformation Board ensures there 
is a robust approval process for each project, allocates resource and 
monitors progress. Programme and Project Managers are in place 
within the business to whom projects can be assigned and this has 
been supplemented by specialist resource to boost capability. In 
affecting change, Halfords is requiring all contributing colleagues to 
observe the principles of Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, and 
Informed (“RACI”). 

key objectives of our corporate strategy.

•  Closely monitor progress on individual programmes, 

realigning requirements and resources where relevant.

•  Embedding a new organisational design to strengthen 
with even greater focus on best practice change 
management and adoption, delivery of benefits  
and standardisation of process.

•  Delivery of a new operating model, specifically  
in technology and digital teams, will drive  
more agile, effective and efficient delivery of changes,  
with a greater emphasis on the unlocking of value  
to stakeholders.

Stakeholder Support 

Failure to secure and maintain our stakeholders’ (investors, suppliers, colleagues) support for our strategy will mean they may lose confidence 
in the business and withdraw their resources.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  Throughout the year, we demonstrated progress in the execution of our 
strategy, building confidence in external and internal stakeholders.

•  Maintain progress on the delivery of our strategic 

objectives. 

•  Our equity placing in FY22 received exceptional support from our 

•  Address colleague engagement challenges through  

investors, and we continue to see strong progress in both customer 
NPS and colleague engagement.

a regular cycle of survey and review.

•  Proactive investor relations programme of events  

and communication with a planned Capital Markets 
day for the second half of the year. 

Value Proposition 

If investment in our motoring product value proposition and Group value perception is insufficient to retain existing customers and/or attract 
new ones, and/or we continue to lose market share to online retailers and discounters, the impact could be a loss of sale volume. Balancing 
price investment will be important in the current environment and there is a risk that investing in price without a corresponding increase in 
volume leads to a diminution of financial returns, but equally, increasing prices outside of market movements could create further damage to 
our value perception.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  To differentiate ourselves in a competitive retail market, our vision is to 

• 

consolidate Halfords as a super-specialist in motoring and cycling. Our 
strategy emphasises the importance of creating value for the customer 
by delivering services alongside the sale of a product. Progress 
continued through a refreshed financial services campaign and ongoing 
Cycle to Work proposition supporting greater accessibility for our 
customers, further enhanced by the launch of our pre-pedalled bikes 
offering.

•  Launch of the Halfords motoring club loyalty programme, designed  
to reward loyal customers and inspire a greater proportion to shop 
across the Group.

Introduction of a new halo message to support a 
change in perception over the medium to long term.

•  Establishment of the motoring club help club 

customers enjoy greater savings and benefits and 
ensure we help customers motor for less across 
the UK. 

•  Further investment in pricing motoring products  

to deliver greater value for customers.

Key:   

  Risk increasing   

  Risk decreasing   

  No risk movement    N  New risk

72

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTBrand Appeal and Market Share 

Investment in awareness of our brand and our services is insufficient to increase our brand relevance, in which case we will be unable to 
maintain and grow our customer base or improve our customer shopping frequency and spend and correspondingly build market share.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  Building on a positive response to our status as an essential retailer  

• 

we have grown awareness of our Halfords Mobile Experts and garage 
services. Customer NPS and satisfaction has achieved record levels for 
Trust Pilot and Google scores for the Group. 

• 

Improvement of our cycling proposition, allied with better than market 
availability and support for the cycle to work voucher scheme, has 
strengthened market share.

Climate Change and Electrification     N

Integration of National will support greater brand 
awareness of garages and mobile vans. 

•  Promotion of the motoring club offering free and 

premium plans.

• 

Investment in the growth in electric mobility to 
strengthen our market-leading proposition.

The climate crisis is already having a profound effect through extreme weather events – floods, drought and rising sea levels – all of 
which have the ability to disrupt our supply chains and impact our ability to operate our business effectively. These risks have been 
assessed in detail and whilst flooding is likely to impact select Halfords stores and garages across the UK, our most material climate- 
related risks and opportunities are in response to the evolving regulatory landscape; in particular, the ban on new internal combustion 
engine (“ICE”) vehicles being sold in the UK from 2030 as part of the UK Government’s net zero ambitions. More sustainable mobility 
options, including electric vehicles, E-bikes and E-scooters are therefore going to be crucial over the next decade as the country 
prepares for the shift away from conventional fuel sources and transition to a lower-carbon economy. This transition will impact our 
motoring and cycling business in the short, medium and long-term.

Failure to respond adequately to the demand for sustainable mobility options through our products and servicing offers could lead to  
a loss in confidence, market position and revenue. 

Our service proposition does not match customer demand for electrification solutions in motoring and cycling, leading to profound 
disruption in our core markets.

Failure to deliver against our climate strategy and net zero targets, leading to a loss in confidence from our stakeholders and potential 
reputational damage.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  Robust Electrification strategy – discussed at the Transformation Board 
regularly. Challenges, performance and successes are analysed, and 
strategy regularly adjusted as appropriate. 

•  Regular monitoring of legislative changes, climate-related due diligence 
and reporting requirements as well as monitoring of the regulatory 
environment for changes to policies around e.g., sale of ICE vehicles, 
tax breaks for e-mobility or infrastructure developments 

•  Regular landscape monitoring for electric vehicles (“EVs”) both from 
a manufacturing side and consumer uptake side so that we can 
appropriately respond to the rise of e-mobility.

•  Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”) roadmap 

developed and being actioned to support ongoing reporting and risk 
management requirements. 

•  Science-based carbon targets developed to tackle the immediate 

carbon emissions reductions required across our business and supply 
chain. These will form the foundations for our net zero pathway and will 
be monitored to ensure we hit our longer-term net zero target. 

• 

Investment in systems approved that will enable the collection of 
supply chain emissions, to measure, monitor and reduce our Scope 
3 emissions – which make up a significant proportion of our overall 
carbon footprint. 

•  Continue to work with Government to support the 

path to legality for private E-scooters.

•  Continue to train and equip our colleagues to work 

safely and confidently on hybrid and battery EVs and 
continue to meet all appropriate regulatory standards.

•  Focus on growing the penetration of hybrid and 

battery electric vehicles in our fleet.

•  Further Board training on climate change and the 
Board’s due diligence requirements, including 
specialist training for those directly responsible for 
climate-related issues. 

•  Develop a process whereby climate-related risks and 
opportunities can be updated on an annual basis. 

• 

Integrate climate risk relating to weather (floods, etc) 
into risk management process for our estate.

•  Begin collecting supply chain data on Scope 

3 carbon emissions and climate management, 
particularly for areas of supply that may be disrupted 
due to severe weather.

•  Develop and report on Halfords Net Zero plan; 

headline information on how we will transition to  
a lower-carbon economy.

73

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties

Sustainable Business Model 

Alongside pre-existing changes in customer habits and expectations, the recent spike in UK supply chain and consumer inflation is creating 
challenging economic conditions. Unless we can continue to mitigate the significant levels of cost inflation (through cost mitigation and 
savings, growth in new business areas, and increasing selling prices), we will be unable to maintain a sustainable business model.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  An ongoing strategic focus on the growth of services will build more 

•  Strategic programme focused on selling more 

stable revenue streams, lessening the Group’s relative exposure to 
discretionary expenditure.

full solutions to customers, supported by digital 
technology.

•  Selling solutions and cross-shop initiatives will maximise the revenue 

from existing transactions.

•  Cross-shop sales opportunities boosted by launch  
of the new Motoring Loyalty Club programme.

•  Detailed price/elasticity analysis alongside price trials will optimise 

•  Customer referral encouraged from Retail to 

consumer pricing decisions.

•  Long-standing supplier relationships will be optimised to extract value 

from supplier contributions/support. 

•  A new Cost Transformation framework programme has been 
established to target cost reduction during FY23/FY24. 

•  US dollar hedging programme in place.

•  Recent three-year refinancing extended for a fourth year.

Autocentres/Halfords Mobile Experts via new 
services roles in Retail. 

•  Cost Transformation programme established to focus 
on short, medium and long-term cost reduction 
opportunities. 

•  Ongoing ‘goods for resale’ supplier discussions 

targeting mutual value opportunities.

•  Fixed cost contracts entered into for inflationary cost 

categories – e.g. Freight and Utilities.

•  Rental costs reduced through property renegotiations; 
underperforming stores/garages closed at lease 
renewal. 

•  Productivity analysis ongoing through digital 

technology.

•  New Group Data Platform identifying sales, cost and 

productivity opportunities.

•  FX hedging programme.

•  Continuing to focus on margin improvement, 

eliminating unnecessary cost through targeted 
efficiencies and scale benefits.

Regulatory and Compliance 

A failure to adhere to our legal and/or regulatory obligations for some or all of the Group’s activities leads to an inability to meet our 
responsibilities to stakeholders and/or the imposition of financial penalties, placing a strain on the business.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  There is continual monitoring of legal and regulatory developments for 

all regions where the Group operates. A suite of policies sets out the 
Group’s commitment to conduct its business with honesty and integrity. 
The senior leadership team communicates tone from the top to provide 
guidance to colleagues on all policy commitments. 

•  Compliance training is provided to new colleagues as required with 

refresher courses thereafter. Regular horizon scanning is undertaken to 
capture new regulations and requirements.

•  We have a code of conduct with our suppliers whom we monitor 
for compliance across ethics: environmental management; labour 
practices; and human rights. 

•  Health and safety, data protection and Financial Conduct Authority 

compliance are managed by experts reporting to dedicated committees 
with representatives across the business to assess our regulatory rigour. 

•  An established whistleblowing process enables colleagues to report 

suspected or actual wrongdoing in confidence.

74

•  Continued monitoring of legal and regulatory 
developments for all regions where the Group 
operates.

• 

Increased headcount within the Health and Safety 
function to support the growth of the Group.

•  Review and improvement of policies supported  

by training programmes for colleagues.

•  Regular training and information provided through 

user-friendly channels.

•  Establishment of a new Finance Risk Committee to 

focus on all aspects of financial risk and compliance.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTService Quality 

The services we provide fall below the quality standards to which we are committed, placing customers at risk of harm.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  All colleagues are provided with dedicated training and adhere to 

•  Stores and Service calls to be migrated to self-

established quality control and safety procedures, with compliance 
audits by management. We also have a dedicated compliance team 
monitoring our regulated activities.

• 

In Autocentres our digital operating platform PACE enables increased 
workflow, productivity, and quality assurance. PACE drives service 
quality by requiring quality controls to be completed on all workshop 
colleagues as determined by the Technician Quality Rating. All our 
Quality Controllers follow an approved training pathway and receive 
refresher training annually.

•  We have a Retail Contact Centre that provides a level of call answer 
rates that ensures we can provide a quality service to our customers 
whatever channel they choose.

service or digital channels for ease and optionality for 
customers to access support in channel of choice.

•  Our Retail Plan will remain unchanged into FY23 
to ensure we drive consistency across the estate 
and continue the focus on embedding the Retail 
Operating Model.

•  An annual skills plan ensures we are able to maintain 
our skill level as we drive down our labour turnover.

• 

Integration of National garages to include the 
adoption of the Halfords Quality procedures and roll 
out of PACE.

•  Our Operational Excellence team will continue to 

review our inventory of tools to do the job. 

•  Fusion will be our focus on our next ‘go to’ operating 
model as we roll out Core and Enhanced formats.

Cyber Security 

If we fail to sufficiently prevent, detect, and respond to cyber incidents and attacks they may result in disruption of service, compromise of 
sensitive data, financial penalties from regulatory authorities, financial loss, and reputational damage.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  Our security partner, TCS, provides first line assurance security 

•  Consolidate technical cyber security solutions across 

operations capabilities including vulnerability management, email 
filtering, and website security.

•  Within our Risk Management Framework our Information Security team 
provides the second line assurance role identifying and managing 
cyber-related risk, and developing and implementing our internal control 
framework.

•  Third line assurance is provided by Internal Audit.

•  A perpetual education and awareness campaign is provided to all 

colleagues. Regular briefings promote an understanding of the risks to 
our data and the benefits of good security practices.

•  The Audit Committee is regularly briefed by senior Technology 
management on the business’ cyber security framework.

the Group, including acquisitions.

•  Mature processes for internal control assessments 
to improve identification and ongoing management 
of cyber risk. Conduct gap analysis against the 
CIS Critical Security Controls for critical systems. 
Remediate findings to ensure critical systems are 
protected.

•  Mature cyber resilience of critical systems, including 

both proactive and reactive incident response 
capabilities.

•  Mature processes and documentation relating to 

security of data focusing first on regulated personal 
data of both customers and colleagues.

•  Conduct a network security review including 

segmentation and firewall positioning, legacy and 
end-of-life devices, and regular security testing 
(vulnerability scanning and penetration testing).

Key:   

  Risk increasing   

  Risk decreasing   

  No risk movement    N  New risk

75

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties

Colleague Engagement/Culture 

Our employment model may not be sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain the talent that we need. We do not maintain a sufficiently positive 
culture, failing to support a diverse and inclusive community. 

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  A five-year People Strategy that develops the colleague journey across 
the areas of ‘Find me, Train me, Grow me, Keep me’ and that creates 
the opportunity for a career at Halfords with an employee brand ‘Your 
Journey, Our Journey – make it your own’. 

• 

Implementation of Year 1 of our People Strategy with 
activities focused on delivering improvements to the 
colleague journey of ‘Find me, Train me, Grow me, 
Keep me’.

•  The continued development of our colleague engagement programme 

•  Benchmark our pay and benefits to ensure we are 

and survey, and further focus on our colleague network groups.

competitive in the market. 

•  Through the provision of wellbeing facilities and regular updates using 
huddles and blogs we keep our colleagues informed and supported.

•  Move to an engagement model that inspires ongoing 

engagement, listening and action. 

•  Develop our colleague network groups to support 
change in areas of diversity that develops our 
attraction and engagement with our colleagues. 

Skills Shortage 

We may be unable to recruit, retain and develop enough people to have the different mix of skills that we need at all levels across the business, 
in the near and longer term.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  We have reduced our reliance on external recruitment and as part of 

•  Launch our employee brand and integrate through 

our colleague strategy developed our internal pipeline for technical 
and leadership capability. We have also further developed cross- 
group career pathways and succession planning as well as continued 
investment in our training and development. 

•  Training and development are a fundamental part of our business and 
a great attraction for new applicants. We apply a targeted approach to 
further enhance skill levels for centres as we do with stores, by mapping 
against the optimal skills mix. 

our attraction and recruitment materials. Broaden our 
attraction resources and develop simpler and quicker 
recruitment processes. 

•  Develop and expand our apprenticeship strategy and 
the Halfords Academy to grow our own technical 
skill base. 

•  Expand our ‘Tyre fitter to Tech’ programme and 

change hiring approach to recruit on behaviour as  
we will train the skill. 

•  Develop a cross-group approach to talent and 

succession. 

• 

Investment in our selling skills across Group.

IT Infrastructure Failure 

Failure in our IT system(s) may cause significant disruption to, or prevention of, normal business-as-usual activities.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

• 

 Extensive controls are in place to maintain the integrity of our systems 
and to ensure that systems changes are implemented in a controlled 
manner. We have resilient infrastructure in place for remote working 
colleagues to access Halfords hosted applications, such as SAP.

•  Continue progression towards a fully cloud-based 
hosting structure with a transfer of risk to cloud-
based service providers who can maintain higher 
levels of contracted availability. 

•  Halfords’ key trading systems are hosted securely within data centres 
operated by a specialist company and in specialist cloud services 
operated by Microsoft. These systems are supported by disaster 
recovery arrangements, including comprehensive backup and patching 
strategies. IT recovery processes are tested regularly.

•  Reduce dependencies on legacy and end-of-life 
systems for key business-as-usual activities.

•  Deep-dive analysis into targeted areas of 

infrastructure, managed through the Risk Committee. 

76

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDisruption to end to end supply chain   N

The Halfords end to end (“E2E”) supply chain is an integration of the process from sourcing of products (including the raw material 
procurement and product design by our supply partners) through to scheduling and delivery of goods to our customers (through our 
distribution centre (“DC”) network and via stores or direct to consumer). 

Disruption to the E2E process creates a major impact to customer fulfilment and/or customer-facing price increases due to supply 
shortages, increased demand for raw materials impacting availability and input price, production delays that lead to an extension in 
supply lead times, logistics delays in the form of shipping of goods, or the potential closure of one of our distribution centres, all of 
which challenges our ability to meet sales and profit projections.

Current Mitigation

Focus in 2023

•  The need to respond to the pandemic in FY21 has tested our business 
continuity plans and given us confidence in alternative supply chain 
solutions and resilience. 

•  Development of a replacement Warehouse 

Management System.  

•  Development of an enhanced Customs and Duty 

•  Our Commercial and Financial processes support continued active 

platform.

• 

• 

Investment in a more senior dedicated Customs and 
Trade compliance team to reduce the risks associated 
with international sourcing activity.

Investment in additional storage space in a fifth DC 
to hold overstocks and protect availability rather 
than cut intake too hard and damage both customer 
availability and supplier relationships.

demand forecasting through regular weekly reviews, a transparent Open 
to Buy process, a stock policy that increases cover for important and 
volatile lines and a currency hedge policy that smooths out variability. 

•  Our sourcing capability and supplier relationships are delivered through 

dedicated UK, Asian and Near sourcing teams. These teams maintain both 
strategic and upstream supplier relationships, operate multiple sources, 
dual sourcing, product engineering and are engaged in the ESG agenda. 

•  Our in-house expertise delivers the high global trading standards from 
Authorised Economic Operator accreditation, import/export expertise 
and dedicated security at each of our DC sites. 

•  Our 3PL relationships give expertise and options. We contract with 

multiple shipping lines for flexibility and leverage, we have access to 
large organisational support from Yusen Logistics, Wincanton and Clipper 
logistics and PwC provide external trading and compliance expertise. 

•  Our transformation plans reduce risk through scheduled work on the 

replacement of our Warehouse Management System, a UK distribution 
centre physical network review, the replacement of our Forecasting and 
replenishment tools and our Customs and Duty platform.

•  We have invested in a multi-sea freight carrier solution to balance costs 
and flexibility to move our direct import cargo in an unprecedented 
inflationary market.

Key:   

  Risk increasing   

  Risk decreasing   

  No risk movement    N  New risk

77

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties

Going Concern
In determining the appropriate basis of 
preparation of the financial statements for 
the year ended 1 April 2022, the Directors 
are required to consider whether the Group 
can continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. The Board has 
concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the 
Going Concern basis, having undertaken an 
assessment of the financial forecasts for the 
12 month period to the 12th June 2023. 

The Group has outperformed projections 
reviewed as part of the going concern 
assessment in the Annual Report and 
Accounts to 2 April 2021.

Management has updated the assessment 
of going concern, which included reviewing 
financial forecasts and projections to 30 
June 2023. Within these financial projections, 
management reviewed profit and net cash 
flow, and tested financial covenants in the 
period. No issues were found.

The financial forecasts have been stress 
tested to determine the required sales decline 
versus the Going Concern scenario before 
the covenant conditions were breached. 

This assessment also included variable 
and other cost saving measures the Group 
would employ in this scenario and showed 
that sales would have to reduce by 23.3% 
annually before the first covenant condition 
is broken (interest payable to EBITDAR). With 
the significant risk to business operations 
from COVID-19 abating, the macro-economic 
environment is now affected by the cost-of-
living crisis with inflationary increases the 
highest in decades. The leading drivers of 
this are the disruption to supply chains from 
recovery of the world economy after COVID, 
further exacerbated by the 2022 war in 
Ukraine which has also materially increased 
energy costs for businesses and consumers. 
Mitigating this, the Group is contracted to 
market competitive freight and energy prices 
for at least the next 12 months and has 
further cost saving programmes in progress.  
We are expecting some impact on consumer 
spending given the pressures on disposable 
incomes, especially in “non-needs” based 
spending areas but do not believe that these 
external risks would cause a sales reduction 
of greater than 23.3% in the next 12 months.

If sales were to reduce at this level, 
then further actions could be taken by 
management to prevent the breach. The key 
mitigating action would be to halt strategic 
investment in FY23.

The Audit Committee recently reviewed the 
corporate risk register and confirmed that 
it gave no reason not to adopt the Going 
Concern principle. 

The Group ended the year with cash of 
£46.3m and continues to be cash generative. 
The Group has a revolving credit facility 
of £180m at the date of approval of these 
financial statements, which expires on  
4 December 2024, and has no other debt 
or facilities. The Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and Company will 
be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due; retain sufficient 
available cash and not breach any covenants 
under any drawn facilities over the remaining 
term of the debt facility. They do not consider 
there to be a material uncertainty around the 
Group or Company’s ability to continue as a 
Going Concern.

78

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTannum, are removed. The downside 
scenario also incorporates a further 
£69m of fixed and semi fixed costs 
which would be saved annually were 
this sales scenario to materialise, with 
savings across a number of business 
areas including performance related 
incentives, transformation programme 
investment and head office costs. 
Based on their assessment of the  
plan, the Directors believe a downside 
sales scenario of this magnitude and 
duration is unlikely to materialise. 
During FY22 the Group have extended 
the facility expiration date to December 
2024 and have the option to further 
extend to December 2025 with 
agreement from the lenders.

Viability statement
Based on this review, the Directors confirm 
that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will continue to meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the three-year 
period. 

Viability Statement

In accordance with the Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have 
assessed the viability of the Company 
over a three-year period to 28 March 2025. 
The Directors believe this period to be 
appropriate as the Company’s strategic 
planning encompasses this period, and 
because it is a reasonable period over 
which the impact of key risks can be 
considered within a fast-moving retail 
business. This period is consistent with the 
approach last year, and with many other 
retailers’ disclosures.

The Directors have assessed the prospects 
of the Group by reference to its current 
financial position, its recent and historical 
financial performance, its business model 
and strategy, and the principal risks and 
mitigating factors described on pages 
72 to 77.

The Board regularly reviews financial 
headroom and cash flow projections to 
ensure that the business retains sufficient 
liquidity to meet its liabilities in full as they 
fall due.

The Group is, as results demonstrate, 
financially strong, historically generating 
cash and profit each year, which was true 
throughout the year ended 1 April 2022 and 
is expected to continue. The business has 
delivered in line with scenarios developed 
as part of the modelling during the year end 
close process last year. 

In making this viability statement, the 
Directors have reviewed the overall 
resilience of the Group and have specifically 
considered:

•  The likelihood and impact of the 
principal risks. At a recent review 
by the Audit Committee, Directors 
agreed that ‘the risk register identifies 
no matters that may jeopardise a 

reasonable expectation that the 
Company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due in the reasonably foreseeable 
future (i.e., three years)’. The Audit 
Committee’s review included a robust 
assessment of the impact, likelihood 
and management of principal risks 
facing the Group, including those 
risks that could threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency, 
liquidity or day-to-day operations and 
existence. Mitigating actions that would 
serve to protect the sustainability of the 
business model include an ongoing shift 
to a services proposition, a continued 
focus on reducing underlying costs 
(e.g., rental costs through property 
renegotiations) and driving down cost of 
goods where possible through targeted 
efficiencies and scale benefits.

•  Financial analysis and forecasts. The 
Board recently reviewed the five-year 
financial plan, including the current 
financial position and performance, 
cash flow projections, dividend 
strategy, funding requirements and 
funding facilities. Sensitivity and stress 
testing was subsequently applied to 
the financial plan to determine the 
extent to which sales and cash would 
need to deteriorate before breaching 
the financial covenants embedded 
within the Group’s bank facilities. The 
testing indicated that the business 
could experience a sustained reduction 
in sales of 23.3%, amounting to an 
average of (£420m) revenue reduction 
per annum across the next five years, 
and still remain within existing facilities 
and covenants. The downside scenario 
makes an assumption on variable 
cost savings, assuming that costs 
equating to 15% of sales, or £63m per 

79

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTe
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
r
u
O

Contents

Board of Directors
– Executive Team
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Report
Nomination Committee Report
ESG Committee Report
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
–  Directors’ Remuneration Policy 

Summary Report

– Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Responsibilities

82
84
86
92
118
122
124
130

137
138
150

 
Board of Directors

Keith Williams  N  
Chair

Graham Stapleton 

Chief Executive Officer

Loraine Woodhouse

Chief Financial Officer

Helen Jones  A   E   N   R   EV

Jill Caseberry  A   N   R   E

Tom Singer  A   N   R   E

Senior Independent Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Current role
Appointed Chair of the Company and of the 
Nomination Committee on 24 July 2018.

Current role
Graham was appointed Chief Executive 
Officer (“CEO”) on 15 January 2018.

Current role
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) since  
1 November 2018.

Additional roles held
Keith is the Non-Executive Chair of Royal 
Mail Group (previously interim Executive 
Chair). Keith is a qualified Chartered 
Accountant.

Past roles
Keith was formerly a Non-Executive 
Director and Deputy Chair of John Lewis, 
a Non-Executive Director of Aviva plc, and 
Chief Executive Officer and then Executive 
Chair of British Airways, having previously 
been at Boots, Reckitt and Colman, 
and Apple Computer Inc. Keith was the 
independent Chair of the government-
supported Rail Review.

Key strengths
Keith brings extensive leadership and plc 
board experience. He is a highly regarded 
business leader with a proven record in 
retail and deep experience in relevant areas 
such as customer service and digital.

Additional roles held
Graham is a Non-Executive Director of  
The Magic Bean Co. Limited.

Additional roles held
Loraine is a Non-Executive Director of The 
British Land Company plc.

Past roles
Previously, Graham was CEO of Dixons 
Carphone plc’s software business, 
Honeybee. Prior to that he was CEO of 
Dixons Carphone’s Connected World 
Services Division from 2015 to 2017 
and CEO of Carphone Warehouse UK & 
Ireland from 2013 to 2015. Graham’s early 
career covered senior leadership roles in 
Kingfisher plc from 2001 to 2005 and Marks 
and Spencer plc from 1994 to 2001, prior 
to which Graham set up and ran his own 
business for several years. Graham was a 
Trustee of the Make-A-Wish charity.

Key strengths
Graham is an outstanding business leader 
and brings extensive skills and experience 
to the plc Board.

Past roles
Prior to joining Halfords, Loraine spent five 
years in senior finance roles within the John 
Lewis Partnership. In 2014 Loraine was 
appointed Acting Group Finance Director 
and then, subsequently, Finance Director of 
Waitrose. Prior to that, Loraine was Chief 
Financial Officer of Hobbs, Finance Director 
of Capital Shopping Centres Limited (Intu 
plc) and Finance Director of Costa Coffee 
Limited. Loraine’s early career included 
finance and investor relations roles at 
Kingfisher plc.

Key strengths
Loraine has extensive experience across 
all finance disciplines and has worked 
within many different sectors, latterly 
focusing specifically on consumer service 
businesses.

Committee Membership

A  Audit Committee

E  ESG Committee

82

EV  Employee Voice Director

R  Remuneration Committee

N  Nomination Committee

Current role

Current role

Current role

Non-Executive Director since 1 March 

Non-Executive Director and Remuneration 

Non-Executive Director since 16 September 

2014 and Senior Independent Director 

Committee Chair since 1 March 2019.

2020, and Chair of the Audit Committee 

from 15 September 2020; Chair of the 

Environmental, Social and Governance 

(“ESG”) Committee since 7 December  

2015 and Employee Voice Director since  

1 May 2019.

Additional roles held

Additional roles held

since 1 January 2021.

Jill is currently a Non-Executive Director, 

Additional roles held

Remuneration Committee Chair and 

Tom is a Non-Executive Director of 

member of the Audit and Nomination 

Mediclinic International plc. 

Committees of Bellway plc; a Non-

Executive Director and member of the 

Past roles

Helen is a Non-Executive Director and 

Remuneration and ESG Committees of 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee and 

C&C Group plc; a Non-Executive Director, 

a member of the Audit Committee of Fuller, 

Employee Voice Director and a member 

Smith & Turner plc and Virgin Wines UK plc; 

of the Remuneration and Nomination 

a Non-Executive Director and member of 

Committees of Bakkavor Group plc; Jill 

the Audit Committee of Premier Foods plc; 

is also a Senior Independent Director, 

and a Director of Hamsard 3145 Limited. 

Remuneration Committee Chair and 

Helen is a Board member of the Toast Ale 

member of the Audit and Nomination 

charity.

Past roles

Committees of St Austell Brewery.

Past roles

Tom was the Senior Independent Director 

and Chair of the Audit and Remuneration 

Committees at DP Eurasia NV and 

Chair of the Audit Committee at Liberty 

Living. Previously, he served as CFO of 

InterContinental Hotels Group plc, Group 

Finance Director of British United Provident 

Association (“BUPA”), CFO and Chief 

Operating Officer of William Hill plc and 

Finance Director of Moss Bros plc, having 

started his career in professional services 

Previously, Helen was a member of 

Previously, Jill was Non-Executive Director, 

and spending a total of 12 years at Price 

the Supervisory Board and the Audit 

Remuneration Committee Chair and a 

Waterhouse and McKinsey. 

Key strengths

Tom brings extensive experience of strategy 

development, corporate governance and 

numerous finance disciplines.

Committee for Vapiano S.E. and a member 

member of the Audit and Nomination 

of the Supervisory Board of Directors of 

Committees of Northgate Plc. During her 

Ben & Jerry’s. Prior to that Helen was the 

executive career Jill gained extensive 

CEO of the Zizzi Restaurants group and 

sales, marketing and general management 

was also responsible for successfully 

experience across a number of blue chip 

launching the Ben & Jerry’s brand in the UK 

companies, including Mars, PepsiCo and 

and Europe. Helen previously held a senior 

Premier Foods. She also founded a soft 

executive role at Caffé Nero.

drink company and established a sales  

Key strengths

and marketing consultancy. 

Helen brings valuable and relevant 

Key strengths

operations, marketing and branding 

Jill brings extensive leadership experience 

experience in consumer-focused 

from senior sales and marketing roles in 

businesses.

consumer goods businesses.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEKeith Williams  N  

Chair

Graham Stapleton 

Chief Executive Officer

Loraine Woodhouse

Chief Financial Officer

Helen Jones  A   E   N   R   EV
Senior Independent Director

Jill Caseberry  A   N   R   E
Independent Non-Executive Director

Tom Singer  A   N   R   E
Independent Non-Executive Director

Current role

Current role

Current role

Appointed Chair of the Company and of the 

Graham was appointed Chief Executive 

Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) since  

Nomination Committee on 24 July 2018.

Officer (“CEO”) on 15 January 2018.

1 November 2018.

Additional roles held

Additional roles held

Additional roles held

Keith is the Non-Executive Chair of Royal 

Graham is a Non-Executive Director of  

Loraine is a Non-Executive Director of The 

Mail Group (previously interim Executive 

The Magic Bean Co. Limited.

British Land Company plc.

Chair). Keith is a qualified Chartered 

Accountant.

Past roles

Past roles

Past roles

Previously, Graham was CEO of Dixons 

Prior to joining Halfords, Loraine spent five 

Carphone plc’s software business, 

years in senior finance roles within the John 

Keith was formerly a Non-Executive 

Honeybee. Prior to that he was CEO of 

Lewis Partnership. In 2014 Loraine was 

Director and Deputy Chair of John Lewis, 

Dixons Carphone’s Connected World 

appointed Acting Group Finance Director 

a Non-Executive Director of Aviva plc, and 

Services Division from 2015 to 2017 

and then, subsequently, Finance Director of 

Chief Executive Officer and then Executive 

and CEO of Carphone Warehouse UK & 

Waitrose. Prior to that, Loraine was Chief 

Chair of British Airways, having previously 

Ireland from 2013 to 2015. Graham’s early 

Financial Officer of Hobbs, Finance Director 

been at Boots, Reckitt and Colman, 

career covered senior leadership roles in 

of Capital Shopping Centres Limited (Intu 

and Apple Computer Inc. Keith was the 

Kingfisher plc from 2001 to 2005 and Marks 

plc) and Finance Director of Costa Coffee 

independent Chair of the government-

and Spencer plc from 1994 to 2001, prior 

Limited. Loraine’s early career included 

supported Rail Review.

to which Graham set up and ran his own 

finance and investor relations roles at 

Key strengths

Keith brings extensive leadership and plc 

board experience. He is a highly regarded 

Key strengths

business for several years. Graham was a 

Kingfisher plc.

Trustee of the Make-A-Wish charity.

Key strengths

Loraine has extensive experience across 

business leader with a proven record in 

Graham is an outstanding business leader 

all finance disciplines and has worked 

retail and deep experience in relevant areas 

and brings extensive skills and experience 

within many different sectors, latterly 

such as customer service and digital.

to the plc Board.

focusing specifically on consumer service 

businesses.

Current role
Non-Executive Director since 1 March 
2014 and Senior Independent Director 
from 15 September 2020; Chair of the 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(“ESG”) Committee since 7 December  
2015 and Employee Voice Director since  
1 May 2019.

Additional roles held
Helen is a Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee and 
a member of the Audit Committee of Fuller, 
Smith & Turner plc and Virgin Wines UK plc; 
a Non-Executive Director and member of 
the Audit Committee of Premier Foods plc; 
and a Director of Hamsard 3145 Limited. 
Helen is a Board member of the Toast Ale 
charity.

Past roles
Previously, Helen was a member of 
the Supervisory Board and the Audit 
Committee for Vapiano S.E. and a member 
of the Supervisory Board of Directors of 
Ben & Jerry’s. Prior to that Helen was the 
CEO of the Zizzi Restaurants group and 
was also responsible for successfully 
launching the Ben & Jerry’s brand in the UK 
and Europe. Helen previously held a senior 
executive role at Caffé Nero.

Key strengths
Helen brings valuable and relevant 
operations, marketing and branding 
experience in consumer-focused 
businesses.

Current role
Non-Executive Director and Remuneration 
Committee Chair since 1 March 2019.

Additional roles held
Jill is currently a Non-Executive Director, 
Remuneration Committee Chair and 
member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees of Bellway plc; a Non-
Executive Director and member of the 
Remuneration and ESG Committees of 
C&C Group plc; a Non-Executive Director, 
Employee Voice Director and a member 
of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees of Bakkavor Group plc; Jill 
is also a Senior Independent Director, 
Remuneration Committee Chair and 
member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees of St Austell Brewery.

Past roles
Previously, Jill was Non-Executive Director, 
Remuneration Committee Chair and a 
member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees of Northgate Plc. During her 
executive career Jill gained extensive 
sales, marketing and general management 
experience across a number of blue chip 
companies, including Mars, PepsiCo and 
Premier Foods. She also founded a soft 
drink company and established a sales  
and marketing consultancy. 

Key strengths
Jill brings extensive leadership experience 
from senior sales and marketing roles in 
consumer goods businesses.

Current role
Non-Executive Director since 16 September 
2020, and Chair of the Audit Committee 
since 1 January 2021.

Additional roles held
Tom is a Non-Executive Director of 
Mediclinic International plc. 

Past roles
Tom was the Senior Independent Director 
and Chair of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees at DP Eurasia NV and 
Chair of the Audit Committee at Liberty 
Living. Previously, he served as CFO of 
InterContinental Hotels Group plc, Group 
Finance Director of British United Provident 
Association (“BUPA”), CFO and Chief 
Operating Officer of William Hill plc and 
Finance Director of Moss Bros plc, having 
started his career in professional services 
and spending a total of 12 years at Price 
Waterhouse and McKinsey. 

Key strengths
Tom brings extensive experience of strategy 
development, corporate governance and 
numerous finance disciplines.

83

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEExecutive Team

Karen Bellairs
Chief Customer Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate 
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/

Andy Randall 
Group Chief Operating Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate 
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/

Paul O’Hara
Chief Property Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate 
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/

Neil Holden
Chief Information Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate 
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/

David Hutchinson
Chief Commercial Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate 
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/

Rob Keates
Chief Transformation Officer and 
Managing Director of Tredz
Please see full biography on the corporate 
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/

Wendy Taylor
Chief People Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate 
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/

84

See the Executive Teams biographies  
at www.halfordscompany.com/

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

85

 
Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements of Halfords Group plc (the “Company”) together with its subsidiary 
undertakings (the “Group”) for the period ended 1 April 2022.

Halfords Group plc

Registered Number
Registered Office Address
Country of Incorporation
Type

04457314
Icknield Street Drive, Washford West, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 0DE
England and Wales
Public Limited Company

Additional Disclosure
The Company, in accordance with section 414C of the Companies Act 2006, has chosen to provide disclosures and information to the extent 
necessary to understand the Company’s development, performance and position and the impact of its activity, relating to, as a minimum: 
environmental matters, the Company’s employees, social matters, respect for human rights and anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters.

These matters and cross-references to the relevant sections of this Annual Report are shown in the table below:

Topic
Appointment and removal of Directors
Anti Bribery and Corruption 
Articles of Association
Auditor
Audit Committee Report
Authority to issue or purchase shares
Board of Directors
Board effectiveness and leadership: role and composition of the 
Board and Committees; meeting attendance; skills and experience; 
independence; diversity; induction and development; evaluation; 
Directors and their other interests; and Board Committees
Branches
Charitable donations
Colleague engagement

Location
Directors’ Report
Audit Committee Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Audit Committee Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Report

Directors’ Report
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Corporate Governance Report
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Directors’ Report
Colleagues’ involvement; training, diversity and inclusion;  
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
and disability
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Community
Directors’ Report
Compensation for loss of office
Directors’ Report
Creditor payment policy
Corporate Governance Report
Culture
Board of Directors
Directors’ biographies
Directors’ Report
Directors’ indemnities
Directors’ interests
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Remuneration Policy  Summary Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
Diversity and Inclusion

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Report and 
Nomination Committee Report 
Strategic Report:  Our ESG Strategy
Note 22 to the Group Financial Statements
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
Chief Financial Officer’s Review

Energy and Carbon Emissions
Financial instruments
Future developments of the business
Financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position  
and borrowing facilities

86

Page
88
129
90
91
124
90
88
110

91
51
104
51
89
51
51
90
91
102
82
89
144
130
150
115
121
54
193
16
60

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCETopic
Gender
Going concern
Governance
Important events since year-end
Independent Auditor
Internal control and risk management
Modern Slavery Statement
Nomination Committee Report
Political donations
Powers of the Directors
Principal activities
Re-election of Directors
Restrictions on transfer of securities
Section 172 statement

Share capital

Significant shareholders
Subsidiary and associated undertakings
Stakeholders
Statement of Corporate Governance
Strategic Report
Viability statement
Voting rights

Location
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Independent Auditor’s Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Nomination Committee Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Strategic Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Note 23 to the Group Financial Statements
Directors’ Report 
Note 4 to the Company Financial Statements
Corporate Governance Report
Corporate Governance Report
Strategic Report
Strategic Report
Directors’ Report

Page
46
78
92
91
154
117
91
118
90
88
88
88
90
28
104
90
198
90
207
26
94
16
79
90

Disclosures required under Listing Rule 9.8.4R
The Company, in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4C, has disclosed the information required to be included in the Annual Report under 
Listing Rule 9.8.4R. This information can be found on the following pages of the Annual Report:

Topic
Statement of the amount of interest capitalised
Long-term incentive schemes
Allotment for cash of equity securities (Placing)
Waiver of dividends 

Report
Note 16 to the Financial Statements
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Consolidated Statement of Cash flow
Director’s Report

Page
191
130
166
88

No other disclosures under Listing Rule 9.8.4 are required.

Disclosures Required under Listing Rule 9.8.6
The Company, in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6, has included climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) recommendations and recommended disclosures. This information can be found on the 
following page of the Annual Report:

Topic
Risk Management: Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”) 

No other disclosures under Listing Rule 9.8.6 are required.

Report
Strategic Report: Principle Risks and Uncertainties

Page
68

87

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report

In accordance with the Company’s Articles 
of Association and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code guidelines, all those 
persons holding office as a Director of the 
Company on 1 April 2022 will retire and 
offer themselves for re-election at the 2022 
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), with the 
exception of Loraine Woodhouse who, as 
announced on 13 October 2021, will retire 
from her position on 16 June 2022 and will 
leave the business on 1 July 2022, and Jo 
Hartley will be appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer in her place. Subsequently, Jo will 
stand for election for the first time at the 
2022 AGM.

The Service Agreements of the Executive 
Directors and the Letters of Appointment of 
the Non-Executive Directors are available 
for inspection at the registered office of the 
Company. A summary of these documents 
is also included in the annual Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 130.

Appointment and  
Removal of a Director
A Director may be appointed by an ordinary 
resolution of shareholders in a general 
meeting following recommendation by the 
Nomination Committee in accordance with 
its Terms of Reference, as approved by 
the Board or by a member (or members) 
entitled to vote at such a meeting. 
Alternatively, a Director may be appointed 
following retirement by rotation if the 
Director chooses to seek re-election 
at a general meeting. In addition, the 
Directors may appoint a Director to fill a 
vacancy or act as an additional Director, 
provided that the individual retires at the 
next Annual General Meeting and, if they 
are to continue, they offer themselves for 
election. A Director may be removed by the 
Company in circumstances set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association or by a 
special resolution of the Company.

Powers of the Directors
Subject to the Articles, the Companies Act 
and any directions given by the Company 
by special resolution and any relevant 
statutes and regulations, the business of 
the Company will be managed by the Board 
who may exercise all the powers of the 
Company. Specific powers relating to the 
allotment and issuance of ordinary shares 
and the ability of the Company to purchase 
its own securities are also included within 
the Articles, and such authorities are 
submitted for approval by the shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting each year. 
The authorities conferred on the Directors at 
the 2021 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), 
held on 8 September 2021, will expire on 
the date of the 2022 AGM. As announced 
on 2 December 2021, some of the Directors 
agreed to subscribe for new ordinary 
shares issued as part of the placing of 
ordinary shares announced on 1 December 
2021, these shares are included in their 
shareholding information reported in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 
144 and 145.

Directors’ Interests
The Directors’ interests in, and options over, 
ordinary shares in the Company are shown 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
pages 144 and 145. 

Since the end of the financial year and  
the date of this report, the only changes 
to such interests have been in relation to 
Graham Stapleton, who exercised his 2018 
Deferred Bonus Plan award on 13 April 2022, 
further details can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 142.

In line with the requirements of the 
Companies Act, Directors have a statutory 
duty to avoid situations in which they have, 
or may have, interests that conflict with 
those of the Company unless that conflict  
is first authorised by the Board. 

UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company has applied the principles 
of, and complied with, the provisions of the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 
“Code”) throughout the year.

Principal Activities
The principal activities of the Group are: 
the retailing and provision of motoring 
and cycling products and services; auto 
servicing, maintenance and repairs through 
garages and mobile vans; and the provision 
of software as a service. The principal 
activity of the Company is that of a holding 
company. The Company’s registrar is Link 
Group, 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 
Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL.

Profits and Dividends
The Group’s results for the year are set out in 
the Consolidated Income Statement on page 
162. The profit before tax was £96.6m (2021: 
£64.5m) and the profit after tax amounted 
to £77.7m (2021: £53.2m). The Board 
proposed that a final dividend of 6.0 pence 
per ordinary share be paid on 16 September 
2022 to shareholders whose names are 
on the register of members at the close of 
business on 12 August 2022. An interim 
dividend payment of 3.0 pence per ordinary 
share was paid on 21 January 2022.

Computershare Trustees (Jersey) Limited, 
trustee of the Halfords Employees’  
Share Trust, has waived its entitlement  
to dividends.

Performance Monitoring 
The delivery of the Group’s strategic 
objectives is monitored by the Board 
through Key Performance Indicators 
(“KPIs”) and periodic review of various 
aspects of the Group’s operations. The 
Group considers that the KPIs listed on 
pages 56 to 58 are appropriate measures to 
assess the delivery of the Group’s Strategy.

Directors
The following were Directors of the Company 
during the period ended 1 April 2022 and at 
the date of this report:

•  Keith Williams 

•  Graham Stapleton

•  Loraine Woodhouse 

•  Helen Jones

•  Jill Caseberry

•  Tom Singer

88

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEFor many years we held strong relationships 
with a number of Apprenticeship partners 
that allow us to offer personal and 
professional growth. In addition, the Group 
runs targeted Leadership Development 
programmes and operational succession 
programmes to further build capability in 
skills identified to both ensure colleagues 
are successful in their chosen roles, as well 
as to help colleagues identify and develop 
skills that will support them to be our 
leaders of the future. Further information on 
colleague training can be found on page 51 
of Our ESG Strategy.

Whistleblowing
The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy and 
Procedure (the “Whistleblowing Policy”) 
enables colleagues to report concerns 
on matters affecting the Group or their 
employment, without fear of recrimination. 
As part of our commitment to ensuring 
a culture of honesty and integrity, during 
FY22 we partnered with SeeHearSpeakUp 
in order to launch externally operated 
reporting channels, including a new 
web-based channel. Posters publicising 
whistleblowing channels are distributed to 
all stores, Autocentres, Distribution Centres 
and the Support Centre.

During the year, the Whistleblowing 
Policy was reviewed and approved by 
the Audit Committee, and the Audit 
Committee receives regular summaries of 
whistleblowing contacts and resolutions. 

The Company has in place procedures 
for managing conflicts of interest. The 
Company’s Articles of Association contain 
provisions to allow the Directors to 
authorise potential conflicts of interest, so 
that if approved, a Director will not be in 
breach of his or her duty under company 
law. In line with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006, each Director has 
notified the Company of any situation in 
which he or she has, or could have, a direct 
or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly 
may conflict, with the interests of the 
Company (a situational conflict). Directors 
have a continuing duty to update any 
changes to their conflicts of interest and the 
register is updated accordingly.

The Directors are also aware of their duties 
under Section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006 and so in making their decisions 
they consider the long-term impact 
on the business as well as taking into 
consideration the interests of stakeholders 
such as colleagues, suppliers, customers 
and the wider communities in which we 
operate. More information on this can be 
found on pages 28 to 29.

Directors’ Indemnities
Directors’ and Officers’ insurance has been 
established for all Directors and Officers 
to provide cover against their reasonable 
actions on behalf of the Company. 
The Directors of the Company and the 
Company’s subsidiaries also have the 
benefit of third-party indemnity provisions, 
as defined by section 236 of the Companies 
Act 2006, pursuant to the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

Colleague Engagement
One of the Group’s key strengths is 
engaged colleagues with great training. 

Engagement with, and feedback from, our 
colleagues across the business is vital to 
the Group. The Group has an established 
framework of colleague communications 
providing regular information on business 
performance and other important and 
relevant matters. For more information 
see Our ESG Strategy on page 51 and the 
Corporate Governance Report on page 104.

Employment Policies
The Group encourages diversity and 
inclusion and, as an equal opportunities 
employer, is committed to providing 
equal opportunities for all colleagues and 
applicants during recruitment and selection, 
training and career development and 
promotion.

This commitment to equality of opportunity 
applies regardless of anyone’s physical 
ability, sexual orientation or gender identity, 
pregnancy and maternity, race, religious 
beliefs, age, nationality or ethnic origin. 
This is underpinned by our Group’s policies 
which ensure full and fair consideration to 
employment applications from people from 
diverse backgrounds, including those with 
disabilities wherever suitable opportunities 
exist, having regard to their particular 
aptitudes and abilities. Should a colleague 
become disabled, efforts are made to 
ensure their continued employment with 
the Group, with appropriate training as 
necessary. 

Further details of our Diversity Policy are 
included in the Nomination Committee 
Report on page 121.

The Group takes a zero-tolerance approach 
to matters of discrimination, harassment 
and bullying in all aspects of its business 
operations. Appropriate policies and 
procedures are in place for reporting and 
dealing with such matters.

Colleague Training  
and Development
The Group strives to meet its business 
objectives by motivating and encouraging 
all colleagues to be responsive to the needs 
of its customers and to continually improve 
operational performance. To achieve this, 
we deliver a range of blended training and 
development programmes, across the 
Group, in Retail, Autocentres (including 
National, McConechy’s and Universal) 
and Performance Cycling businesses. 
We regard the training and development 
of our colleagues as being particularly 
important for our business and also for the 
communities in which we operate. 

89

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report

Share Capital and Shareholder Voting Rights
Details of the Company’s share capital and of the rights attaching to the Company’s 
ordinary shares are set out in Note 23 on page 198. All ordinary shares, including those 
acquired through Company share schemes and plans, rank equally with no special rights. 

All members who hold ordinary shares are entitled to attend, vote and speak at the general 
meetings of the Company, appoint proxies, receive any dividends, exercise voting rights 
and transfer shares without restriction. On a show of hands at a general meeting every 
member present in person, and every duly appointed proxy, shall have one vote for every 
share held, and on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote 
for every ordinary share held. The Company is not aware of any arrangements that may 
restrict the transfer of shares or voting rights.

Significant Shareholders
As at 1 April 2022, the Company had been notified under the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules (DTR5) of the following notifiable interests representing 3% or more 
of the Company’s issued share capital. The information provided below was correct at the 
date of notification. These holdings are likely to have changed since the Company was 
notified.

Manager
Fidelity International
BlackRock
Aberdeen
Dimensional Fund Advisors
Janus Henderson Investors
JP Morgan Asset Management
Columbia Threadneedle Investments
Vanguard Group
Rathbones

Holding 
9.51
5.78
4.76
4.43
4.27
4.15
3.85
3.67
3.08

% of Issued 
Shares
20,819,291
12,645,781
10,428,212
9,701,157
9,358,972
9,080,917
8,434,813
8,026,096
6,745,071

90

Authority to Purchase Shares
At the 2021 Annual General Meeting, 
shareholders approved a special resolution 
authorising the Company to purchase a 
maximum of 19,911,663 shares, representing 
not greater than 10% of the Company’s 
issued share capital at 12 July 2021, such 
authority expiring at the conclusion of the 
Annual General Meeting to be held in 2022 
or, if earlier, on 30 September 2022.

Transactions with  
Related Parties
During the period, the Company did not 
enter into any material transactions with  
any related parties.

Articles of Association
In accordance with the Companies Act 
2006, the Articles of Association may only 
be amended by a special resolution of 
the Company’s shareholders in a general 
meeting.

Political Donations
The Group made no political donations and 
incurred no political expenditure during the 
year (FY21: nil). It remains the Company’s 
policy not to make political donations or 
to incur political expenditure. However, 
we recognise that the application of the 
relevant provisions of the Companies Act 
2006 is potentially very broad in nature 
and, as last year, the Board is seeking 
shareholder authority to ensure that the 
Group does not inadvertently breach these 
provisions as a result of the breadth of its 
business activities. However, the Board 
has no intention of using this shareholder 
authority.

Credit Facilities, Change of 
Control and Share Schemes
The Company’s revolving credit facilities 
require the Company in the event of a 
change of control to notify the Facility 
Agent and, if required by the majority 
lenders, these facilities may be cancelled. 
The Company does not have agreements 
with any Director or colleague that would 
provide compensation for loss of office 
or employment resulting from a takeover, 
except that provisions of the Company’s 
share schemes and Deferred Bonus Plan 
may cause options and awards granted 
to Directors and colleagues under such 
schemes and plans to vest on a takeover.

Details of employee share plans are 
provided in Note 24 on pages 200 to 202.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEDisclosure of Information  
to the Auditor
In accordance with Section 418(2) of the 
Companies Act 2006, each Director in office 
at the date and approval of the Directors’ 
Report confirms that: 

i.  so far as the Directors are aware, there 

is no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and 

ii. 

the Directors have taken all reasonable 
steps to ascertain any relevant audit 
information and to ensure that the 
Company’s Auditor is aware of such 
information.

Important Events Since Year End
On 6 April 2022, the Group acquired APT 
Tyre Distributors Limited, please refer to 
page 37 of the Strategic Report for further 
information.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM will be held at the Halfords 
Group plc Support Centre, Icknield Street 
Drive, Washford West, Redditch, B98 0DE 
on Wednesday 7 September 2022. The 
Notice of the AGM and explanatory notes 
regarding the ordinary and special business 
to be put to the meeting will be set out in a 
separate circular to shareholders.

By order of the Board

Tim O’Gorman
Group Company Secretary

15 June 2022

road awareness training. Further information 
on the Freewheel programme can be found 
on their website www.rideforfreedom.org.
uk/freewheel-barking-dagenham/.

During the year, no concerns were raised 
regarding any of the Group’s suppliers. It 
is recognised that whilst no incidents were 
raised (through contractual mechanisms) 
this does not mean issues do not 
potentially exist. The Company, therefore, 
remains committed to further enhancing 
its approach and understanding and 
enhancing its due diligence process. 

The Group’s Board of Directors reviews  
its Modern Slavery Statement on an  
annual basis. It was last approved on  
2 February 2022.

Creditor Payment Policy
The Group does not follow any formal Code 
of Practice on payment. Instead, it agrees 
terms and conditions for transactions when 
orders for goods or services are placed, 
and includes relevant terms in contracts, 
as appropriate. These arrangements are 
adhered to when making payments, subject 
to the terms and conditions being met by 
suppliers. The number of trade creditor 
days outstanding as at 1 April 2022 for the 
Group was 70 days (2021: 73 days). The 
Company is a holding company and has  
no trade creditors. 

Branches
The Company and its subsidiaries, where 
relevant, have established overseas 
branches in the countries in which they 
operate.

Auditor
The Company’s current Auditor is BDO LLP. 
A resolution proposing the reappointment of 
BDO LLP will be set out in the Notice of the 
2022 Annual General Meeting and will be 
put to shareholders at the meeting.

Modern Slavery Statement
In order to support its estate of Retail 
stores, garages, mobile vans and online 
operations, the Group sources products 
from a large number of suppliers both within 
the UK and overseas. In particular, the 
international suppliers – managed largely by 
the Halfords Global Sourcing (“HGS”) team 
based in Hong Kong, Taiwan and Shanghai 
– are bound contractually by the Group’s 
policies on modern slavery and human 
trafficking, as detailed within the Global 
Sourcing Code (the “Sourcing Code”). 

The Company is committed to ensuring due 
diligence processes remain robust, and, as 
such, during the year, the Global Sourcing 
Code was revised to further strengthen 
minimum expectations in relation to 
labour practices, including modern slavery 
and environmental management. The 
Sourcing Code supports the Company’s 
commitment to respect human rights and 
uphold international standards, including 
the United Nations (UN) Guiding Principles 
on Business and Human Rights and the 
Organisation for Economic Cooperation 
and Development (OECD) Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises. The Company 
has partnered with EcoVadis, a platform 
which rates the environmental, social and 
governance performance of suppliers. 
The output of this data will support due 
diligence process – and will assess good 
supplier performance as well as where 
corrective action, remediation or additional 
audits may be required.  

In line with the requirements of the Modern 
Slavery Act, all colleagues are trained on 
the issue of modern slavery. During the year, 
a new e-learning module was launched to 
support colleagues with their understanding 
and what they should do if they suspect 
modern slavery taking place. The Company 
is proud to have supported the Freewheel 
remediation programme with biking 
accessories. The programme seeks to 
empower survivors of modern slavery and 
human trafficking to cycle to support their 
physical and mental health, independence, 
mobility, and their reintegration into society. 
The Barking and Dagenham hub, launched 
in March 2022, is the first of several hubs 
to be rolled out in cities across the UK. 
At each hub, the intention is to support 
recovery for up to 20–30 survivors per year 
by giving them a bike and accessories, 
including helmets, locks and lights, 
providing them with cycling proficiency and 

91

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEOUR 
GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance Report

We continued to make 
strong progress on 
aligning the culture of 
our organisation with our 
business strategy. 

Keith 
Williams

Chair’s Letter

Strategy
During FY22, we have continued to develop 
our Group strategy which is “To Inspire and 
Support a Lifetime of motoring and cycling”. 
This strategy has been strengthened 
considerably by the acquisitions we have 
made throughout the year, as these are 
helping to transform our business and 
deliver on our increased focus on providing 
the best-in-class range of services for our 
customers. More details of our acquisitions 
and our transformation programme can be 
found on page 10 and on pages 32 to 39 in 
the Strategic Report.

Purpose, Culture and Engaging 
with the Workforce
During FY22, we continued to make strong 
progress on aligning the culture of our 
organisation with our business strategy. 
We know that we will only continue to be 
successful in wowing our customers if 
we engage the hearts and minds of our 
colleagues, and enable them to work 
together as One Halfords Family for 
the benefit of our customers. Achieving 
this will help us to continuously develop 
our expertise to meet the needs of our 
customers. We have further developed our 
framework of values and behaviours which 
support colleagues as they progress their 
careers with us – from when they initially 
joined Halfords, to becoming the leaders in 
our business.  

We have created a one Halfords team 
approach, which aims to unite all parts of 
the business, including the acquisitions 
we make from time to time. In FY22, we 
also invested heavily in our technical 
skills training, and as part of this, we have 
continued to embed our values. We have 
introduced a recognition programme 
for our colleagues and at the end of 
FY22, we recognised three individuals as 
“Colleague of the Year”, one winner and 
two runners-up.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) 
In 2021, we were delighted to welcome 
shareholders to the AGM held at our 
Support Centre, and we look forward to 
being able to do so in 2022. Further details 
of the 2022 AGM arrangements can be 
found on page 117 of this report.

Board changes
Finally, Loraine Woodhouse will be retiring 
as Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) on  
16 June 2022 and I would like to thank 
Loraine for all her considerable work and 
support over the period, particularly during 
the COVID-19 pandemic, and to welcome 
Jo Hartley as the new CFO.

Keith Williams
Chair

15 June 2022

92

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

O
U
R

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

93

 
Corporate Governance Report

Governance at a Glance
Corporate Governance Statement
The Board confirms that during the year 
ended 1 April 2022, and as at the date 
of this report, the Company has applied 
the principles of, and complied with, the 
provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (“Code”) throughout 
the year.

This report, together with the other statutory 
disclosures and reports from the Audit, 
Nomination and Remuneration Committees, 
provides details of how the Company has 
applied the principles of good governance 
as set out in the Code during the period 
under review. A copy of the Code is 
available on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk.

The Company has complied with the 
relevant requirements under the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules, the 
Listing Rules, the Directors’ Remuneration 
Reporting regulations and narrative 
reporting requirements.

Promoting Our 
Purpose, Culture 
and Long-Term 
Success

Board Leadership 
and Company 
Purpose

Description
The Company is led by an effective 
Board, which promotes the long-term 
success of the Company and engages 
with its shareholders and stakeholders. 

The Board has established the 
Company’s purpose, values and 
strategy and is satisfied that these and 
its culture are aligned. 

The Board has established an effective 
governance and risk framework.

The Board has ensured that the 
workforce is able to raise any matters 
of concern, and that all policies and 
practices are consistent with the 
Company’s values.

Ensuring a 
Clear Division of 
Responsibilities

Division of 
Responsibilities

Description
The Chair leads the Board which 
includes an appropriate combination of 
Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors. 

The Non-Executive Directors provide 
constructive challenge, strategic 
guidance and advice and, have 
sufficient time to meet their Board 
responsibilities.

There is a clear division of 
responsibilities between the running 
of the Board and the running of the 
business, and the Board has identified 
certain ‘reserved matters’ that 
only it can approve. Other matters, 
responsibilities and authorities have 
been delegated as appropriate, 
and there are relevant policies and 
processes in place for the Board to 
function effectively and efficiently.

Delivering 

Effectiveness 

Through a 

Enabling Reporting 

Integrity and an 

Effective Controls 

Balanced Board

Environment

Ensuring Alignment 

with the Successful 

Delivery of Our 

Long-Term Strategy

Composition, 

Succession and 

Evaluation

Audit Risk and 

Internal Control

Remuneration

Description

A comprehensive and tailored 

induction programme is in place for 

new Directors joining the Board. The 

induction programme facilitates their 

Description

Description

The Board has established formal and 

The Company has designed the 

transparent policies and procedures 

remuneration policies and practices 

to ensure the independence and 

effectiveness of both internal and 

to support strategy and promote 

long-term sustainable success. The 

understanding of the Group and the key 

external audit functions. The Board 

Executive remuneration is aligned to the 

drivers of the Group’s performance.

A rigorous, effective and transparent 

satisfies itself on the integrity of 

financial and narrative statements.

appointment process is in place, which, 

The Board presents a fair, balanced 

together with the effective succession 

and understandable assessment of the 

plans, promotes diversity of gender, 

Group’s position and prospects.

social and ethnic backgrounds, 

cognitive and personal strengths.

The Board has established procedures 

to manage risk, oversee the internal 

control framework and determine the 

nature and extent of the principal risks 

of the Group.

interests of our shareholders and to the 

Company’s purpose and values and is 

clearly linked to the successful delivery 

of our long-term strategy.

There is a formal and transparent 

procedure for developing Executive 

remuneration policy and determining 

Director and senior management 

remuneration.

Directors are able to exercise 

independent judgement and discretion 

when authorising remuneration 

outcomes, taking into account 

Company and individual performance 

and wider circumstances.

Read more

Read more

Read more

Read more

Read more

Read more on Our Strategy on 
pages 32 to 39

Read more on Culture on pages 
102 to 104

Read more on Board Composition 
on pages 88 and 110

Read more on the Division of 
Responsibilities on pages 110 to 113

Read more on Risk Management  
on pages 66 to 78

Read more on Matters Reserved 
for the Board on page 110

Read more on Board Appointments 

Read more on the Audit 

and Induction on page 119

Committee on pages 124 to 129

Read more on Directors’ 

Remuneration on pages 130 to 149

Read more on Board Evaluation 

Read more on Risk Management 

on page 116

on pages 66 to 78

Read more on Risk Management 

and Internal Control on page 117

94

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEPromoting Our 

Purpose, Culture 

and Long-Term 

Success

Ensuring a 

Clear Division of 

Responsibilities

Board Leadership 

Division of 

Responsibilities

and Company 

Purpose

Description

Description

The Company is led by an effective 

The Chair leads the Board which 

Board, which promotes the long-term 

includes an appropriate combination of 

success of the Company and engages 

Executive Directors and Non-Executive 

with its shareholders and stakeholders. 

Directors. 

The Board has established the 

Company’s purpose, values and 

The Non-Executive Directors provide 

constructive challenge, strategic 

strategy and is satisfied that these and 

guidance and advice and, have 

its culture are aligned. 

sufficient time to meet their Board 

The Board has established an effective 

responsibilities.

governance and risk framework.

There is a clear division of 

The Board has ensured that the 

workforce is able to raise any matters 

of concern, and that all policies and 

practices are consistent with the 

Company’s values.

responsibilities between the running 

of the Board and the running of the 

business, and the Board has identified 

certain ‘reserved matters’ that 

only it can approve. Other matters, 

responsibilities and authorities have 

been delegated as appropriate, 

and there are relevant policies and 

processes in place for the Board to 

function effectively and efficiently.

Delivering 
Effectiveness 
Through a 
Balanced Board

Composition, 
Succession and 
Evaluation

Description
A comprehensive and tailored 
induction programme is in place for 
new Directors joining the Board. The 
induction programme facilitates their 
understanding of the Group and the key 
drivers of the Group’s performance.

A rigorous, effective and transparent 
appointment process is in place, which, 
together with the effective succession 
plans, promotes diversity of gender, 
social and ethnic backgrounds, 
cognitive and personal strengths.

Enabling Reporting 
Integrity and an 
Effective Controls 
Environment

Ensuring Alignment 
with the Successful 
Delivery of Our 
Long-Term Strategy

Audit Risk and 
Internal Control

Remuneration

Description
The Board has established formal and 
transparent policies and procedures 
to ensure the independence and 
effectiveness of both internal and 
external audit functions. The Board 
satisfies itself on the integrity of 
financial and narrative statements.

The Board presents a fair, balanced 
and understandable assessment of the 
Group’s position and prospects.

The Board has established procedures 
to manage risk, oversee the internal 
control framework and determine the 
nature and extent of the principal risks 
of the Group.

Description
The Company has designed the 
remuneration policies and practices 
to support strategy and promote 
long-term sustainable success. The 
Executive remuneration is aligned to the 
interests of our shareholders and to the 
Company’s purpose and values and is 
clearly linked to the successful delivery 
of our long-term strategy.

There is a formal and transparent 
procedure for developing Executive 
remuneration policy and determining 
Director and senior management 
remuneration.

Directors are able to exercise 
independent judgement and discretion 
when authorising remuneration 
outcomes, taking into account 
Company and individual performance 
and wider circumstances.

Read more

Read more

Read more

Read more

Read more

Read more on Our Strategy on 

Read more on Board Composition 

pages 32 to 39

on pages 88 and 110

Read more on Culture on pages 

102 to 104

Read more on the Division of 

Responsibilities on pages 110 to 113

Read more on Risk Management  

on pages 66 to 78

Read more on Matters Reserved 

for the Board on page 110

Read more on Board Appointments 
and Induction on page 119

Read more on the Audit 
Committee on pages 124 to 129

Read more on Directors’ 
Remuneration on pages 130 to 149

Read more on Board Evaluation 
on page 116

Read more on Risk Management 
on pages 66 to 78

Read more on Risk Management 
and Internal Control on page 117

95

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose

Promoting Long-Term Sustainable Success of the Company

Addressing Opportunities  
and Risks to the Future 
Success of the Business

The Board’s primary role is to ensure 
the long-term success of the Group, 
by delivering sustainable value for 
all its stakeholders. The Board has 
responsibility for setting the Group’s 
strategy and monitoring its execution, 
for ensuring the implementation of a 
robust risk management framework, and 
for overseeing financial and operational 
performance. These responsibilities 
are supported by the Group’s culture 
and values, designed to drive the right 
behaviours and by a strong corporate 
governance framework. 

The Sustainability of  
our Business Model

Our current strategy was launched 
in September 2018, built around our 
purpose to ‘Inspire and Support a 
Lifetime of motoring and cycling’. 
Through formal Board meetings and 
regular engagement with the Executive 
Team, the Board continues to oversee 
the implementation of this strategy to 
ensure it remains fit for purpose, thus 
providing the Group with a sustainably 
differentiated business model. Further 
details of our strategy and business 
model are provided on pages 32 to 39. 

How the Board Contributes 
to the Delivery of Halfords’ 
Strategy

These values are critical in driving the 
right behaviours and for underpinning 
the culture of the Group. 

Our purpose is to Inspire and Support a Lifetime of motoring and cycling

The successful implementation of our strategy is critical to the delivery of the Group’s purpose  
and is underpinned by the values and behaviours that shape our culture and the way  
we conduct our business.

OUR PURPOSE
To Inspire and Support a Lifetime 
of motoring and cycling 

OUR VISION
The super-specialist in motoring and cycling, trusted  
by the nation

OUR MISSION
1. Make motoring easier, safer and more enjoyable for everyone. 
2. Get more people cycling, more frequently.

Our Strategic Priorities

Inspire

Support

Inspire our customers through a 
differentiated, super-specialist 
shopping experience

Support our customers through 
an integrated, unique and more 
convenient services offer

Lifetime

Enable a lifetime of  
motoring and cycling

Culture
A team inspired and motivated to drive towards delivering our Goals, Mission,  
Vision and Purpose who live and breathe our brand values and represent the very best  
of what we offer as a business to our customers.

Our Values

one halfords family
With togetherness and teamwork we 
have strength and compassion

wow our customers
We put customers first and are 
obsessed with meeting their needs

be better every day
We act and behave as  
market leaders

pride in expertise
We continually develop our skills to 
deliver market-leading services

Our approach to ESG
Enabling better decision making everyday.

96

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

How we are working towards our vision: being a super-specialist  
in motoring and cycling, trusted by the nation 

Dynamic to the  
Market Needs

Engagement with 
our Stakeholders

Our Group operates in 
markets in which customer 
needs and expectations are 
ever-changing. We need to 
be able to evaluate external 
trends so that we can make 
the best strategic choices.

Skills our Board has
Retail industry-specific knowledge in 
relation to both our core businesses and in 
those areas of increased focus under our 
strategy (i.e. motoring services and offering 
financial products that provide more 
convenient ways for customers to pay).

Board members
•  Keith Williams

•  Helen Jones

•  Jill Caseberry

•  Tom Singer

Commitment to 
Delivering Financial 
Value

Commitment to 
delivering financial 
value to shareholders.

Skills our Board has
Experience in setting and delivering 
financial KPIs in challenging retail and 
services markets.

Board members
•  Keith Williams

•  Helen Jones

•  Jill Caseberry

•  Tom Singer

Engagement with our 
stakeholders to maintain trust 
and enhance understanding of 
our business.

Skills our Board has
Experience in stakeholder engagement 
activities, such as our Employee Voice 
initiative and shareholder consultation in 
relation to our Remuneration Policy.

Board members
•  Keith Williams

•  Helen Jones

•  Jill Caseberry

•  Tom Singer

Sustainable  
Operations

Commitment to operating in a 
responsible way so that we are 
a Company that people want 
to work for and invest in.

Skills our Board has
Experience of the setting and delivery of 
ESG commitments, including recycling, 
energy usage and sustainable electric  
cars and bikes. 

Board members
•  Keith Williams

•  Helen Jones

•  Jill Caseberry

•  Tom Singer

t
s

i
l

i

a
c
e
p
S
-
r
e
p
u
S

97

 
Corporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)
We recognise the importance of managing and mitigating our impact on the environment as well as the risks and opportunities we are 
faced with from a changing climate. We have published our first climate-related disclosure in line with the requirements set out by the 
TCFD, see pages 68 to 71, where we report our approach to climate-related governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and 
targets, detailing how scenario analysis has helped to inform our approach.

98

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEHow the Board Operates
The Board and its Committees have a scheduled forward programme of meetings. This ensures that sufficient time is allocated to  
each relevant discussion and activity and the Board’s time is used effectively.

The table below shows the attendance of Directors at the Board and Committee meetings held during the year. In addition to those 
scheduled meetings, unscheduled Board and Committee meetings were convened throughout the year as and when the need arose.  
An additional Board call was held during the period to discuss the capital structure approval as part of the acquisition of Axle Group 
Holdings Limited (“National”) in December 2021. During the year, the Board also held strategy sessions during the Board meetings to 
review and refresh the Company’s strategic direction.

Board member
Executive Directors

Graham Stapleton

Loraine Woodhouse

Non-Executive Directors

Keith Williams

Helen Jones

Jill Caseberry

Tom Singer

Board 
scheduled: 12

Audit Committee 
scheduled: 4

Remuneration 
Committee 
scheduled: 5 

Nomination 
Committee 
scheduled: 3

ESG Committee 
scheduled: 2

12 12

12 12

12 12

12 12

12 12

12 12

N/A

N/A

N/A

  4

  4

     4

     4

     4

     4

N/A

N/A

N/A

     5

     5

     5

     5

     5

     5

N/A

N/A

     3

     3

     3

     3

     3

     3

     3

     3

N/A

N/A

N/A

   2

     2

     2

     2

     2

     2

 Meetings attended 

 Possible meetings

Other members of the Executive Team and professional advisors attended Board meetings by invitation as appropriate throughout the year. 

At each Board meeting, the Chief Executive Officer delivers a high-level update on the business, and the Board considers specific reports, 
reviews business and financial performance, as well as key initiatives, risks and governance. In addition, throughout the year the Executive 
Team and other colleagues deliver presentations to the Board on proposed initiatives and progress on projects.

Case Study
Board in Action

Our colleagues are our greatest asset, 
and a focus on colleague engagement 
across the Group is one of our key 
priorities every year.  

To ensure that we capture feedback from 
every part of the business, a comprehensive 
programme of listening groups is in place, 
bringing together colleagues from across 
the Group with senior leaders, to discuss 
how we can make Halfords an even better 
place to work.   

These forums encourage debate around 
what’s going well, what’s on colleagues’ 
minds, ideas and solutions colleagues 
may have developed in their role or 
part of the business, and sharing best 

practice from across other parts of the 
retail and garage industry.  

Listening Groups are attended by 
regional and divisional managers, 
members of our senior leadership team, 
and our Executive team. Non-Executive 
Director and Employee Voice Director, 
Helen Jones, also attends Listening 
Groups across a diverse cross-section of 
the business.  

The feedback captured is then used to 
identify common Group-wide themes, 
issues specific to certain business areas, 
and ideas which can be scaled up and 
form part of our ongoing colleague 
engagement plan.  

99

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose

Board Activities in FY22

Main Areas:

Strategy

Governance

Board Matters

•  Received updates on FY22 key 

strategic initiatives and operational 
highlights.

•  Received regular updates from the 
Chairs of the Remuneration, Audit, 
Nomination and ESG Committees.

•  Reviewed the succession plans for 
the Board and the restructure of the 
senior management team.

•  Discussed and reviewed updates on 
the acquisition strategy and M&A 
activities. 

•  Received an update on Group 

Strategy and Budget.

•  Received an update on the Tredz 
Strategy and an update on the 
Transformation milestone plan.

•  Discussed and reviewed a presentation 
on external competitive benchmarking.

•  Discussed the integration plan 
for National and agreed the 
required capex.

•  Discussed and reviewed the long-term 
recruitment and retention strategy.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Financial and Risk 
Management

•  Reviewed monthly business reviews 

and trading performance.

•  Reviewed and approved the 

prelim, interim and trading update 
approaches and announcements.

•  Reviewed updates on banking 

arrangements, liquidity, cash control, 
treasury matters and currency 
hedging.

•  Reviewed and approved the FY21 

Group Viability Statement.

•  Received an update on the Group 
legal entity reduction project.

•  Reviewed and approved the FY22 

budget and forecast.

•  Reviewed the FY23 stress test.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy

1   2   3

100

•  Reviewed and approved the FY21 

•  Reviewed the Board and 

Annual Report.

•  Reviewed and approved the 

Directors’ Conflicts of Interests 
Register, Group policies, the Group 
Risk Register and the roles of the 
Chair, the Chief Executive Officer 
and Senior Independent Director.

•  Reviewed and approved the 

proposal to engage an external third-
party whistleblowing helpline.

•  Discussed and reviewed the Group’s 

ESG targets and disclosures.

•  Discussed the joining arrangements 
of the new Chief Financial Officer. 

•  Received regular corporate 

governance updates.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Commercial Matters

•  Received updates on the process 
for, and approval of, the annual 
renewal of the Group’s insurance 
policies.

•  Reviewed and approved a number 
of large commercial contracts 
and spend.

•  Discussed, managed and mitigated 

the risks presented by the COVID-19 
pandemic.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Committees’ programme and 
forthcoming meeting schedule.

•  Received updates from the 

Nomination Committee on the 
progress of the search for a new 
Chief Financial Officer.

•  Discussed and agreed the scope of 
the internal FY22 Board evaluation.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Shareholder and  
Stakeholder Relations

•  Reviewed results of colleague 

engagement surveys and the launch 
of the new Company Values.

•  Discussed and approved colleague 

health and wellbeing programmes.

•  Reminder to Directors of their 

obligations under Section 172 of  
the Companies Act 2006.

•  Reviewed monthly investor relations 
reports and annual shareholder body 
reports.

•  Reviewed and approved the 2021 
Notice of the Annual General 
Meeting and the arrangements for 
the 2021 Annual General Meeting.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key to stakeholders:

 Colleagues   

 Investors  

 Communities  

 Media

 Customers  

 Suppliers  

 Environment    

 Government

Key to strategy:
1  Inspire
2  Support
3  Lifetime

Board Priorities for FY23:

Main Areas:

Strategy

Governance

Board Matters

•  Review the annual strategy 

•  Receive regular updates from the 

•  Review succession plans 

refresh and associated financial 
business plan.

Chairs of the Remuneration, Audit, 
Nomination and ESG Committees.

for the Board and the Senior 
Management Team.

•  Review any potential M&A 

•  Review and approve the FY22 

•  Review the Board and Committees’ 

opportunities.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Annual Report.

•  Review and approve the Directors’ 

programme and forthcoming 
meeting schedule.

Conflicts of Interests Register, Group 
policies, the Group Risk Register and 
the roles of the Chair, CEO and SID.

•  Discuss the outcome of the FY22 
Board evaluation and agree the 
scope of the FY23 Board evaluation.

•  Continue the process to ensure that 
the composition of the Board is 
compliant with the Parker Review.

Link to Stakeholder

•  Review the Board programme of 

visits.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

Financial and Risk 
Management

Commercial Matters

Shareholder and 
Stakeholder Relations

•  Review monthly business reviews 

•  Review commercial matters brought 

•  Review colleague engagement 

and trading performance.

•  Review and approve trading update 
approaches and announcements.

•  Review and approve the dividend 
policy and any dividend payments.

•  Review and approve the FY23 

updated forecast, the FY24 budget, 
banking arrangements and the  
debt/hedging strategy.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

to the Board for attention and 
potential approval.

survey results and the progress on 
the health and wellbeing programme.

•  Discuss and review deep dives on 

•  Focus on ESG agenda, particularly 

the supply chain, on commercial 
margin, on garage capacity and the 
roll-out of selling training and tools 
across the estate.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy
1   2   3

environmental issues.

•  Reminder to Directors of their 

obligations under Section 172 of  
the Companies Act 2006.

•  Review monthly investor relations 

reports and annual shareholder body 
reports.

•  Review and approve the 2022 Notice 

of the Annual General Meeting.

Link to Stakeholder

Link to Strategy

1   2   3

101

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose

Our Board has made progress against 
monitoring culture in the past year

Our Culture Journey 
The Board recognises the importance 
of its role in ensuring the culture of the 
organisation is aligned to its business 
strategy and ambition to become a customer 
led, market-leading services business. In 
support of this, a full cultural review was 
completed in early 2021 which resulted in 
the refresh of colleague values with several 
activities undertaken to embed the values. 
Our Colleague Engagement Survey in April 
2021 told us that over 90% of colleagues 
know and feel aligned with our values. 
During FY22 we created a One Halfords 
team approach and united all parts of the 
business, including new acquisitions.

We know that we will only be successful in 
wowing our customers through engaging 
the hearts and minds of our colleagues, 
compelling them to work together, as 
One Halfords Family, to continuously 
develop and deliver expertise to meet 
the customers’ needs. The values and 
behaviour framework defines how we 
expect colleagues across the business 
to role model our values as they progress 
their careers with us – from joining as a 
colleague, to leading others, leading teams, 
and ultimately leading the business. 

Well established technical skills training 
complements this framework by providing 
the technical knowledge to support the 

delivery of our market leading services. 
During FY22 we invested heavily in 
technical skills training and increased skills 
from 16,000 to 40,000 additional skills.

We continued to embed our values. The 
roll out saw all colleagues across the 
Group attend leader-led workshops. These 
workshops were followed by the launch of 
a series of initiatives designed to both fully 
embed our values and to recognise and 
reward our values in action, as referenced in 
the plan that we shared with you last year. 
A refreshed Group induction programme 
was launched in April 2022. This has 
been designed to ensure all colleagues 
have a warm welcome to Halfords and 

Culture and Values

Create a ‘One Halfords’ performance culture where colleagues enjoy working efficiently and effectively together using 
their skills and expertise to win the hearts and minds of our customers.

Values

Behaviours

Plan

Do

Act

Check

Work with colleagues across all 
areas of the business, to define the 
appropriate values and behaviours 
for our Group as a whole, that 
will underpin our forward strategy 
and build on the language of our 
purpose and create beliefs that are 
active and give all our colleagues 
clear direction.

Customers
•  Will have a joined-up 

experience wherever they 
shop across the Group

Create a leader-led roll out plan 
that will introduce all colleagues 
across the Group to the refreshed 
values which will shape our culture 
and offer all colleagues clarity and 
a sense of belonging as part of the 
One Halfords Family.

Integrate our newly defined  
values into the performance 
management framework and 
appropriate elements of the 
colleague lifecycle.

Colleagues
•  Engaged colleagues will 

work together and use their 
skills and expertise to deliver 
an excellent and efficient 
customer experience

Shareholders
•  Will benefit from our financial 
commitments, through the 
generation of additional 
profitable sales and a 
reduction in costs

l

s
a
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
e
h
c
A
y
e
K

i

s
e
m
o
c
t
u
O

102

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE 
can immediately see our values living and 
breathing through a number of values-led 
activities. All new colleagues are introduced 
to our values as part of their induction, 
we also now review annual performance 
against the values, and colleagues are 
assessed against the behaviours that 
underpin each value. To further support 
embedding our values, we have introduced 
a recognition programme which recognises 
our “Colleague of the Quarter”. We received 
over 800 nominations throughout the year, 
over 50 colleagues were recognised as a 
“Colleague of the Quarter” and at the end of 
FY22, three colleagues were recognised as 
“Colleague of the Year”.

As a truly amazing place to work, we 
recognise that some of our colleagues may, 
at times, unfortunately have to deal with 
difficult personal issues and/or financial 
difficulties. We are committed to supporting 
colleagues through difficult times to help them 
move through the challenges they face and 
return to normality as quickly as possible. 
The Halfords “Here to Help” Fund has been 
set up by the Halfords Group to enable us 
to provide grants to colleagues who suffer 
significant financial hardship or who find 
themselves at risk of significant financial 
hardship. Colleagues who are eligible can 
apply to the Halfords “Here to Help” fund 
for a grant to support them through their 

H1

situation. We really care about the wellbeing 
of our colleagues and believe this intervention 
supports our wellbeing strategy.

We have also launched Wagestream, which 
is a financial benefit App that gives our 
colleagues greater control over their pay 
and can help educate on better money 
management. The App has four modules, 
these are:

•  Track – gives colleagues visibility of 

earnt wages in real time and supports 
personal finance management;

•  Stream – allows colleagues to have 
early access to earnt wages through 
the month. Streaming is capped at 
30% of wages earnt that month, which 
helps them to absorb a financial shock 
without getting into debt;

•  Learn – access to a trusted and 

impartial financial education hub, to 
help build money confidence. Delivering 
a range of bite-sized topics, to enable 
colleagues to be in a better position 
to engage with their finances and start 
planning for their future; and

•  Save – encouraging colleagues to 

build an emergency or rainy-day fund. 
Colleagues can choose to contribute a 
set amount each month, with no penalties 
for accessing or pausing contributions.

In FY23, we will be designing leadership 
capability programmes for all. These 
programmes are designed to ensure that 
all our managers and leaders are immersed 
immediately into an experience that clearly 
sets out ‘how to be a great Halfords 
manager and leader’ and how we live 
and breathe our values and leadership 
behaviours through strong communication 
and team management. The programme is 
also intended to provide the opportunity to 
further practice and enhance these skills.

Initiatives to embed the values included 
integrating our values and behaviours into 
our performance review framework, so 
ensuring a link to pay and reward; as well 
as the introduction of a values recognition 
scheme which recognises and rewards 
colleagues that role model our values. 
Under the scheme, 800 nominations were 
received throughout FY22. The success of 
the roll out can be measured through data 
collected in our most recent engagement 
survey, in which 90% of colleagues 
confirmed they “know what Halfords 
values are.”

This activity was undertaken as part of 
a broader programme of engagement 
initiatives, which are referenced in the 
section below.

•  Roll out of the values and behaviour framework to all 

•  Halfords launched the Wagestream App. 

colleagues across the Group commenced.

•  Annual pay review for all hourly colleagues 

completed.

•  Full annual colleague engagement survey conducted.

• 

“Supporting colleagues to feel safe and engaged, 
putting One Halfords Family at the heart of 
everything we do” is positioned as one of our top 
three business priorities and discussed weekly in 
colleague huddles.

2
2
Y
F

H2

•  Group-wide intranet was launched to all colleagues.

•  Colleague of the Year launched – values recognition. 

•  Bonusable engagement targets set for Executive 

Directors and the Executive Committee and approved 
by the Board.

•  Listening groups recommenced across all areas of 

•  Selected a national charity partner, as part of 

the business. 

colleague nomination process.

•  Mental Health First Aider training rolled out.

•  Launched four Colleague Network groups.

•  Wellbeing toolkit launched to all managers.

•  First “Colleague of the Year” winner announced and 

•  Annual pay review for all management colleagues 

received a prize of £5,000.

across the Group.

103

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose

Workforce Engagement
Halfords has a long established practice of 
inviting feedback from colleagues across 
all areas of the business, including holding 
regular listening groups, appointing and 
meeting with local colleague engagement 
(“people”) champions, and conducting 
regular colleague surveys.

The People Champions hold meetings to 
gauge how colleagues are feeling which 
informs the programme of engagement and 
wellbeing activities. During the course of 
the year, People Champions were invited to 
provide input into broader business initiatives, 
including ESG and reward practice, to gain an 
understanding of corporate governance and 
executive remuneration.

To support colleague communications, 
a Group-wide intranet was launched 
during FY22. This site has a dedicated 
wellbeing hub with useful tools and links 
for colleagues to access. Colleagues also 
have access to Mental Health First Aiders. 
We rolled out Mental Health training to 
managers to be better placed to support 
their colleagues. The intranet is a one stop 
shop for access to benefits and high street 
discounts, further supporting financial 
wellbeing. Over 3,000 colleagues are 
enrolled on the Wagestream App, allowing 

them to have early access to their earnings, 
to better control their finances and to tap 
into financial education information.

In addition to the above, the Group has long 
established grievance and whistleblowing 
policies that facilitate colleagues’ ability 
to raise any matters of concern more 
formally, and in total confidence, should 
the need arise. The Board reviews reports 
relating to whistleblowing cases and the 
process is outlined in the Audit Committee 
Report on page 129. We know from the 
calls received and the data obtained that 
a large proportion of the whistleblowing 
calls received via the helpline are from store 
colleagues seeking clarification on HR or 
safety issues, this shows that the process 
works well as an adjunct to our normal HR 
processes and ensures we provide the best 
support we can to our colleagues.

The table on page 102 outlines the key 
culture, values and engagement activities 
undertaken this year:

Monitoring Culture
The Board monitors culture on an ongoing 
basis, both formally and informally, through 
the outputs of colleague engagement 
surveys, and through regular listening 
groups that are held across all areas of the 
business. 

Helen Jones, the Senior Independent 
Director, with accountability for representing 
the voice of our colleagues in Board 
meetings, personally attends many of the 
listening groups held, alongside other Board 
and Executive colleagues.

Survey and listening group outputs and 
associated actions are regularly reviewed 
by the Board and are incorporated into 
Executive Directors’ and Executive 
Committee functional engagement plans. 
As in prior years, colleague engagement 
remains a bonusable objective for this 
population. 

Our more holistic review of the culture of the 
business told us that Halfords is a great, 
collaborative place to work, is engaging and 
is values led with knowledgeable friendly 
colleagues that go the extra mile to serve 
our customers. Our most recent survey 
confirmed that this remains the case today 
with our colleague engagement index 
at 81%, which means our engagement 
index remains in the upper quartile when 
compared with other benchmarks.

Engagement with  
Our Stakeholders
We understand the importance of 
engagement with all our stakeholders. It is 
of significant value to our decision-making 
and planning processes and, ultimately, the 
long-term success of the business.

Read more about How We Engage 
With Stakeholders on pages 26 to 29.

Section 172(1) Statement
The Chair leads the Board which is 
collectively responsible for the long-term 
success of the Company. The Chair’s role is 
to ensure that the Board contains the right 
balance of skills, diversity and experience, 
to set the strategy of the Company and 
oversee the successful execution of it by 
the business. 

A key element of business success is having 
good corporate governance. Halfords 
has effective frameworks and practices to 
ensure that high standards of governance, 
as well as good values and behaviours, are 
consistently applied throughout the Group. 
The Board considers these as being critical 
factors for the integrity of the business 
and in helping to maintain the trust of all 
stakeholders in Halfords. 

Read our Section 172(1) Statement 
on pages 28 to 29.

104

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEBoard Listening Approach

Non-Executive Director Employee Voice

Virtual focus groups

What This Channel Brings
•  Provides a forum for colleagues to express their views, suggestions  
or concerns to ensure they are heard and acted upon where possible.
Insights and feedback from colleagues employed in different parts of the 
Group focused on a particular topic such as communication, wellbeing  
or engagement.

• 

Colleague engagement survey

•  Measures how engaged colleagues are and how they feel about working  

Blogs and written communications

at Halfords. The insights are used to identify priority areas and drive actions 
to improve these measures.

•  Connects colleagues across all areas of the Group with our Halfords’ 
strategy by sharing updates from senior leaders on the latest business 
performance, transformation activity, strategic commercial and customer 
experience initiatives as well as colleague engagement activity.

Stakeholder Management
The Board understands the importance of 
strong relationships with all stakeholders 
and strongly values their input into 
its decision-making and planning 
processes. The Board seeks to ensure 
that engagement with our stakeholders 
is effective, either by engaging directly 
or through oversight of the management 
team. This includes the monitoring of KPIs, 
such as Customer Net Promoter Score and 
Colleague Engagement Index. Furthermore, 
the Board ensured that stakeholder 
interests were carefully considered in the 
Company’s recent sustainability strategy 
review, playing a key role in determining our 
key focus areas for the years ahead.

Directors’ and their Other 
Interests
Details of the Directors’ service contracts, 
and emoluments, as well as the interests 
of the Directors and their immediate 
families in the share capital of the Company 
and options to subscribe for Company 
shares, are shown in the annual Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149.

In line with the requirement of the 
Companies Act 2006, each Director has 
notified the Company of any situation 
in which he or she has, or could have, a 
direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or 
possibly may conflict, with the interests of 
the Company (a situational conflict), and 
a register of these is maintained by the 
Company Secretary.

All Directors are aware of the need to 
consult with the Company Secretary should 
any possible situational conflict arise, so 
that prior consideration can be given by the 
Board as to whether or not such conflict will 
be approved.

Concerns
The Chair seeks to resolve any concerns 
raised by the Board, whether these arise in 
a Board meeting or in another forum. Where 
raised and unresolved in a Board meeting, 
the unresolved business can be recorded 
on behalf of a Director in the minutes of 
the relevant meeting. A resigning Non-
Executive Director would also be able to 
raise any concerns in a written letter to the 
Chair, who would bring such concerns to 
the attention of the Board. 

No such concerns have been raised 
throughout the period.

105

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose

Stakeholder Engagement

Key Themes Discussed with  
Shareholders in FY22

•  Resilience of the business and mitigating actions in 

response to the global COVID-19 pandemic and its ongoing 
implications on the global supply chain. 

•  Progress on our strategy, “To Inspire and Support a 

Lifetime of motoring and cycling”, including our intention to 
accelerate investment in our Services and B2B businesses.

•  The dynamics of the motoring and cycling markets, 

including our growth opportunities, short and longer-term 
trends given the significant disruption of the last two years, 
and relative financial returns from each segment. 

•  Risk and opportunities caused by macroeconomic trends 
or legislation such as Government spending on cycling 
infrastructure or the ban on combustion engines from 2030.

•  Capital allocation priorities, specifically the balance of 
maintaining a prudent balance sheet, maintaining the 
dividend and enabling investment for growth.

•  Gross and operating margin performance.

The Chair is responsible for ensuring that appropriate channels 
of communication are established between Directors and 
shareholders and that Directors are aware of any issues 
or concerns that major shareholders may have. Regular 
engagement provides investors with an opportunity to discuss 
any areas of interest and raise concerns. The Group is eager to 
make sure that it understands shareholders’ views and that it is 
able to communicate its strategy in the most effective way. The 
Group engages through regular communications, the Annual 
General Meeting and other investor relations activity (such as 
the investor perception study).

Investor Relations  
Programme

The Group has a comprehensive investor relations (“IR”) 
programme through which the Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer and the Corporate Finance Director regularly 
engage with the Company’s largest shareholders on a one-to-
one basis, to discuss strategic issues and give presentations 
on the Group’s results. Further communication is achieved 
through the Annual Report and Accounts, corporate website and 
investor meetings as follows: 

•  Annual Report and Accounts – this is the most significant 
communication tool, ensuring that investors are kept fully 
informed regarding Group developments. Management 
continually strives to produce a clear and easily accessible 
Annual Report and Accounts, which provides a complete 
and transparent picture; 

•  The corporate website – provides investors with timely 

information on the Group’s performance as well as details of 
Environmental, Social and Governance activities; 

•  Management roadshows – allow key investors access 

to management. These are usually attended by the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the 
Corporate Finance Director; and

•  Responding promptly – the Group is committed to 

responding to any investor-related queries within a short 
time frame.

106

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

107

 
Corporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose

The Board is committed to ensuring 
colleagues have a forum where  
their views, suggestions or  
concerns will be heard. 

Helen Jones
Senior Independent Director
Employee Voice Director

Workforce Engagement  
at a Glance

3

Colleague of the Year 
winners announced

4

Colleague Network  
groups launched

Q&A with our Employee 
Voice Director, Helen Jones

Q. How do you ensure 
the employee voice is 
heard on the Board?

A. I was nominated by the Board to be 
the representative for colleagues back 
in 2018. Since then, I’ve attended many 
listening groups across the business, both 
in person and more recently via virtual 
sessions. The Board is committed to 
ensuring colleagues have a forum where 
their views, suggestions or concerns will 
be heard, so I provide that link. This is a 
responsibility I take very seriously, and I 
always encourage colleagues to be open 
and honest when providing their feedback. 
In addition to these listening groups, the 
Company conducts an annual Colleague 
Engagement Survey which also provides a 
wealth of valuable insight and data. During 

FY22, I attended over 20 listening sessions 
across Retail, Halfords Autocentres, Tredz, 
Halfords Mobile Expert and the Support 
Centre. I also visited a number of stores 
throughout the year, both independently 
and with members of the Senior Leadership 
team. I continue to report to the Board 
quarterly, highlighting the key themes, 
including what’s working well for colleagues 
but also, importantly, those of concern 
which the Company should address. The 
work with our Colleague Engagement 
Champions on pay reporting to ensure 
they have a good understanding of our 
approach to reward at Halfords is ongoing. 
The People team also invite colleagues 
to comment on what we might consider 
when developing future pay policies for 
Executives and colleagues across the 
Group. 

108

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEQ. How do you share 
outcomes with the  
wider employee base?
A. All feedback from listening groups 
is captured in writing and then shared 
with attendees. The information is 
logged centrally and ‘You Said, We Did’ 
communications are shared across the 
Halfords Group through the various 
platforms. Subsequent listening groups 
report on actions taken as a result of the 
feedback and I’m aware that colleagues 
really appreciate these sessions and value 
the opportunity to share their views in a 
safe space.

Q. What areas does  
the Board want to  
focus on in future?
A. The Group continues to expand its 
garage services business and expertise 
across motoring and cycling. The ambitious 
ESG agenda is now gaining traction with a 
clear plan in place to achieve our net zero 
targets. In addition, we continue to promote 
diversity and inclusion across the Group 
and are working to further strengthen our 
succession plans and talent pipeline. As 
we continue to emphasise our specialist 
credentials, ensuring we provide the 
appropriate skills training to colleagues 
and therefore exceptional levels of expert 
service to our customers, remains a priority.

Q. For you, what were 
the key highlights  
this year?
A. The positive sentiment expressed 
towards the Company and in particular the 
prospects for colleagues, given our focus 
on multi-skills training. The opportunity to 
develop and progress as we strengthen 
our expertise in services was noted by 
colleagues along with our investment 
in systems, enabling them to serve our 
customers more effectively and efficiently. 
The team spirit is evident across the Group 
and colleagues feel well supported despite 
the many challenges faced during, and 
as a result of the pandemic. The impact 
on families has, in some instances, taken 
its toll and we’re mindful to ensure our 
colleagues’ health and wellbeing are 
prioritised. Whilst there will always be 
issues which need to be brought to the 
Board’s attention and addressed, I was 
struck this year by the overwhelming sense 
of pride our colleagues feel for Halfords 
as we progress towards a market-leading, 
digitally enabled services business.

109

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Division of Responsibilities

Board Independence
The Non-Executive Directors bring wide 
and varied experience to the Board and its 
Committees. The Code recommends that at 
least half of the Board of Directors, excluding 
the Chair, should comprise Non-Executive 
Directors, who are determined by the 
Board to be independent and are free from 
relationships or circumstances which may 
affect or could appear to affect the Non-
Executive Director’s judgement. Following 
a review, the Board considers Helen 
Jones, Jill Caseberry and Tom Singer to be 
independent in character and judgement. 

The Chair, Keith Williams was considered 
independent upon his appointment.

Re-election and Election
In compliance with the Code and the 
Company’s Articles of Association, as at 
15 June 2022, the following Directors will 
seek re-election at the 2022 Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) on 7 September 2022: 
Keith Williams, Helen Jones, Jill Caseberry, 
Tom Singer and Graham Stapleton. 

Jo Hartley, having been appointed on  
16 June 2022, will seek election for the  
first time at the 2022 AGM. 

Board Key Responsibilities
The Board is collectively responsible for 
the long-term success of the Company and 
is committed to ensuring that it provides 
leadership to the business as a whole, 
having regard to the interests and views of 
its shareholders and other stakeholders. It 
provides leadership and direction on the 
Company’s culture, values and purpose; 
sets the strategic direction; agrees the risk 
framework and ensures these are managed 
effectively. The Board is accountable 
to shareholders for the financial and 
operational performance of the Group. 
Details of the Group’s business model and 
strategy can be found on pages 32 to 39.

A complete list of Matters Reserved 
for the Board is available on 
the Company’s website www.
halfordscompany.com/environmental-
social-and-governance/governance/
matters-reserved-for-the-board

Division of Responsibilities
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive 
Officer are separate and clearly defined, 
with the division of responsibilities set out  
in writing and agreed by the Board. 

The Chair is responsible for effective 
leadership, operation and governance 
of the Board and its Committees. He 
ensures effective communication with 
shareholders, facilitates the contribution of 
the Non-Executive Directors and ensures 
constructive relations between Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors. 

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible 
for the management of the Group’s 
business and for implementing the Group’s 
strategy.

The Directors, together, act in the best 
interests of the Company via the Board and 
its Committees, devoting sufficient time 
and consideration as necessary to fulfil 
their duties. Each Director brings different 
skills, experience and knowledge to the 
Company, with the Non-Executive Directors 
additionally bringing independent thought 
and judgement. This combination seeks to 
ensure that no individual or group unduly 
restricts or controls decision-making. 

A formal schedule of matters reserved 
for the Board is in place and is annually 
reviewed as referred to above. 

To discharge these responsibilities 
effectively, the Board has a system of 
delegated authorities, which enables 
the effective day-to-day operation of the 
business and ensures that significant 
matters are brought to the attention of 
management and the Board as appropriate. 
It is through this system that the Board is 
able to provide oversight and direction to 
the Executive Directors, the Executive Team 
and the wider business. 

Matters specifically reserved for the 
Board include: strategy and management; 
corporate structure and capital; investor 
relations; audit, financial reporting and 
controls; nominations to the Board; 
Executive remuneration and certain material 
contracts.

Board Composition
At the date of this report, the Board of 
Directors comprised of six members, 
namely the Non-Executive Chair, three other 
Non-Executive Directors and two Executive 
Directors. The composition of the Board is 
set out on page 88, and the biographies of 
each Director, including any other business 
commitments, are available on pages 82 to 
83. The Board believes it has an appropriate 
balance of Executive and independent 
Non-Executive Directors, having regard to 
the size and nature of the business. The 
Board is responsible for the long-term 
success of the Company and is committed 
to ensuring that it provides leadership to the 
business as a whole, having regard to the 
interests and views of its shareholders and 
other stakeholders. It is also responsible 
for setting the Group’s strategy, values and 
standards. Details of the Group’s business 
model and strategy can be found on pages 
32 to 39.

Chair   1

Executive Directors  2

Non-Executive Directors  3

Board Changes
In October 2021 it was announced that 
Jo Hartley would be joining the business 
in mid-April 2022, replacing Loraine 
Woodhouse who announced her intention 
to retire from a full-time plc. In order to 
ensure a smooth transition, Loraine will 
remain in post until 16 June 2022 at which 
point she will step down from her role and 
pass her responsibilities to Jo. Loraine will 
leave the business on 1 July 2022.

110

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEDirector Tenure and Board Succession
Succession planning for the Board is monitored regularly and in particular is considered in 
detail during the annual evaluation of the Board performance as described on page 116. 
Details of the tenure for all Board members are as follows:

Keith Williams

Jill Caseberry

3 years, 10 months, 15 days

3 years, 3 months, 15 days

Helen Jones

8 years, 3 months, 15 days

Graham Stapleton

4 years, 5 months, 15 days

Loraine Woodhouse

3 years, 7 months, 15 days

Tom Singer

1 years, 9 months, 15 days

3
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

4
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

5
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

6
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

7
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

8
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

9
1
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

0
2
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

1
2
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

2
2
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
1

Board Committees
The Board’s principal Committees are 
the Audit Committee, the Nomination 
Committee, the Remuneration Committee 
and the Environmental, Social and 
Governance (“ESG”) Committee. Each 
Committee has its own Terms of Reference 
which are approved and regularly reviewed 
by the Board.

On the following pages each Committee 
Chair reports how the Committee they chair 
discharged its responsibilities in FY22 and 
the material matters that were considered. 

Following a Committee meeting, the 
relevant Committee Chair provides a report 
to the Board. Whilst not entitled to attend, 
professional advisors and members of 
senior management attend when invited 
to do so, as do those Directors who are 
not formally a member of the relevant 
Committee. The external Auditor attends 
Audit Committee meetings by invitation. No 
person is present at Nomination Committee 
or Remuneration Committee meetings 
during discussions pertinent to them. The 
Company Secretary acts as the secretary to 
the principal Committees.

Matters which require Board approval 
between scheduled Board meetings can 
be approved by a Board Committee, which 
consists of a minimum of two Directors. 

There were no Board Committee meetings 
held during the period. 

The final wording of market announcements 
is approved prior to release by a Disclosure 
Committee which is made up of a minimum 
of two Directors. Six Disclosure Committee 
meetings were held during the period.

At Executive level, the day-to-day 
investment decisions of the Group are 
approved by an Investment Committee, 
chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. 
Similarly, the treasury needs of the Group 
are managed by the Treasury Committee, 
chaired by the Chief Financial Officer; 
the other members of these Executive 
committees are senior members of the 
Finance and Treasury teams.

The Board may establish other ad hoc 
committees of the Board to consider 
specific issues from time to time. During 
the year, the Finance Risk Committee was 
established, the purpose of which is to 
progress governance over areas of financial 
crime exposure concerning HMRC and 
FCA, as well as anti-fraud measures and 
existing policy areas such as Anti Money 
Laundering.

111

OUR GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report
Division of Responsibilities

Halfords Group plc Board of Directors

Nomination Committee

Chair

Key Objectives
To ensure that the Board has the balanced skills, knowledge and experience to be effective in discharging its 
responsibilities and to have oversight of all governance matters.

Main Responsibilities
Making appropriate recommendations to maintain the balance of skills and experience of the Board by:

• 
• 

• 

considering the size, structure and composition of the Board;
considering Board and Executive Team succession plans with a commitment to improving gender and 
ethnic diversity; and
identifying and making recommendations to the Board on potential Board candidates.

Audit Committee

Key Objectives
To provide effective governance over the Group’s financial reporting processes. This includes the internal audit 
function and external Auditor. The Committee maintains oversight of the Group’s systems of internal controls 
and risk management activities.

Main Responsibilities
•  making recommendations to the Board on the appointment/removal of the external Auditor, and their terms of 

engagement and fees;
reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, including its annual and interim 
reports and preliminary results announcements and any other formal announcement relating to its financial 
performance, and recommending the same to the Board;
assisting the Board in achieving its obligations under the Code in areas of risk management and internal 
control; and
focusing on compliance with legal requirements, whistleblowing, accounting standards and the Listing Rules.

• 

• 

• 

Remuneration Committee

Key Objectives
To ensure that a Board policy exists for the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chair, Non-Executive 
Directors, other Executive Directors and members of the executive management.

Main Responsibilities
• 

• 
• 

recommending to the Board the total individual remuneration package of Executive Directors and members 
of the executive management; 
approving senior executive remuneration and oversight of remuneration matters generally;
recommending the design of the Company’s share incentive plans to the Board, approving any awards 
to Executive Directors and other executive managers under those plans and defining any performance 
conditions attached to those awards;

•  determining the Chair’s fee, following a proposal from the Chief Executive Officer; and
•  maintaining an active dialogue with institutional investors and shareholder representatives.

ESG Committee

Key Objectives
To ensure that the Company has an ESG strategy which is aligned with the Company’s strategy.

Main Responsibilities
•  development of an ESG strategy including the setting of appropriate targets; and
•  monitoring progress against key targets and initiatives.

Chair: 
Keith Williams

Members: 
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer

Chair: 
Tom Singer

Members: 
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry

Chair: 
Jill Caseberry

Members: 
Helen Jones
Tom Singer

Chair: 
Helen Jones

Members: 
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer

Chief Executive Officer

Executive Committee

Key Objectives
• 
•  develops the Group’s objectives and strategy for Board 

responsible for the day-to-day management of the Company;

• 

approval;
creates and recommends to the Board an annual budget and 
financial plan;

•  delivers the annual budget and plan and executes the agreed 

• 

Group strategy and other objectives;
identifies and executes new business opportunities and 
potential acquisitions or disposals; 
• 
keeps the Chair informed on all important matters; and
•  manages the Group’s risks in line with the Board-approved 

risk profile.

Key Objectives
•  oversees the creation of customer and commercial 

strategy, approves marketing and digital creative, 
monitors performance against the implementation of 
the commercial plan, and approves investment against 
strategy;
acts as the senior steering group for the Transformation 
Programme, approving and monitoring significant 
programme spend and monitoring programme risk;
•  oversees the Group’s risk management framework, 

• 

providing assurance over risk mitigation and scanning the 
horizon for emerging risk; and
approves all Group financial investment.

• 

112

Key Responsibilities

•  manages and provides leadership to the Board;

•  builds an effective and complementary Board of Directors;

• 

• 

• 

sets the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions;

facilitates and encourages active engagement in meetings, 

promoting effective relationships and open communication;

ensures effective communication with shareholders and other 

stakeholders;

• 

• 

• 

• 

ensures that the performance of individuals and of the Board as a 

whole and of its Committees is evaluated at least once a year, and 

the results are acted upon;

acts as an advisor to the Chief Executive Officer;

•  meets with the Non-Executive Directors without Executive Directors 

being present; 

facilitates the effective contribution of Non-Executive Directors; and

ensures constructive relations between Executive Directors and 

Non-Executive Directors.

Senior Independent Director

Key Responsibilities

•  provides a sounding board for the Chair;

• 

• 

holds meetings with the other Non-Executive Directors 

without the Chair at least once a year to appraise the Chair’s 

performance;

acts as an intermediary for the other Directors; and

• 

is available to other Directors and shareholders in order to address 

concerns that cannot be raised through the normal channels.

Non-Executive Directors

Key Responsibilities

• 

evaluate and appraise the performance of Executive Directors 

and Senior Management against agreed targets;

•  participate in the development of the Group’s strategy;

•  monitor the financial information, risk management and 

•  periodically visit Group sites, stores and Distribution Centres;

•  meet together without the Executive Directors present;

•  participate in a training programme, including store visits and 

updates from management; and

• 

formulate Executive Director remuneration and succession 

controls processes of the Group to make sure that they are 

planning.

sufficiently robust;

•  meet regularly with senior management;

Employee Voice Director

Key Responsibilities

• 

ensures colleague feedback is brought to the attention of the 

Board to help shape and influence some of the decisions that 

are taken.

Company Secretary

Key Responsibilities

•  works closely with the Chair, Group Chief Executive Officer 

and Board Committee Chairs in setting the rolling calendar 

of agenda items for the meetings of the Board and its 

Committees;

• 

ensures accurate, timely and appropriate information flows within 

the Board, the Committees and between the Directors and Senior 

Management; and

•  provides advice on Board matters, legal and regulatory issues, 

corporate governance, Listing Rules compliance and best practice.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEHalfords Group plc Board of Directors

Nomination Committee

Key Objectives

To ensure that the Board has the balanced skills, knowledge and experience to be effective in discharging its 

responsibilities and to have oversight of all governance matters.

Main Responsibilities

Making appropriate recommendations to maintain the balance of skills and experience of the Board by:

considering the size, structure and composition of the Board;

considering Board and Executive Team succession plans with a commitment to improving gender and 

ethnic diversity; and

identifying and making recommendations to the Board on potential Board candidates.

Audit Committee

Key Objectives

and risk management activities.

Main Responsibilities

engagement and fees;

To provide effective governance over the Group’s financial reporting processes. This includes the internal audit 

function and external Auditor. The Committee maintains oversight of the Group’s systems of internal controls 

•  making recommendations to the Board on the appointment/removal of the external Auditor, and their terms of 

reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, including its annual and interim 

reports and preliminary results announcements and any other formal announcement relating to its financial 

performance, and recommending the same to the Board;

assisting the Board in achieving its obligations under the Code in areas of risk management and internal 

control; and

focusing on compliance with legal requirements, whistleblowing, accounting standards and the Listing Rules.

Remuneration Committee

Key Objectives

Main Responsibilities

of the executive management; 

To ensure that a Board policy exists for the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chair, Non-Executive 

Directors, other Executive Directors and members of the executive management.

recommending to the Board the total individual remuneration package of Executive Directors and members 

approving senior executive remuneration and oversight of remuneration matters generally;

recommending the design of the Company’s share incentive plans to the Board, approving any awards 

to Executive Directors and other executive managers under those plans and defining any performance 

conditions attached to those awards;

•  determining the Chair’s fee, following a proposal from the Chief Executive Officer; and

•  maintaining an active dialogue with institutional investors and shareholder representatives.

ESG Committee

Key Objectives

Main Responsibilities

To ensure that the Company has an ESG strategy which is aligned with the Company’s strategy.

•  development of an ESG strategy including the setting of appropriate targets; and

•  monitoring progress against key targets and initiatives.

Chair: 

Keith Williams

Members: 

Helen Jones

Jill Caseberry

Tom Singer

Chair: 

Tom Singer

Members: 

Helen Jones

Jill Caseberry

Chair: 

Jill Caseberry

Members: 

Helen Jones

Tom Singer

Chair: 

Helen Jones

Members: 

Jill Caseberry

Tom Singer

Key Objectives

approval;

financial plan;

responsible for the day-to-day management of the Company;

•  develops the Group’s objectives and strategy for Board 

creates and recommends to the Board an annual budget and 

Key Objectives

•  oversees the creation of customer and commercial 

strategy, approves marketing and digital creative, 

monitors performance against the implementation of 

the commercial plan, and approves investment against 

strategy;

•  delivers the annual budget and plan and executes the agreed 

• 

acts as the senior steering group for the Transformation 

Group strategy and other objectives;

identifies and executes new business opportunities and 

potential acquisitions or disposals; 

keeps the Chair informed on all important matters; and

•  manages the Group’s risks in line with the Board-approved 

risk profile.

Programme, approving and monitoring significant 

programme spend and monitoring programme risk;

•  oversees the Group’s risk management framework, 

providing assurance over risk mitigation and scanning the 

horizon for emerging risk; and

• 

approves all Group financial investment.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Chair

Key Responsibilities
•  manages and provides leadership to the Board;
•  builds an effective and complementary Board of Directors;
• 
sets the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions;
• 
facilitates and encourages active engagement in meetings, 
promoting effective relationships and open communication;
ensures effective communication with shareholders and other 
stakeholders;

• 

Senior Independent Director

Key Responsibilities
•  provides a sounding board for the Chair;
• 

holds meetings with the other Non-Executive Directors 
without the Chair at least once a year to appraise the Chair’s 
performance;
acts as an intermediary for the other Directors; and

• 

• 

ensures that the performance of individuals and of the Board as a 
whole and of its Committees is evaluated at least once a year, and 
the results are acted upon;
acts as an advisor to the Chief Executive Officer;

• 
•  meets with the Non-Executive Directors without Executive Directors 

• 
• 

• 

being present; 
facilitates the effective contribution of Non-Executive Directors; and
ensures constructive relations between Executive Directors and 
Non-Executive Directors.

is available to other Directors and shareholders in order to address 
concerns that cannot be raised through the normal channels.

Non-Executive Directors

Key Responsibilities
• 

evaluate and appraise the performance of Executive Directors 
and Senior Management against agreed targets;
•  participate in the development of the Group’s strategy;
•  monitor the financial information, risk management and 

controls processes of the Group to make sure that they are 
sufficiently robust;

•  meet regularly with senior management;

•  periodically visit Group sites, stores and Distribution Centres;
•  meet together without the Executive Directors present;
•  participate in a training programme, including store visits and 

• 

updates from management; and
formulate Executive Director remuneration and succession 
planning.

Employee Voice Director

Key Responsibilities
• 

ensures colleague feedback is brought to the attention of the 
Board to help shape and influence some of the decisions that 
are taken.

Chief Executive Officer

Executive Committee

Company Secretary

Key Responsibilities
•  works closely with the Chair, Group Chief Executive Officer 
and Board Committee Chairs in setting the rolling calendar 
of agenda items for the meetings of the Board and its 
Committees;

• 

ensures accurate, timely and appropriate information flows within 
the Board, the Committees and between the Directors and Senior 
Management; and

•  provides advice on Board matters, legal and regulatory issues, 

corporate governance, Listing Rules compliance and best practice.

113

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEOUR 
GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance Report
Composition, Succession and Evaluation

A Skilled and Experienced Board
The below graphic illustrates the number of Directors on the Board who have the relevant skills and experience alongside the  
years’ worth of experience combined.

Supply Chain: 4

Total years: 77

Corporate: 6

Total years: 107

Banking: 3

Finance: 5

Total years: 194

Marketing: 4

Cross-Functional: 6

M&A: 5

Total years: 84

retail

Total years: 111

Total years: 137

Leadership: 6

Strategy: 6

Governance: 6

Total years: 416

Retail: 6

Total 
years: 116

Customer Service: 5

Business Development/
Brand Building: 5

Digital: 5

Total years: 103

Total years: 131

Total years: 70

114

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022

Board Training Sessions

Jun 2021 Diversity and 

Inclusion
Employee voice updates

Nov 2021 ESG

ESG horizon scanning 
update from PwC and 
climate risk training

Nov 2021 Governance

Restoring Trust in Audit 
and Corporate Governance 
update from BDO

Remuneration update from 
Deloitte

Cyber
Cyber risk update

Mar 2022 Diversity and 

Inclusion
Gender Pay

Jan 2022 Diversity and 

Inclusion
Employee voice updates

Gender

 Female 50%

 Male 50%

Educational Attainment

 Level 7 – Master’s degree = 1 

 Level 6 – Bachelor’s degree = 3

 Level 5 – Higher National Diploma = 2

Diversity and Inclusion
The Group recognises the importance 
of diversity and inclusion, including 
gender and ethnicity, at all levels of the 
organisation. The Group’s Diversity Policy 
(the “Policy”) is reviewed annually and 
sets out our commitment to eliminating 
unlawful discrimination and promoting 
equality of opportunity. The Policy is 
applied to the Group, including the Board, 
and it is considered that the background 
and experience brought to the Board by 
each individual Director exemplifies and 
personifies the Board’s commitment to its 
Policy.

The Nomination Committee keeps under 
review the composition and diversity of the 
Board and the capability and capacity to 
commit the necessary time to the role in 
its recommendations to the Board. Whilst 
the Group does not apply a fixed quota on 
diversity to decisions regarding recruitment, 
the Nomination Committee considers the 
Policy and ensures we have a sufficiently 
diverse Board in terms of age, gender, 
ethnicity and educational and professional 
background and that the Board members 
work together effectively to achieve its 
objectives. The intention is to ensure the 
appointment of the most suitably qualified 
candidate to complement the Board and 
to promote diversity. Those appointed are 
deemed to be the best able to help lead 
the Company in its long-term strategy. 
At Halfords half of the Board is female, 
which exceeds the recommended target 
as published by the Hampton-Alexander 
Review (“Improving Gender Balance in 
FTSE Leadership”) in November 2017, 
and we are committed to improving ethnic 
diversity at Board and senior management 
level with a target of improving ethnicity 
on the Board by December 2023, more 
information can be found in the Nomination 
Committee Report on pages 118 to 121. 
The Board is well placed by the mixture 
of skills, experience and knowledge of its 
Directors, to act in the best interests of the 
Company and its shareholders. 

115

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Composition, Succession and Evaluation

Board Evaluation
A formal Board effectiveness review is conducted on an annual basis. This includes an assessment of the Board, its  
Committees and individual Directors.

FY21

Internal Evaluation

FY22

Internal Evaluation

FY23

External Evaluation

Evaluation Process

Step One

Step Two

Step Three

Step Four

Issued online surveys and 
cross-surveys to the Board 
members.

Received and analysed the 
feedback with the Chair 
of the Board. The Chair 
produced a note of action 
points to be addressed, 
which was circulated to the 
Board members.

The Chair of each Board 
Committee received the 
evaluation report in relation 
to their Committee, and 
time was arranged to 
consider the findings and 
agree an action plan.

Implementation and 
monitoring of the 
action plans.

The findings identified by the FY22 internal review are as follows:

Topic
ESG

Diversity within the Board

FY22 Outcomes
The Board is fully committed to the Company’s ESG strategy, and during the year under the 
Board’s direction, the business made strong progress on the key priority areas of: electrification; 
net zero commitment; diversity and inclusion; and product, packaging and waste management. 
As the regulatory landscape continues to evolve in response to climate change, supply chain 
transparency and corporate due diligence, the Board will develop its approach to ensure we 
achieve a sustainable business for all our stakeholders.

The Group is committed to providing equal opportunities to colleagues and candidates, and 
during the year has worked hard to build a strategy which develops how Halfords thinks about 
diversity, inclusivity and equal opportunities across all areas of the business. We are committed 
to creating a Board that has an appropriate level of diversity. In 2023, Helen Jones, the Senior 
Independent Director, will step down from the Board as she will reach her nine-year tenure, this 
will provide an opportunity to improve ethnic diversity on the Board in line with the Parker Review.

Transformation across the Business A key part of our transformation is the development of our digital journey which includes 
the integration of our newly acquired businesses. The Board will continue to support the 
transformation journey as we develop an omni-channel business that is agile and therefore  
able to respond fully to the ever-changing needs of our customers.

The findings identified by the FY21 external review were as follows:

Topic
Board composition

FY21 Outcomes
To ensure the Board has the right mix of skills, 
diversity and experience going forward.

Progress Made in FY22
The Nomination Committee keeps the 
composition and diversity of the Board 
constantly under review to ensure the Board 
is sufficiently diverse in terms of age, gender, 
ethnicity, experience, and educational and 
professional background. In 2023, Helen Jones, 
the Senior Independent Director, will reach the 
end of her nine-year tenure and so will step 
down from the Board. This will provide the 
opportunity to improve Board diversity in line 
with the Parker Review. 

116

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCETopic
Stakeholder oversight

FY21 Outcomes
To have more insight over suppliers and 
employee voice.

Succession and talent  
management

To ensure appropriate succession planning  
for Board and senior management.

Progress Made in FY22
We continue to work closely with our suppliers 
to foster engagement with them and develop 
long-standing relationships into the future. We 
will do this by increasing the integration and 
use of supplier score cards and working with 
them to ensure we comply with the Green 
Claims code which will enable customers to 
make greener choices.

On 13 October 2021, the Board was delighted 
to announce the appointment of Jo Hartley as 
Chief Financial Officer. She will replace Loraine 
Woodhouse when she retires in the summer 
of 2022. During the year, the Nomination 
Committee and all the Directors reviewed and 
updated the succession plans for the Board 
and the senior management team.

IR Calendar Dates

16 Jun  
2022

FY22 Prelim 
Results

7 Sept  
2022

FY23 20-week 
Trading Update

7 Sept  
2022

AGM

Risk Management and Internal Control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s risk management processes and the system 
of internal control. The Audit Committee has a delegated responsibility to keep under 
review the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control framework. 
Throughout the year, the Committee maintained oversight to ensure a robust process is in 
place to monitor and evaluate the principal risks of the group. The Group’s principal risks and 
uncertainties, and mitigating actions, are detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 72 to 78. 

The Audit Committee considers the principal and emerging risks of the business and 
reviews the mitigating controls with senior management. The Group Risk Committee 
reports on the development of the risk management framework and provides insight to the 
Audit Committee on regulatory and compliance risks.

Our process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the 
Group and assessing the effectiveness of related controls routinely identifies areas for 
improvement. The Committee has neither identified nor been advised of any failings or 
weaknesses that it has determined to be material or significant. 

16 Nov  
2022

FY23 Interim 
Results

The management of risk and review of the internal control environment is a continual 
process supported by all colleagues. The Committee supports the development of risk 
maturity and a strong control culture.

12 Jan  
2023

FY23 Q3 Trading 
Statement

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
We aim to encourage our shareholders to receive communications by electronic means, 
helping to make the Company more environmentally friendly. The information available 
on the Company’s website includes current and historic copies of the Annual Report 
and Accounts, full and half-year financial statements, market announcements, corporate 
governance information, the Terms of Reference for the Audit, Nomination, Remuneration 
and ESG Committees and the Matters Reserved for the Board.

The AGM gives all shareholders the opportunity to communicate directly with the Board 
and their participation is welcomed. It is the Company’s practice to propose separate 
resolutions on each substantial issue at the AGM. The Chair will advise shareholders on the 
proxy voting details at the meeting.

We very much hope that we will be able to once again hold our 2022 AGM in person and 
look forward to seeing shareholders on 7 September 2022. 

Tim O’Gorman
Company Secretary

15 June 2022

117

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCENomination Committee Report

The Committee successfully secured 
the appointment of Jo Hartley  
to succeed Loraine Woodhouse  
as Chief Financial Officer. 

Keith Williams
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee 
comprised:

Keith Williams (Chair)

Helen Jones

Jill Caseberry

Tom Singer

Nomination Committee  
meetings held:

3

118

Chair’s Letter
The Nomination Committee’s objective is to 
ensure that the Board comprises individuals 
with the necessary skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity to ensure that 
the Board is effective in discharging its 
responsibilities. The Committee also 
ensures that the composition and structure 
of the Board and its Committees are kept 
under constant review and nominates 
candidates for appointment as Directors 
to the Board. The Committee monitors 
and develops Board and Executive 
succession plans.

During the year, the Committee successfully 
secured the appointment of Jo Hartley 
to succeed Loraine Woodhouse as Chief 
Financial Officer. Jo joined the business on 
19 April 2022 and will be appointed as Chief 
Financial Officer on 16 June 2022 when 
Loraine retires from the role. The Committee 
also undertook an annual Board evaluation, 
the details of this internal evaluation can 
be found on page 116 in the Corporate 
Governance Report.

Looking ahead, long-term succession 
planning at Board and Executive level will 
remain a key priority of the Committee. As 
announced in last year’s annual report, we 
are committed to creating a Board that has 
an appropriate level of gender diversity and 
ethnic diversity. Helen Jones, our Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director, will 
reach her nine-year tenure in 2023 and 
will consequently step down during 2023, 
this will provide the opportunity for us to 
improve ethnic diversity on the Board in line 
with the Parker review.

By order of the Board

Keith Williams
Chair of the Nomination Committee

15 June 2022

Main Responsibilities  
of the Committee
•  Review the size, structure and 

composition of the Board and its 
Committees.

•  Ensure plans are in place for orderly 
succession to the Board and senior 
management positions.

Activities During the Year
•  Successfully completed the recruitment 

of Jo Hartley as Chief Financial Officer 
as successor to Loraine Woodhouse.

•  Continued with the progression of the 
succession and talent development 
plan, taking into account the 
recommendations of the Parker Review.

•  Lead the process for appointments 

•  Reviewed the internal FY21 Board 

by identifying and making 
recommendations on potential 
candidates to join the Board.

evaluation action plan and distributed 
the internal FY22 Board evaluation 
action plan.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE•  Reviewed the composition of the Board 

and its Committees.

•  Carried out an annual review of the 
Committee’s Terms of Reference.

•  Approved the appointment of Paul 
O’Hara as the People and Property 
Director following the resignation of 
Wendy Taylor, the Chief People Officer.

•  Recommended the re-election of the 
Board at the 2021 Annual General 
Meeting.

Areas of Focus in FY23
•  Progression of succession plans for the 
Board and senior management team.

FY22 Key Activities
•  Appointment of Jo Hartley as Chief 
Financial Officer as successor to 
Loraine Woodhouse.

•  Progression of succession and talent 

development plans.

•  Recruit a new Non-Executive Director 
from a more diverse background.

Board Appointments
On 13 October 2021, we announced that Loraine Woodhouse would be retiring 
as Chief Financial Officer in the summer of 2022, and that Jo Hartley would be 
appointed in her place. Jo joined the business on 19 April 2022 and, to ensure 
a smooth transition, Loraine will remain with the business and in post until 
16 June 2022, at which point she will step down from her role and pass her 
responsibilities to Jo.

Odgers Berndtson was appointed as advisor to the Committee in the search for 
external candidates for this role and this process was led by Keith Williams as Chair, 
together with the Committee. Odgers Berndtson does not have any other connection 
with the Company.

Jo Hartley’s Induction
• 

Introductory meetings with members of the Senior Management Team and 
Executive Committee.

•  Retail store and Autocentre visits, including an introduction to Halfords Mobile 

Expert.

•  Visit to Washford and Coventry distribution centres.

• 

In-depth teach-ins with functional experts across the business, including 
Strategy, ESG, Customer, Commercial and People Teams.

• 

Introductory meeting with Corporate Broking teams and advisors.

•  Meetings with specialist financial stakeholders, including Auditors, consultants 

and lending banks.

Prior to joining Halfords, Jo was the Group 
Chief Financial Officer for Virgin Active for 
over six years. Before that, Jo worked at 
Tesco plc in a number of finance roles in 
the UK and internationally, having qualified 
as a chartered accountant at Deloitte UK. 
Jo has extensive experience across all 
finance functions gained within consumer-
facing businesses.

119

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCENomination Committee Report

What process did the Committee go through to appoint a new Chief Financial Officer?

1 Appointed an external search 

consultancy to identify and approach 
suitable candidates.

2 Developed a detailed candidate spec 

aligned to the Group’s values and 
culture.

3 Created a long list of suitable and 

diverse candidates.

4 Commenced the interview process, 

encompassing Executive and Non-
Executive Directors.

5 Made an offer to the successful 

candidate and the relevant 
announcement made to the London 
Stock Exchange.

6 A suitable induction programme put 

in place and tailored to the successful 
candidate’s requirements.

120

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEDirector Training 
and Development
All Directors have the opportunity for 
ongoing development and support via:

•  A programme of visits to the Support 

Centre, Distribution Centres, stores and 
Autocentres.

•  Reviews with the Chair to identify any 
training and development needs.

•  Access to the Company Secretary 

for advice on governance, regulatory 
and legislative changes affecting the 
business or their duties as Director. 

•  Access to independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense.

•  Membership of the Deloitte Academy, 

a training and guidance resource for 
Boards and Directors.

Diversity and Inclusion
The Group’s Diversity Policy (“Diversity 
Policy”) sets out Halfords’ commitment to 
eliminate discrimination and to encourage 
diversity and inclusion across the Board 
of Directors and amongst all colleagues. 
Halfords’ Diversity Policy applies to all 
activities, including its role as an employer 
and as a provider of services, ensuring 
that no colleague, potential colleague, 
customer, visitor or contractor will receive 
less favourable treatment on the grounds 
of gender, race, ethnic origin, disability, 
age, nationality, national origin, sexual 
orientation, gender reassignment, marital 
or civil partnership status, pregnancy or 
maternity, religion, beliefs and social class. 

The Company does not currently publish 
specific diversity targets but, in practice, it 
has created a more balanced and diverse 
Board and Senior Management Team. Half 
of the Board comprises of women; 44% 
of the Senior Management Team is female 
and 28% of their direct reports are women. 
The Board is committed to improving 
diversity at Board and senior management 
level. In 2021 we announced in our annual 
report that we had a target of improving 
ethnic diversity on the Board by 2023. 

In this regard, the Board has recently 
appointed a well-known firm of head 
hunters to progress this appointment, 
which will need to be considered in the 
context of Helen Jones retiring as a 
Director and Senior Independent Director in 
2023. The Board is reviewing all the options 
and expects to make an appropriate 
appointment in 2023.

Board Succession
The Halfords’ Board considers succession 
planning each year in respect of both 
Director roles and the Senior Management 
Team. Senior Executives have well 
developed skills and experience to fulfil 
their roles, and their skills are constantly 
updated as new challenges arise. A key 
factor in making better decisions is that the 
business has a diverse range of Directors, 
Executives and colleagues. Diversity and 
gender positions are monitored each 
year to ensure Halfords is able to identify 
any improvements and benefits and, as 
detailed above, we have an action plan to 
ensure compliance with the Parker review 
by 2023.

Looking Ahead
Looking ahead, long-term succession 
planning at Board and Executive level will 
remain a key priority of the Committee, 
together with creating a Board that has an 
appropriate level of gender diversity and 
ethnic diversity. 

Keith Williams
Chair of the Nomination Committee

15 June 2022

Board

 Female 50%

 Male 50%

Senior Management Team

 Female 44%

 Male 56%

Senior Management  
Team  direct reports

 Female 28%

 Male 72%

121

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEESG Committee Report

Building on the strategy work that we 
undertook last year, we are pleased with 
the strong progress that we’ve made 
this year. 

Helen Jones
Chair of the ESG Committee

Chair’s Letter
During the year, the Committee’s focus has 
been to ensure the ongoing delivery against 
objectives and targets for the four priority 
areas: Electrification; Net Zero; Diversity 
and Inclusion; and Product, Packaging 
and Waste Management. We are pleased 
with the strong progress made across all 
four areas, particularly meeting our electric 
servicing target, which formed part of our 
first ESG Executive bonus target.  

Recognising the importance of managing 
and mitigating our impact on the 
environment, as well as the risks and 
opportunities we are faced with from a 
changing climate, the November 2021 ESG 
Committee meeting was extended to all 
Board and Executive members to undergo 
a climate training session. Facilitated by 
PwC, the session focused on climate risks 

and opportunities and the requirements set 
out by the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”). We are 
pleased with our first disclosure against 
the TCFD framework and see this as an 
important step forward on our journey 
to net zero. See pages 68 to 71 for more 
information.  

In addition to the two meetings held this 
year, we also met as a Board to review and 
approve the revised Global Sourcing Code. 
Along with investment in systems, the 
revised Code will support strengthening due 
diligence processes, ensuring we remain 
compliant with increasing supply chain 
transparency requirements. This is a notable 
improvement, ensuring we continue to drive 
the right behaviours and culture to deliver 
long-term sustainable growth.  

The Company’s Chair, Keith Williams, whilst 
not a member of the Committee, attends 
the meetings upon the invitation of the 
Committee Chair.

There were two Committee meetings 
held during the year and after each one, 
I reported to the Board on the key issues 
that we covered. I held informal discussions 
between Committee members and business 
leaders regularly throughout the year. 

Building on the strategy work that we 
undertook last year, we are pleased with the 
strong progress that we’ve made this year. 

As the regulatory landscape continues 
to evolve in response to climate change, 
supply chain transparency and corporate 
due diligence, we remain committed to 
evolving our approach and ensuring we 
have a sustainable business that delivers for 
all stakeholders.  

The Board remains committed to improving 
diversity at Board and senior management 
level. In line with the recommendations 
set out in the Parker Review, the Board is 
reviewing all the options and expects to 
make an appropriate appointment in 2023, 
please see page 121 for further information.

Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee 
comprised:

Helen Jones (Chair)

Jill Caseberry

Tom Singer
ESG Committee  
meetings held:

2

FY22 Key Achievements: We 
delivered strong performance against 
ESG priority issues. To highlight our 
commitment, we recruited a new 
Head of ESG and dedicated ESG 
expertise within packaging to ensure 
the successful ongoing delivery of 
our ESG strategy.

Areas of focus in FY23: Maintain 
momentum against priority ESG issues. 
As well as strengthen stakeholder 
engagement with colleagues, suppliers 
and customers to ensure our strategy 
remains effective in delivering long-
term sustainable growth.

122

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEMain Responsibilities of the Committee
•  Oversight and continued development of our ESG strategy.

•  Setting KPIs and targets and monitoring progress.

•  Ensuring the Group continues to meet stakeholder expectations.

•  Maintaining the highest possible standards of ethical trading in our supply chain. 

Activities Undertaken
During the year, the Committee:

•  Created the ESG Board, comprising members of the Senior Leadership Team, with the 

responsibility of leading ongoing ESG strategic direction.

•  Participated in climate risk and opportunity training.

•  Challenged ESG performance throughout the year. 

•  Reviewed and approved the Global Sourcing Code. 

•  Reviewed and agreed our science-based targets to strengthen short-term carbon 

reduction commitments.

• 

Inputted into and approved the TCFD statement.

•  Supported with the recruitment of the newly appointed Head of ESG.

Further information on the Group’s approach to managing ESG, performance against 
the priority areas and performance data can be found on pages 40 to 55 of the Strategic 
Report.

Looking Ahead
In FY23, our focus will be to maintain the momentum from this year and continue to deliver 
positively towards our ESG targets. We will continue to engage with stakeholders, to ensure 
our strategy and governance systems and approach remain effective. This will include 
engagement with customers to ensure we continue to respond to their needs; engagement 
with our suppliers as we roll out the revised Global Sourcing Code and begin scope 3 data 
collection; and importantly, further colleague engagement to ensure we continue to drive 
the right culture to deliver our ESG ambitions.

Helen Jones
Chair of the ESG Committee

15 June 2022

123

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report

The Committee has continued to 
play an important role in engaging 
with the management team to ensure 
the integrity of financial reporting, 
internal controls and risk management 
processes. 

Tom Singer
Chair of the Audit Committee

Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee 
comprised:

Tom Singer (Chair)

Helen Jones

Jill Caseberry

Audit Committee  
meetings held:

4

Chair’s Letter
I am pleased to present the report of the 
Audit Committee for the 52 weeks ended  
1 April 2022. 

This report describes how the Committee 
has carried out its responsibilities during 
the year. The Committee reviews financial 
reporting judgements and monitors risk and 
the effectiveness of the system of internal 
control through engagement with executive 
management, internal audit and the external 
Auditor.

During the year, the Committee considered 
several key issues, most notably:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the impact of COVID-19 and the war in 
Ukraine, and specifically whether the 
business remained a Going Concern;

the extension of the Group’s revolving 
credit facility;

judgements in respect of M&A activity 
in the year;

the carrying value of investments, 
tangible and intangible assets;

• 

• 

• 

• 

the BEIS proposals for Audit and 
Corporate Governance reform, 
considering the impact on our reporting 
and control environment;

the application of the new IFRIC in 
regards to IAS 38;

the acceleration of our business and 
financial controls programme; and

the concluded review of the legal entity 
restructure across the Group.

We announced in October that Jo Hartley 
would be joining the Halfords Board as 
Chief Financial Officer, succeeding Loraine 
Woodhouse. I would like to express my 
thanks to Loraine for her dedication and 
commitment to Halfords and I wish her well 
with her non-executive career. 

Tom Singer
Chair of the Audit Committee

15 June 2022

124

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEFY22 Key Activities
•  Reviewed and approved the Committee’s updated Terms of Reference.

•  Carried out our responsibilities as set out in the Terms of Reference, including 

reviewing the external reporting to ensure it is fair, balanced and understandable.

•  Reviewed the accounting treatment associated with the acquisitions made during 

the year.

•  Reviewed and challenged the Longer-Term Viability Statement and Going Concern 
basis of preparation in advance of approval by the Board, including a review of 
the carrying value of goodwill. This assessment was inclusive of stress testing to 
ascertain the level of headroom in the plans against possible covenant breach.

•  Review preparations for inaugural TCFD reporting 

•  Reviewed and challenged the external Auditor’s year-end and half-year reports.

•  Reviewed the statement of external Auditor’s independence.

•  Reviewed and approved the external Auditor’s audit strategy and fees.

•  Approved the non-audit fee policy.

•  Reviewed key and emerging risks and the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 

management framework.

•  Reviewed and challenged progress of the Internal Audit plan and received regular 

updates on internal control systems.

•  Review and approve Information Security Management Policy

•  Review Cyber risk and associated strategy

•  Reviewed and approved the Internal Audit Charter.

•  Received an update on the Group’s GDPR and compliance, and on health and 

safety matters.

•  Reviewed and challenged the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing procedures 

and approved the Group Whistleblowing Policy.

•  Reviewed and approved the Anti-Money Laundering Policy.

•  Reviewed and approved the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.

•  Received regular updates on the Gifts and Hospitality register.

•  Reviewed and approved the Group’s tax strategy and arrangements. 

•  Reviewed plan for Halfords response to BEIS proposals.

•  Ensured the finance function is appropriately resourced and has qualified executives 

in key positions, and that a well-managed succession planning process is in place. 

Areas of Focus
•  Continue to monitor the impact of 

macroeconomic issues upon the 
Group’s Viability and Going Concern.

•  Continue emphasis on the quality 
of financial reporting, including 
the application of accounting 
judgements.

•  Maintain focus on the adequacy 

of the control environment and 
further development of the risk 
management framework, focus on 
complying with the outcome of the 
BEIS recommendations on audit and 
governance.

The effects of COVID-19 continued 
into FY22, which, together with the war 
in Ukraine, has led to a challenging 
macroeconomic environment for UK 
consumer-facing businesses. This further 
underlines the importance of a robust risk 
management process and strong financial 
controls, key topics that have been high 
on the agenda for the Audit Committee 
in FY22. 

Halfords Group completed three 
acquisitions during the year, including that 
of Axle Group Holdings, the owner of the 
National Tyres brand. The Audit Committee 
reviewed the accounting treatment of each 
transaction, ensuring that the judgements 
were appropriate. 

The Group’s legal entity reduction exercise 
was completed during the year, which 
simplified the corporate structure and ensured 
that distributable reserves were sufficient to 
support future dividend payments. 

After the Department for Business, Energy 
and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) published 
their consultation paper on proposals for 
significant reform to UK audit and corporate 
governance in March 2021, the Audit 
Committee has stayed abreast of updates 
and reviewed Halfords’ preparedness for 
the most likely final proposals. The most 
significant impact of the BEIS proposals 
on Halfords is the likely requirement for an 
enhanced financial control environment, 
for which the Committee has overseen 
an investment in people and processes 
that will enable Halfords to meet the 
requirements within the timeframe. 

Finally, the Committee reviewed the 
company’s principal risks, ensuring that 
robust risk mitigation was in effect during 
the year and that emerging risks were 
identified and flagged appropriately. 

I would like to thank the members of the 
Committee, the management team and our 
external Auditor for the open discussions 
that take place at our meetings and their 
contribution and support during the year.

Member
Tom Singer
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry

Role
Chair
Member
Member

Attendance
4/4
4/4
4/4

Four scheduled Committee meetings were 
held during the year and attended by all 
members. After each Committee meeting, 
the Audit Committee Chair reported to the 
Board on the key issues discussed. 

Although the Company Chair, CEO and 
CFO are not members of the Committee, 
they do attend meetings regularly and so 
contribute to the work of the Committee, 
assisting with the fulfilment of its oversight 
functions.

125

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEMatters Considered in Relation 
to the Financial Statements
In order to discharge its responsibility 
to consider accounting integrity, the 
Committee carefully considers key 
judgements applied in the preparation of 
the consolidated financial statements which 
are set out on pages 167 to 167. 

The Committee has considered the 
following key accounting judgements during 
the year:

Impairment of Goodwill Associated with 
the Group’s Retail and Car Servicing 
Cash Generating Units (CGU):
•  Following several business 

combinations across both CGUs, the 
Group holds significant goodwill. There 
are a number of factors that could 
impact on the future profitability of the 
business (e.g. loss of key customers, 
change in market behaviour) and, 
therefore, there is a risk that the 
business may not meet the growth 
projections necessary to support 
the carrying value of the CGUs (see 
Note 11 on page 187 of the Financial 
Statements);

•  The Audit Committee has received 

detailed reports from Halfords’ finance 
team addressing this issue. The 
finance team has undertaken detailed 
work to consider the impairment of 
goodwill associated with the CGUs. 
Consideration has been given to 
ensuring that cash flow models, 
discount rates, sensitivity analysis and 
store and centre profitability are all 
reasonable. The Committee concluded 
that it is satisfied with the impairment 
assessment of goodwill.

Audit Committee Report

Membership and Remit of  
the Audit Committee
During the year, the members of the 
Audit Committee were considered to be 
independent Non-Executive Directors.

Tom Singer is a Non-Executive Director 
of Mediclinic International plc and was, 
until recently, the Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees at DP Eurasia 
NV. Previously, Tom served as CFO of 
InterContinental Hotels Group plc and 
Group Finance Director of British United 
Provident Association (“BUPA”), and, as 
such, is considered by the Board to have 
recent and relevant financial experience 
to chair the Committee. Each of the other 
independent Non-Executive Directors has, 
through their other business activities, 
significant experience in financial matters. 
The Audit Committee is considered to have 
competence relevant to the sector in which 
the Company operates. The effectiveness 
of the Audit Committee is reviewed at least 
annually through discussions at the Board 
and Audit Committee and through a formal 
Board survey. 

The Company’s Chair, Executive Directors, 
senior managers and key advisors are 
invited to attend meetings, as appropriate, 
in order to ensure that the Committee 
maintains a current and well-informed view 
of events within the business and reinforce 
a strong risk management culture. The 
Audit Committee meets according to the 
requirements of the Company’s financial 
calendar. The meetings of the Audit 
Committee also provide the opportunity for 
the independent Non-Executive Directors 
to meet without the Executive Directors 
present and to raise any issues of concern 
with the internal audit team and external 
Auditor. There have been four such 
meetings in the period ended 1 April 2022 
and nothing of note was reported.

Principal Responsibilities 
Financial Reporting
•  Review the interim and final financial 

statements of the Group and 
assess whether appropriate suitable 
accounting policies have been adopted, 
and whether management has made 
appropriate estimates and judgements. 
Assess the appropriateness of 
disclosures in the Annual Report and 
Accounts and ensure that it is fair, 
balanced and understandable.

126

Risk and Control Environment
•  Assist the Board in achieving its 

obligations under the UK Corporate 
Governance Code in areas of risk 
management and internal control, 
focusing particularly on compliance 
with legal requirements, accounting 
standards and the Listing Rules.

•  Review the risk management framework 
and the principal risks and mitigation 
strategies, including the investigation of 
fraudulent activity.  

Internal Audit
•  Review reports from Internal Audit on 

developments in the internal control 
framework to ensure that an effective 
system of internal financial and non-
financial control is maintained on an 
ongoing basis.

External Audit
•  Make recommendations to the Board 
on the reappointment of the external 
Auditor, including on effectiveness, 
independence, non-audit work 
undertaken (against a formal policy) and 
remuneration.

Policies
•  Approve a formal Whistleblowing Policy 
whereby colleagues may, in confidence, 
disclose issues of concern about 
possible malpractice or wrongdoings by 
any of the Group’s businesses or any of 
its employees without fear of reprisal, 
including arrangements to investigate 
and respond to any issues raised.

•  Approve the Company’s systems and 
controls for the prevention of bribery 
and corruption, including the receipt of 
any reports on non-compliance. 

•  Approve the Group’s Tax Policy and 

published tax strategy.

•  Approve the Group’s Treasury Policy, 

including foreign currency and interest 
rate exposure.

The Audit Committee has reviewed its 
Terms of Reference and its composition 
during the year and believes that both 
remain appropriate.

Copies of the full Terms of Reference are 
available on the Company’s website or on 
request from the Company Secretary.

The Terms of Reference for the Committees 
are available at www.Halfordscompany.
com/environment-social-and-governance/
governance/committees-terms-of-
reference/.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEValuation of Inventory Within the  
Retail Division:
•  With the business holding a wide 

range of stock and changing consumer 
demands, some lines will not be sold 
or will be sold at below the carrying 
value. Provisions are made to reflect 
this. Given the inherent difficulties of 
forecasting market trends, there is a 
risk that inventory provisions made will 
be inappropriate or incomplete (see 
Note 15 on page 190 of the Financial 
Statements). Management has fully 
reviewed the inventory provision in 
the current year, and believe the level 
of provisioning is appropriate. Range 
reviews are regularly undertaken to 
ensure that all discontinued inventory is 
identified; and

•  The Audit Committee has received 

detailed reports from Halfords’ finance 
team addressing this issue. The finance 
team has undertaken detailed work 
around the valuation of inventory within 
the Retail division. After consideration 
of the accuracy of the provisioning 
model, the completeness and accuracy 
of range reviews, and the reflection of 
these reviews within the provisions, the 
Committee concluded that it is satisfied 
with the accounting treatment of the 
valuation of inventory.

Impact of new IFRIC agenda decision 
regarding IAS38 Intangible Assets
During the year, the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee (IFRIC) issued a clarification on 
‘Configuration or Customisation Costs in 
a Cloud Computing Arrangement (IAS38 
Intangible Assets)’. Management undertook 
a review of their capitalisation policy and 
associated processes to ensure that the 
new guidelines have been applied correctly. 
The Audit Committee has received the 
detailed reports from Halfords’ finance 
team addressing this issue and are satisfied 
with the resulting accounting treatment.

127

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report

Non-Underlying items and Alternative 
Performance Measures
The Group recorded a net credit of £6.8m 
in Non-Underlying items in FY22, having 
recorded larger debits in the two years 
prior. This credit was driven by the release 
of a provision relating to an HMRC audit 
of National Minimum Wage practices, 
and the utilisation of provisions relating 
to the closure of stores and garages in 
FY21. The Audit Committee has reviewed 
management’s assessment of Non-
Underlying items and are satisfied that the 
correct accounting treatment has been 
applied.

Management has continued to use 
Alternative Performance Measures (“APM”) 
to provide the reader with a more insightful 
analysis of the Group’s performance. In 
particular, management has chosen to 
place greater emphasis on comparing 
FY22 performance to FY20, alongside 
the prior year FY21. This was considered 
to be appropriate given that FY21 was 
significantly disrupted by COVID-19 and 
the Government’s response to it through, 
for example, providing business rates relief. 
The Audit Committee has reviewed the use 
of APM and are satisfied this strikes an 
appropriate balance for the benefit of the 
reader of the accounts.

Halfords’ preparedness for BEIS’ 
proposed reforms to audit and  
corporate governance
The proposed reforms are wide-ranging 
and, if introduced, are likely to impact 
Halfords in several material ways. The 
Committee continues to stay abreast of 
updates from the Government and reviews 
Halfords preparedness for the reforms 
at each meeting. The most significant 
piece of reform is the likely requirement 
for enhanced internal controls and the 
associated reporting of their effectiveness. 
The Group’s response to this is well 
underway, having invested in a team of 
controls specialists to put in place Risk and 
Controls matrices and testing programmes.  

External Auditor
BDO UK LLP present their audit plan, risk 
assessment, and audit findings to the 
Committee, identifying their consideration 
of the key audit risks for the year, and the 
scope of their work. These reports are 
discussed throughout the audit cycle. 

Effectiveness of External Audit
The effectiveness of the external audit is 
considered throughout the year through, 

128

amongst other factors: assessment of the 
degree of the audit firm’s challenge of key 
estimates and judgements made by the 
business; feedback from any external or 
internal quality reviews on the audit; and 
the wider quality of communication with the 
Committee.

In addition, at its meeting in March 2022, 
the Committee reviewed the External 
Audit Planning document prepared by 
BDO. Following this, the Committee 
concluded that:

•  The overall audit approach, materiality, 

threshold, and areas of audit focus were 
appropriate to the business; and

•  The audit team possessed the 

necessary quality, expertise and 
experience to provide an independent 
and objective audit.

Approach to Appointment  
or Reappointment
BDO UK LLP was appointed as external 
Auditor to the Group in 2019 following 
a formal tender process. The Audit 
Committee considers that the relationship 
with the Auditor is working well and is 
satisfied with its independence, objectivity 
and effectiveness and has not considered 
it necessary to require BDO UK LLP to re-
tender for external audit work this year. The 
Audit Committee has recommended to the 
Board, for approval by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting on 7 September 
2022, the reappointment of BDO UK LLP 
as external Auditor. The Audit Committee 
monitors, and will continue to comply with, 
best practice and external guidance in 
respect of the frequency of audit tenders. 

Approach to Safeguarding Objectivity 
and Independence if Non-Audit Services 
are Provided
The Audit Committee has established a 
policy to ensure that any non-audit services 
delivered by the external Auditor will not 
jeopardise objectivity and independence. 
The policy is consistent with the Ethical 
Standards for Auditors.

The policy specifies:

“The external Auditor can be used to 
provide non-audit services subject to any 
non-audit engagement proposal provided 
by the external Auditor being formally 
approved by the Audit Committee before 
contractual arrangements are entered 
into, except for activities set out in a list of 
prohibited activities. Other than for these, 
for each separate service proposed to be 

provided by the external Auditor, the Group 
Chief Financial Officer will prepare a note 
either to be tabled and minuted at an Audit 
Committee meeting or to be circulated via 
email to the Audit Committee members 
and the Chief Executive Officer giving a 
description of the work to be undertaken, 
the reasons why the external Auditor is 
involved in the proposal and how objectivity 
and independence has, and is seen to be, 
safeguarded.

In addition, the fees for any proposal for 
non-audit services will not exceed 70% 
of the three-year average statutory audit 
fees when taken into consideration with 
total fees for non-audit services already 
committed in the financial year.

Consent is required from the Audit 
Committee Chair, on behalf of the Audit 
Committee, before the external Auditor can 
be engaged for non-audit services.”

In addition, the external Auditor follows 
its own ethical guidelines and continually 
reviews its audit team to ensure that its 
independence is not compromised.

An analysis of the fees earned by the 
external Auditor is disclosed in Note 3 on 
page 180 to the Financial Statements.

Role and Effectiveness  
of Internal Audit
Internal Audit follows an annual risk-
based programme of audits to review the 
effectiveness of the control environment. 
The Audit Committee reviews the annual 
audit programme for coverage and may 
revise it according to changing business 
circumstances or requirements. The 
Audit Committee ensures that there are 
sufficient resources to undertake the audit 
programme.

The Head of Internal Audit attends each 
Committee meeting, providing a summary 
of audit findings and an update on progress 
against the plan. The Committee also 
reviews the status of implementation of 
audit recommendations ranked by age and 
level of risk to the business. All internal 
audit reports are shared upon completion 
with the external Auditor. Internal audits 
are financial and non-financial and during 
the year included Cyber Security, Data 
Governance, Supplier Management, 
Financial Controls and Health & Safety 
Framework.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEThe Audit Committee has requested that 
anti-bribery and corruption safeguards are 
periodically reviewed by Internal Audit.

Internal Control and  
Risk Management
The Board is responsible for the Group’s 
risk management processes and the system 
of internal control. The Audit Committee 
contributes to this purpose by providing 
oversight and challenge to the Group’s risk 
management framework. A newly formed 
Executive Risk Committee reports to the 
Audit Committee on the risk management 
framework, providing insight on principal 
and emerging risks, risk appetite and 
ongoing updates on regulatory and 
compliance risk. 

At each meeting during the year, the 
Committee received a presentation on the 
Group’s control framework in preparation 
for changes in the UK’s governance and 
reporting.

Further details of the Group’s internal 
control and risk management framework  
are set out on pages 72 to 77.

CMA Order 2014
Statement of Compliance 
The Group confirms that it was compliant 
with the provisions of The Statutory 
Audit Services for Large Companies 
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of 
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 
during the financial year ended 1 April 2022.

Tom Singer
Chair of the Audit Committee

15 June 2022

The Head of Internal Audit reports to the 
Chief Financial Officer but maintains direct 
and regular communication with the Audit 
Committee Chair outside of Committee 
meetings.

The Audit Committee is satisfied that 
the Internal Audit team has the quality, 
experience, and expertise appropriate for 
the business.

Alongside the Internal Audit programme, the 
team also continued to drive the Group’s 
risk management framework, with key areas 
of progress outlined below. Internal Audit 
reports to the Chief Financial Officer but 
maintains direct and regular communication 
to the Audit Committee Chair outside of 
Committee meetings. 

The Audit Committee is satisfied that 
the Internal Audit team has the quality, 
experience, and expertise appropriate for 
the business.

Whistleblowing
A Whistleblowing Policy and procedure 
(the “Policy”) enables colleagues to 
report concerns on matters affecting 
the Group or their employment, without 
fear of recrimination. Posters publicising 
whistleblowing channels are distributed to 
all stores, Autocentres, Distribution Centres 
and the Support Centre.

The Policy was reviewed and approved by 
the Audit Committee and the Company 
Secretary provides the Audit Committee 
with a regular summary of whistleblowing 
contacts and resolutions.

Anti-Bribery and  
Corruption Policy
The Group’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption 
Policy statement reinforces that the 
Halfords Board is committed to conducting 
its business affairs in a way that ensures 
it does not engage in or facilitate any form 
of corruption. It is Halfords’ policy to 
prohibit all forms of corruption amongst its 
colleagues, suppliers and any associated 
parties acting on its behalf. The Group 
has a detailed Anti-Bribery and Corruption 
Policy and maintains a Gifts and Hospitality 
Register. Anti-bribery expectations are 
set out in standard purchasing terms and 
conditions. Face-to-face and online training 
has been provided to colleagues to raise 
awareness of anti-bribery and corruption 
legislation.

129

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Chair’s Letter

Another strong performance  
for the Group, against a  
challenging backdrop. 

Jill Caseberry
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee 
comprised:

Jill Caseberry (Chair)

Helen Jones

Tom Singer

Remuneration Committee  
meetings held:

5

130

Chair’s Letter
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, 
I am pleased to present the Remuneration 
Report for the financial period ended  
1 April 2022.

The Report consists of three sections:

•  A summary of the pay outcomes for 
FY22, and our approach for FY23;

•  A summary of our Directors’ 

Remuneration Policy – The Company’s 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the 
“Policy”) was approved at the 2020 
Annual General Meeting. A copy 
of our full Policy is available on our 
website; and

•  The annual Directors’ Remuneration 

Report – this summarises the 
remuneration outcomes for FY22 and 
explains how we intend to apply the 
Remuneration Policy in FY23. 

FY22 Key Achievements
During FY22 we reverted to a more normalised 
approach to setting performance measures 
following changes in FY21 in light of the impact 
of COVID-19.

A pay review was undertaken of our hourly 
paid colleagues in retail, the new adult rate 
increased to £10 per hour, which is 50p 
over the National Minimum Wage rate.

Areas of focus in FY23
During FY23 we will continue to monitor the 
approach to remuneration to ensure that 
it remains aligned with our strategy and 
operational focus.

We will continue to monitor the impact of 
rising inflation on our colleagues.

2020 Directors’  
Remuneration Policy
At the 2020 AGM we put forward our 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the 
“Policy”) to shareholders. The Policy was 
largely based on the same principles as 
the 2017 Directors’ Remuneration Policy; 
however, the Committee made a number 
of changes to reflect the introduction of the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 
“Code”) and to align with best practice.

We were pleased that over 97% of 
shareholders voted in support of the policy 
and the Committee believes it remains 
appropriate in supporting the Company’s 
execution of the strategy and long-term 
shareholder value creation. As a result, no 
changes have been made to the Policy and, 
accordingly, we are not seeking approval  
for a new Policy this year.

Performance in the Year
Our Group results in FY22 were very strong, 
with underlying profit before tax of £89.8m, 
representing growth of £36.2m versus 
FY20 (pre-pandemic). This is particularly 
impressive given the macro-headwinds that 
were present throughout the year.

In the UK, we started the year attempting 
to return to some form of “post-pandemic” 
normality, but the reality was that COVID-19 
still very much disrupted FY22. Not only did 
illness and self-isolation impact many of 
our colleagues, but we also saw significant 
supply chain disruption, particularly from 
products and componentry shipped from 
countries still feeling the impact of peak 
COVID-19.

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEThe annual bonus will continue to be based 
80% on financial measures (Group profit 
before tax – 50%, Group revenue – 15%, 
Operating Cash Flow – 15%) and 20% 
on strategic metrics (NPS, Employee 
Engagement, Group Services-Related Sales 
and ESG, all equally weighted). Last year 
we introduced an Environmental, Social and 
Governance (ESG) measure to our annual 
bonus scheme which was well received by 
our stakeholders and this will continue to be 
included this year. 

In light of the macroeconomic uncertainty, 
the Committee is currently reviewing the 
performance measures and targets for the 
2022 PSP awards. Performance measures 
and targets will be disclosed in the RNS 
announcement at the time of award. It is 
the Committee’s intention that TSR and 
EPS will continue to be included as key 
measures of profit progress and shareholder 
value creation.

Further details of the performance 
measures for the FY23 annual bonus are set 
out on page 146.

The Committee remains mindful of the 
increasing shareholder expectation that 
incentive outturns should be carefully 
considered to ensure that they reflect 
the underlying financial and non-financial 
performance of the Group, as well as 
the experience of our stakeholders and 
colleagues. Therefore, as is the case in 
prior years, the Committee evaluated 
performance in the round against a range 
of factors to assess whether the level 
of annual bonus and PSP payout was 
appropriate.

Given the strong performance of the 
Group and the individual performance of 
our Executive Directors, the Committee 
felt comfortable that the outturns were 
appropriate. The Committee, therefore, 
determined that no changes needed to 
be made for the formulaic outcome nor 
adjustments were required based on the 
share price, and the pay-outs were approved.

Remuneration for FY23
Having reviewed the structure of our 
incentive awards, it was agreed that the 
overall approach to the annual bonus and 
PSP will remain largely unchanged for 
FY23. The maximum incentive opportunities 
will remain at 150% of base salary for the 
annual bonus and 200% of base salary for 
the PSP.

I’d like to extend my sincere thanks to all 
of our amazing colleagues who worked 
tirelessly throughout the year to keep 
each other and our customers safe, whilst 
continuing to provide record customer 
service levels.

As we enter FY23, we see new challenges 
emerging – this time, in the way of 
unprecedented inflation and the worst cost 
of living crisis for a generation. We will 
inevitably see some impact in our more 
discretionary, high value product areas. 
That said, these conditions only serve to 
underline the importance of our strategic 
direction towards becoming an increasingly 
consumer and B2B focused motoring 
services business, with a greater proportion 
of needs-based revenue, generating more 
predictable returns.

The performance measures in FY23 reflect 
our desire to continue this strategic journey, 
as we remain convinced it is the right one.

Remuneration in the Year
For FY22, we were pleased to be able 
to revert back to our more normalised 
approach to performance measures which 
are considered to be more reflective of 
our ongoing strategy and our Group’s key 
strategic KPIs. Further detail is set out 
below and on pages 56 to 58.

The annual bonus was assessed against 
underlying Group profit before tax – 50%, 
Group revenue – 15%, Operating Cash 
Flow – 15% and strategic metrics (NPS, 
Employee Engagement, Group Services-
Related Sales and ESG – all equally 
weighted) – 20%. 

During the year, Group profit before tax was 
£89.8m, Group revenue was £1,369.6m and 
Operating cash flow was £101.0m.

Taking into account the strong financial and 
non-financial performance delivered during 
the year, the Remuneration Committee 
determined that the Executive Directors 
would receive annual bonuses of 79.37% 
of maximum. Consistent financial metrics 
were applicable across all central bonus 
schemes.

The 2019 Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) 
also performed very strongly with vesting 
at 100% reflecting our excellent progress 
in delivering the strategy and value for 
shareholders over the past three years. All 
our measures vested in full - EPS (50% of 
award), Revenue (25% of award) and Free 
Cash Flow (25% of award). 

131

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Chair’s Letter

Concluding Remarks
I hope that you find the report clear, 
transparent and informative. The Committee 
has sought to promote a remuneration 
environment that strongly aligns the 
commercial direction of the Group with the 
interests of shareholders, whilst reflecting 
best practice developments and market 
trends.

I look forward to your support on the FY22 
annual Directors’ Remuneration Report at 
the Annual General Meeting. 

Jill Caseberry
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

15 June 2022

Changes to Executive Directors
As announced in October 2021, Loraine 
Woodhouse will retire from the Board during 
the summer, having served as our Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO) for the past four 
years. I would like to take this opportunity 
to thank Loraine for her integral support 
over the last few years, particularly during 
the COVID-19 pandemic where she 
demonstrated exceptional leadership. 

Loraine’s departure terms will be 
consistent with the shareholder-approved 
Remuneration Policy. In respect of her 
outstanding share awards, she will be 
treated as a good leaver with all awards 
being subject to performance and time 
pro-rating, vesting at the normal time in line 
with plan rules. She will also be expected 
to comply with the post-employment 
shareholding requirement for two years  
after her departure.

In April 2022, we were delighted to welcome 
Jo Hartley to the business. Jo will be 
assuming the role of CFO on 16 June 2022 
when Loraine retires from the role. Jo was 
appointed on a salary of £395,000 and her 
pension contribution has been set in line with 
the wider workforce at 3% of salary. For the 
first year of her appointment, her incentive 
opportunities have been set at a lower level 
to her predecessor at 125% of salary and 
150% of salary for the annual bonus and 
PSP respectively. Subject to her personal 
performance, the current intention is that her 
maximum opportunities will be increased 
in line with the Remuneration Policy and 
her predecessor. Upon appointment, she 
also received a like-for-like cash payment 
of £112,000 to replace a bonus she was 
required to repay on cessation of previous 
employment. The Committee recognises that 
Jo’s base salary is set at a level above the 
previous CFO’s salary but the Committee 
considers this appropriate taking into 
account the level of Jo’s fixed pay in her 
previous role which was at a similar level to 
that which she will receive at Halfords.

Further details of Loraine’s and Jo’s 
remuneration terms can be found on 
page 144. 

132

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

 halfords.annualreport2022.com

133

 
Remuneration Committee Report
Remuneration at a Glance

At Halfords, the reward framework is consistent across all colleague 
populations – although benefit levels vary to reflect market salary and 
benefits benchmarks across all roles.

Colleagues Managers

Senior 
Managers

Executive 
Team

Element

Salary

Pension

Paid holiday

Share plans

Bonus/incentives

Death in service

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

Car allowance

Job need

Private medical

✗

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

Reward at Halfords 
underpinned by our values

one halfords  
family

wow our  
customers

be better  
every day

pride in  
expertise

Why is Reward Structured Differently at Senior Levels?
The Corporate Governance Code protects the interests of shareholders by ensuring that 
reward is structured in a way that ensures executives make the right long-term decisions 
for the business. As a consequence, a high proportion of executive reward is directly 
linked to long-term performance, resulting in ‘variable pay’ which only pays out when the 
Company does well. The Executive Directors participate in two variable reward plans as 
follows (further details can be found on pages 137 to 149):

Typical Fixed versus 
Variable Pay

Colleagues

Annual Bonus

Targets are assessed over the financial year (a 
proportion of any payment is deferred for three years 
after payment).

Performance  
Share Plan

Targets are assessed over three financial years. 
Vested awards are subject to a two-year holding 
period.

 Variable 

 Fixed

Executive

 Variable 

 Fixed

134

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEExecutive Directors’ Remuneration

Single Total Figure of Remuneration  
for Executive Directors 
for the year ended 1 April 2022

Fixed pay comprises base salary, benefits and pension. 
Variable pay comprises of the annual bonus and PSP award. 
Further information on the single figure of remuneration can 
be seen on page 140. 

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

 Fixed pay
 Annual bonus
 PSP

£3,146k

£1,788k

£2,016k

£679k

£679k

£1,147k

£435k

£433k

CEO (Graham Stapleton)

CFO (Loraine Woodhouse)

Aligning Pay with Performance

Key Performance 
Indicator
2021/22 Annual Bonus*
Underlying Group PBT

Group revenue

Result

£79.6m

£1,314.0m

Operating cash flow

£101.0m

Group NPS

Group services-related 
sales (£m)
Group Colleague 
Engagement
ESG metric

2019 PSP
EPS growth

68.4%

£476.2m

81%

86.6%

35.5p

Group revenue growth

£1,369.6m

Free cash flow

£185.1m

* Excluding government support and acquisition profit.

 Below threshold target

 Between threshold and stretch target

 At or above stretch target

Annual Bonus and Long-Term Plan Incentives Outcomes 
The charts below show the results of the performance targets for the annual bonus and PSP. Further information about the annual 
bonus is shown on page 140 and about the PSP on page 141.

2021/22 Annual Bonus 

100%

20%

15%

15%

79%

14%

15%

50%

50%

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0

100%

25%

100%

25%

25%

25%

50%

50%

2019 PSP

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0

Maximum

Actual

Maximum

Actual

 Non-financial measures
 Revenue

 Operating cash flow
 Profit before tax

 Free cash flow
 Group revenue growth
 Underlying EPS growth

135

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Remuneration at a Glance

Aligning Our Performance Measures to Our Strategy
Over the past few years, our strategy has remained unchanged with motoring and cycling products remaining at the core of our 
proposition. However, as we continue to evolve into a consumer and B2B services-focused business, we placed greater emphasis  
on motoring, generating higher and more sustainable financial returns.

As such, we have sought to ensure that the performance measures for our incentive awards reflect our strategic ambitions. The table 
below provides a summary of our alignment.  

Alignment to Strategy

Alignment to 
Our Stakeholders’ Interests

Annual Bonus Bonus

Underlying  
Group PBT

•  PBT is one of our main KPIs assessing the profitability of our 

business.

Customer NPS

•  As our business evolves to be more consumer and B2B  

services-focused, this measure focuses on our commitment  
to customer service both in Retail and Autocentres.   

ESG

•  We are committed to an ambitious ESG agenda and strategy  
that works towards promoting electrification, reducing plastics 
from packaging and promoting diversity and inclusion across 
the Group.

Performance Share Plan

Relative TSR

•  Aligns management with the wider shareholder experience.

EPS

•  EPS is a measure of our investment thesis and indicates whether 
we are achieving our aim to manage revenues, margins and 
invest in long-term growth.

Group-services 
related sales

Key to stakeholders:

•  Sales are a key indicator of a retailer’s trading and performance. 

 ESG   

 Financial  

 Customers  

 Shareholder

For details of how our Remuneration Policy aligns with the UK Corporate Governance Code, please see page 122 of the 2020 Annual 
Report and Accounts.

136

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy Summary Report
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM. The full Policy is available on the Company’s website, 
but as context for the rest of this report, the main elements of the Policy, as well as how the Policy was implemented during the year and 
how it will be implemented for FY23, are summarised below:

Elements
Base salary

Objective
To attract and retain 
management of a 
high calibre.

Key features
Reviewed annually with increases 
effective from 1 October. Salary 
increases generally in line with 
wider employees.

Benefits

Pension

Provide market 
competitive benefits 
consistent with the 
role.

Set at an appropriate level taking 
into account the individual’s 
circumstances, market practice 
and other employees in the Group.

To provide individuals 
with retirement 
arrangements.

Directors eligible for defined 
employer contribution, payments 
into a personal fund and/or a cash 
allowance in lieu of pension.

Total contribution capped at 15% 
of salary for Graham Stapleton and 
Loraine Woodhouse.

Contributions for Graham Stapleton 
will be aligned with the maximum 
employer pension contribution 
available to the majority of the 
workforce from 1 April 2023.

New Executive Director’s pension 
contribution is to be aligned with 
the wider workforce.
Maximum opportunity of 150% of 
salary with one-year performance 
period.

One-third of any award is deferred 
into shares for three years. Malus 
and clawback provisions apply.

Annual 
bonus

Incentivise the 
achievement of 
annual financial 
targets and key 
strategic objectives.

Implementation in FY22
Graham Stapleton: £575,710

Loraine Woodhouse: 
£369,250

Increased by 1.8% in line with 
the increases awarded across 
the wider workforce with 
effect from 1 October 2021.

Executive Directors received 
benefits in relation to a 
car plus fuel or a cash 
allowance, private health 
insurance, life assurance.
Executive Directors received 
cash allowances of 15%  
of salary.

Implementation in FY23
Salaries will next be reviewed 
with effect from 1 October 
2022 and it is expected that 
any increase will be in line 
with the increase received 
for the wider workforce.

Jo Hartley’s salary was set at 
£395,000 upon appointment.
No changes proposed.

Graham Stapleton: 15%  
of salary.

Loraine Woodhouse: 15%  
of salary.

Jo Hartley: 3% of salary  
(in line with workforce).

Based on 80% financial 
measures and 20% delivery 
of strategic measures (full 
details on page 140).

Graham Stapleton: 150% of 
salary.

Loraine Woodhouse: 150% 
of salary.

Both financial and non-
financial performance was 
strong in the year and the 
bonus paid out at 79.37%.

Jo Hartley: 125% of salary 
(first year of appointment).

For 2022/23 measures will 
be 80% financial: 

•  Underlying Group PBT 

(50%), 

•  Group revenue (15%) 

•  Operating cash 
flow (15%) 

20% non-financial measures
•  Group NPS (5%)

•  Group services-related 

sales (£m) (5%)

•  Group Colleague 
Engagement (5%)

•  ESG metric (5%)

137

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Remuneration at a Glance

Implementation in FY22
Graham Stapleton and 
Loraine Woodhouse were 
granted awards of 200% of 
salary in the year.

Awards granted in October 
2021 were based on:

•  EPS growth 50% 

•  Group service-related 

revenue 20%

•  Relative TSR vs the 

FTSE All Share General 
Retailers Index 30%

Targets are disclosed  
on page 141.
Executive Directors were 
subject to a 200% of salary 
shareholding guideline.

Implementation in FY23
Graham Stapleton: 200% of 
salary.

Jo Hartley: 150% of salary 
(first year of appointment).

FY23 awards will be based 
on: 

•  EPS growth 50% 

•  Group services-related 

revenue 20% 

•  Relative TSR vs the 

FTSE All Share General 
Retailers Index 30%

No change.

Elements
Performance 
Share Plan

Objective
Align Executive 
Directors’ interests 
with those of our 
shareholders by 
incentivising them to 
deliver the Company 
strategy and to 
create a sustainable 
business and 
maximise returns to 
shareholders.

Key features
Maximum opportunity of 200% of 
salary.

Three-year performance period.

Two-year holding period  
after vesting.

Malus and clawback provisions 
apply.

Shareholding 
guidelines

Align individuals with 
shareholders.

Executive Directors are expected to 
build and retain a shareholding with 
a value equal to at least 200% of 
their annual base salary.

Expectation that 75% of any 
post-tax shares that vest from 
incentive plans are retained until 
the guideline is met.

Executive Directors will normally be 
expected to maintain a minimum 
shareholding of 200% of salary (or 
actual shareholding if lower) for two 
years following stepping down as 
an Executive Director.

Structure and Content of the Remuneration Report
This Remuneration Report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Group (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (the “Regulations”). This report meets 
the requirements of the UK Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. 

The information set out below represents auditable disclosures referred to in the Independent Auditor’s Report on pages 154 to 161, as 
specified by the UK Listing Authority and the Regulations.

Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee consisted of:

Jill Caseberry (Chair)
Helen Jones
Tom Singer

Five scheduled Committee meetings were held during the year and were attended by all relevant members at the time of the meeting.  
After each Committee meeting, the Remuneration Committee Chair reported to the Board on the key issues that had been discussed.  
A number of informal discussions were also held with the Committee members throughout the year when the need arose.

138

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEActivities During the Year
During the year, the Policy operated as 
intended. The Committee undertook the 
following activities: 

• 

reviewed and approved the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report published in the 
FY21 Annual Report and Accounts;

•  discussed and approved incentive 

outcomes for FY22;

•  approved grants under the Company’s 

share schemes;

•  considered the approach to 

implementing remuneration policy 
for FY22, including setting Executive 
Director and Non-Executive Director 
salaries from 1 October 2021; 

reviewing considering and setting the 
approach to performance measures 
for the FY22 annual bonus and 
performance share plans;

reviewed the mechanics and assets of 
the Employee Benefit Trust and hedging 
arrangements;

• 

• 

•  discussed and approved remuneration 

• 

• 

• 

• 

arrangements for the Executive 
management team below the Board;

reviewed the Committee’s Terms of 
Reference;

reviewed and approved the Company’s 
share plan rules to ensure compliance 
with UK GDPR;

reviewed remuneration arrangements 
for the wider workforce and took 
these into account when considering 
Executive pay; and 

reviewed and approved the 
appointment of remuneration advisors 
and set the appropriate fee.

Shareholder Dialogue
The voting outcome from the 2020 AGM 
reflected very strong individual and 
institutional shareholders’ support for the 
revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
(“Policy”). We consulted extensively with 
shareholders prior to introducing the revised 
Policy. Furthermore, the voting outcome 
from the 2021 AGM showed strong support 
for our FY21 Directors’ Remuneration 
Report.

The following table sets out the votes cast 
at the 2020 AGM in respect of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, and the votes cast 
at the 2021 AGM in respect of the FY21 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

% of 
votes 
For

% of 
votes 
Against

96.86%

3.14%

97.58%

2.42%

FY21 Directors’ 
Remuneration 
Report*
FY20 Directors’ 
Remuneration 
Policy†

*  63,020 votes (0.04% of votes) were withheld in 

relation to this resolution.

† 40,378 votes (0.03% of votes) were withheld in 

relation to this resolution.

We continue to be mindful of the 
views of our shareholders and other 
stakeholders and encourage discussion 
with shareholders on any issue related to 
executive remuneration.  

In the event of a substantial vote against 
a resolution in relation to Directors’ 
remuneration, we would seek to understand 
the reasons for any such vote to determine 
appropriate actions and detail any such 
actions in response to it in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. 

Advisors and Other Attendees
During the year, the Committee has been 
supported by Wendy Taylor, Chief People 
Officer, together with Tim O’Gorman, 
Company Secretary (who acts as secretary 
to the Committee). The Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer also 
attend Committee meetings on occasion, 
at the request of the Committee; they 
are never present when their own 
remuneration is discussed. In carrying 
out its responsibilities, the Committee is 
authorised to obtain the advice of external 
independent remuneration consultants and 
is solely responsible for their appointment, 
retention and termination. During the year, 
the Committee has taken advice from 
Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”), which advised 
on remuneration reporting, share option 
evaluations and other remuneration matters. 
Deloitte also provided unrelated advice 
on debt advisory work, tax services and 
legal support during the year. Total fees 
paid to Deloitte in respect of remuneration 
advice were £43,500 charged on a time and 
materials basis.

Deloitte is a founding member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and 
adheres to the Remuneration Consultants 
Group Code of Conduct when providing 
services. The Committee considers 
Deloitte’s advice independent and 
impartial, and is also satisfied that the 
Deloitte engagement team that advises 
the Remuneration Committee does not 
have connections with the Company 
or its Directors that might impair their 
independence. The Committee considered 
the potential for conflicts of interest 
and judged that there were appropriate 
safeguards against such conflicts.

WTW (previously known as Willis Towers 
Watson) also provided the Committee with 
executive salary market data. WTW is also a 
signatory of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group Code of Conduct. Fees paid to WTW 
for this advice were £4,125 charged on a 
time and materials basis. WTW also provide 
insurance broking services and employee 
benefits services to the Group.

139

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration 

How the Remuneration Policy was Implemented in FY22 – Executive Directors
Single Remuneration Figure (Audited)

Base 
Salary 
(£)
570,619
365,985

Benefits
(£)
22,767
12,510

Pension
(£)
85,593
54,898

Other1
(£)
–
–

Total 
Fixed
(£)
678,979
433,393

Bonus
(£)

PSP
(£)
679,352 1,787,7132
435,723 1,146,6012

Total 
Variable
(£)
2,467,065
1,582,324

Total 
“Single 
Figure” 
(£)
3,146,045
2,015,716

560,526
359,512

20,816
12,517

84,079
53,927

377
377

665,798
426,333

777,730 1,255,1913
852,6243
498,820

2,032,921
1,351,444

2,698,719
1,777,777

2021/22
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
2020/21
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse

1. 

In December 2020, Graham Stapleton and Loraine Woodhouse each received a working from home payment of £377, in line with all Support Centre 
Colleagues.

2.  For 2021/22, the 2019/20 PSP has been valued based on the average share price during the three-month period to 1 April 2022 of £2.978 and a vesting 

outcome of 100% as referenced on page 141. The share price used to determine the level of award was £1.696; therefore, of the vested amount £1.2824 
relates to share price appreciation over the performance period. No discretion has been exercised in relation to share price changes.

3.  For 2021/22, the 2018/19 PSP value has been restated to reflect the share price at the date of vesting of £3.88 and a vesting outcome of 84.9%. No 

discretion has been exercised in relation to share price changes.

FY22 Annual Bonus
The annual bonuses for FY22 for the Executive Directors were based as follows:
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer

Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse 

80% financial measures and 20% delivery of 
strategic measures

The targets and performance against these are set out below:

Performance measures for  
FY22 annual bonus*
Financial Measures
Profit before tax (50%)
Operating cash flow (15%)1
Revenue (15%)
Strategic Measures
NPS (5%)2
Services-related sales (5%)
Employee engagement (5%)

ESG (5%)

Threshold 
(15% 
payable)

Target 
(50% 
payable)

Maximum 
(100% 
payable)

FY22  
outturn

% maximum 
bonus 
achieved

80%

20%

£65.7m
£57.2m
£1,397.6m

£69.2m
£59.2m
£1,440.8m

£77.4m
£71.0m
£1,484.0m

£78.6m
£101.0m
£1,326.5m

–
–

 67.2%
£500.9m
76%

67.7%
£515.9m
78%

68.4%
£476.2m
81%
See targets and summary of performance 
below

100%
100%
0%

100%
0%
100%

86.6%

1.  Operating cash flow here is defined as EBITDA plus the movement in average working capital in FY22 compared to the prior year.

2. 

In order for the NPS target to be met, both the Retail and Autocentres scores must be achieved. NPS achievement is based on P12 exit numbers.

*   Excluding government support and acquisition profit.

ESG Measure (5% of award)
The ESG portion of the annual bonus was based on an assessment of progress against key objectives in this area. For target performance, 
electrification targets were set for both Retail (30%) and Autocentres (50%). Maximum performance was assessed against the first-year delivery  
of our multi-year programmes, including our Group inclusion policy and recommendations from the packaging review.

The Committee reflected on the Group’s performance against the above targets. It also took into consideration our wider diversity and inclusion 
(“D&I”) ambitions such as the development of our overall D&I strategy, the launch of our colleague network groups and the delivery of a masterclass 
to our senior leaders in D&I (50 senior leaders).

Overall Performance
The performance in the year is summarised on page 130.

140

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEPerformance Outcomes for 2019 PSP Awards

Metric
Underlying EPS growth – CAGR
Group revenue growth – CAGR
Free Cash Flow (aggregate FY20 to FY22)
Total

* Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum.

Threshold 
targets 
(25% 
vesting)*
5.0%
3.5%
£125m

Maximum 
targets 
(100% 

vesting)* Performance
13.2%
6.4%
£185.1m

10.0%
6.0%
£165m

Estimated % 
total award 
vesting
100%
100%
100%
100%

Weighting
50%
25%
25%
100%

As with the annual bonus, the Committee retains the discretion to adjust the PSP vesting outcome if it is not considered to be reflective 
of underlying financial or non-financial performance of the business or the performance of the individual or where the outcome is not 
considered appropriate in the context of the experience of shareholders or other stakeholders.

The Committee considered the outcome in the context of the business and determined that no changes to the formulaic outcomes  
were required.

Benefits
Benefits include payments made in relation to a car plus fuel or a cash allowance, private health insurance, life assurance and a driver.

Pension
Pension payments represent contributions made either to defined contribution pension schemes or as a cash allowance. Graham 
Stapleton and Loraine Woodhouse both received a contribution of 15% of base salary. Pension contributions/allowances for the  
Executive Directors in role will be aligned with the maximum employer pension contribution available to the majority of the workforce  
from 1 April 2023.

Share Awards Granted During the Year (Audited) 
Performance Share Plan
During the period, the following awards were granted to the Executive Directors under the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) as follows:

Graham Stapleton

Date 
of award
7 October 2021

Loraine Woodhouse

7 October 2021

Type 
of award
Nil cost option
(0p exercise price)
Nil cost option
(0p exercise price)

1.  These awards were based on 200% of salary.

Maximum 
face 
value of 
award2 
£1,131,060

Threshold 
vesting
 (% of award)
25%

Number 
of shares1 
387,216

248,353

£725,440

25%

Performance 
period
3 April 2021 to 
29 March 2024
3 April 2021 to 
29 March 2024

2.  Based on the average mid-market price on three preceding days of the awards of £2.921 on 7 October 2021. 

Performance Conditions
The performance conditions and targets for PSP awards granted during FY22 are as follows:

Award
(200% of salary)

100% vesting
Straight-line vesting

25% vesting
0% vesting

Underlying EPS 
growth – CAGR
(50% of the award)
12%
Between 5%
 and 12%

Relative TSR
(30% of the award)
Upper quartile
Between market 
median and upper 
quartile
Market median
Below 5% Below market median

5%

Group services 
-related sales
(total of sales for 
FY22 to FY24)
(20% of the award)
£617.0m
Between £586.2m
 and £617.0m

£586.2m
Below £586.2m

The award shares that vest will become exercisable in 2024. The shares that vest will be subject to a two-year holding period. 

141

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration

Deferred Bonus Plan
During the period, the following awards were granted to the Executive Directors under the Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”) as follows:

Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse

Date of 
award
30 June 2021
30 June 2021

Number of 
shares1
60,121
38,560

Maximum 
face value of 
award2
£259,242
£166,271

Vesting 
30 June 2024–30 June 2025
30 June 2024–30 June 2025

1.  One third of the FY21 bonus was deferred into shares for a period of three years. These awards are not subject to further performance conditions.

2.  Based on the average mid-market price on the date of the award of £4.312 on 30 June 2021. 

Outstanding Share Awards (Audited)
Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
The following summarises outstanding awards under the PSP:

Grant 
price5
(£)

Awards 
held 
3 April 
2021
3.1970 381,040
1.696 585,611
2.425 458,162
2.921
–
3.079 258,832
1.696 375,598
2.425 293,855
–
2.921

Awarded 
during 
the 
period
–
–
–
387,216
–
–
–
248,353

Dividend 
reinvest-
ment6
8,073
14,615
11,434
3,376
5,484
9,374
7,333
2,165

Forfeited 
during 
the 
period
57,538
–
–
–
39,084
–
–
–

Lapsed 
during 
the 
period
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Award 
date
5 Oct 20181
20 Sept 20192
16 Oct 20203
7 Oct 20214
9 Nov 20181
20 Sept 20192
16 Oct 20203
7 Oct 20214

Exercised 
during 
the 
period

Awards 
Perform-
held 
Holding 
ance period 
1 April 
period to
years to 
2022
2 Apr 2023
2 Apr 2021
– 331,575
– 600,226
1 Apr 2024
1 Apr 2022
– 469,596 31 Mar 2023 31 Mar 2025
– 390,592 29 Mar 2024 29 Mar 2026
2 Apr 2023
2 Apr 2021
– 225,232
– 384,972
1 Apr 2024
1 Apr 2022
– 301,188 31 Mar 2023 31 Mar 2025
– 250,518 29 Mar 2024 29 Mar 2026

Graham 
Stapleton

Loraine 
Woodhouse

1.  FY19 awards are subject 50% to underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 1.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 6.0% p.a. growth), 25% to Group Revenue 
Growth targets (25% vesting for 3.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 8% p.a. growth), and 25% subject to Free Cash Flow (25% vesting for £125m, 100% 
vesting for £165m). In addition, any vesting of the PSP will be subject to an underpin whereby the net debt to EBITDA ratio remains below 1.5 times on 
average for the three years of the plan. The performance targets for this award were met based on performance for FY21 and 84.9% of the award vested 
in FY21 and 15.1% was forfeited. A two-year deferral period was applied and the award will remain in the EBT until June 2023 when it will become 
exercisable.

2.  FY20 awards are subject 50% to underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 10.0% p.a. growth), 25% to Group Revenue 

Growth targets (25% vesting for 3.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 6% p.a. growth), and 25% subject to Free Cash Flow (25% vesting for £125m, 100% 
vesting for £165m). In addition, any vesting of the PSP will be subject to an underpin whereby the net debt to EBITDA ratio remains below 1.5 times on 
average for the three years of the plan.

3.  FY21 awards are subject 40% to Relative TSR (25% vesting achieving below market median, 100% vesting achieving upper quartile), 30% to Free Cash 

Flow (25% vesting for £117m, 100% vesting for £128m), 20% to underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 2.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 8% p.a. 
growth), and 10% to Group Services Related Sales (25% vesting for 30% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 35% p.a. growth). In addition, any vesting of the 
PSP will be subject to an underpin whereby the net debt to EBITDA ratio remains below 1.5 times on average for the three years of the plan.

4.  FY22 awards are subject to 50% underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 5.0% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 12% p.a. growth), 30% to Relative TSR 

targets (25% vesting for lower quartile and 100% for upper quartile) and 20% to Group Revenue Growth targets (25% vesting for £586.2m of sales, 100% 
for £617m of sales).

5.  The grant price is calculated by taking the mid-market average across the three preceding days prior to the grant date.

6.  The interim and final dividends have been reinvested in shares at prices between £3.11 and £3.44. 

Deferred Bonus Plan (“DPB”)

Award 
date
31 May 
2018
30 June 
2021
30 June 
2021

Graham 
Stapleton

Loraine 
Woodhouse

Grant 
price1
(£)

Awards 
held  
3 Apr 
2021

Awarded 
during 
the 
period

Dividend 
reinvest-
ment2

Forfeited 
during 
the 
period

Lapsed 
during 
the 
period

Exercised 
during 
the 
period

Awards 
held  
1 Apr 
2022

3.3760

13,499

–

336

4.312

4.312

–

–

60,121

1,499

38,560

961

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13,8353

61,620

39,521

Vesting 
31/05/21–
31/05/22
30/06/24–
30/06/25
30/06/24–
30/06/25

1.  The grant price is calculated by using the mid-market quotation on the date of grant.

2.  The interim and final dividends have been reinvested in shares at prices between £3.11 and £3.44. 

3.  Graham exercised his 2018 DBP award on 13 April 2022 achieving a share price of £2.50, after the payment of tax liabilities, Graham retained the  

balance of 7,145 shares.

142

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCECEO Pay Compared to Performance
The following graph shows the TSR performance of the Company since April 2012, against the FTSE All Share General Retailers Index 
(which was chosen because it represents a broad equity market index of which the Company is a constituent).

250

200

150

100

50

0

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

Halfords Group

FTSE All-Share General Retailers

Source: Thompson Research

The following table summarises the CEO single figure for the past ten years and outlines the proportion of annual bonus paid as a 
percentage of the maximum opportunity and the proportion of PSP awards vesting as a percentage of the maximum opportunity. The 
annual bonus is shown based on the year to which performance related and the PSP is shown for the last year of the performance period.

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

CEO Single Figure (£000)
Graham Stapleton1
Jonny Mason2
Jill McDonald3
Matt Davies4
David Wild5
Annual Bonus (% of maximum)
Graham Stapleton1
Jonny Mason2
Jill McDonald3
Matt Davies4
David Wild5
PSP Vesting (% of maximum)
Graham Stapleton1
Jonny Mason2
Jill McDonald3
Matt Davies4
David Wild5

–
–
–
499
198

–
–
–
1,372
–

–
–
–
645
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
50% 97.5%
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
851
54
–

–
–
23.5%
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
741
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

1,818
236
295
–
–

70%
42.3%
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

670
–
–
–
–

678
–
–
–
–

2,699
–
–
–
–

3,146
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

92.5% 79.37%
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

84.9%
–
–
–
–

100%
–
–
–
–

1.  Graham Stapleton was appointed in January 2018. An incorrect benefits figure was reported for FY19 in error, this was corrected and reflected in the total 

for FY19. The single figure for FY21 has been restated to reflect the share price of the PSP at the date of vesting on 9 June 2021 of £3.88.

2.  Jonny Mason was appointed as interim Chief Executive Officer for the period from September 2017 to the date of Graham Stapleton joining in January 

2018, and the figures represent pro-rated amounts of his bonus and overall remuneration for FY18.

3.  Jill McDonald was appointed in May 2015 and resigned as CEO in September 2017.

4.  Matt Davies was appointed in October 2012 and resigned as CEO in April 2015.

5.  David Wild resigned as CEO in July 2012.

143

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration

Shareholding Guidelines
The Committee believes that it is important that Executive Directors’ interests are aligned with those of the shareholders. Executive 
Directors are encouraged to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their annual base salary. Executive Directors are 
expected to retain 75% of any post-tax shares that vest under any share incentive plans until this shareholding guideline is met. For FY22, 
neither Executive Director met their shareholding guidelines but made good progress towards the requirement.

Shareholding guideline
Shareholding as at 1 April 2022
Current value (based on share price on 1 April 2022)
Current % of salary

Graham Stapleton
200%
235,7261
£611,003
106.13%

Loraine Woodhouse
200%
167,2161
£433,424
117.38%

1  The shareholding figure include the vested shares from the 2018 Performance Share Plan award (on a net of tax basis) which are currently being held in a 

two-year deferral period in the EBT. The figure also includes the shares held in the EBT in relation to the Deferred Bonus Plan grants made in 2021 (on a net 
of tax basis). Historically, shares granted under the Deferred Bonus Plan had not been included in the Directors’ shareholdings but have now been included 
in line with recent guidance from the Investment Association.

These figures include those of their spouse or civil partner and infant children, or stepchildren, as required by Section 822 of the Companies Act 
2006. On 13 April 2022, Graham exercised the Deferred Bonus Plan award granted to him on 31 May 2018; this resulted in Graham receiving 
7,145 shares, bringing his total shareholding to 242,871 shares. There was no change in the beneficial interest of Loraine Woodhouse between  
1 April 2022 and 15 June 2022.

In light of the Code and evolving market practice, in FY20, the Committee introduced a post-employment shareholding guideline to support the 
alignment of interests between Executive Directors and shareholders following an Executive’s departure from the Board. Under this guideline, 
Executive Directors are expected to retain their shareholding guideline (200% of salary) for a period of two years post stepping down as an 
Executive Director. This post-employment shareholding guideline applies to any performance incentive shares that vest from 1 April 2020.

Executive Directors’ Appointments
Director
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse

Date of Service Agreement
8 September 2017
12 July 2018

Notice Period
6 months
6 months

Outside Appointments
Halfords recognises that its Executive Directors may be invited to become Non-Executive Directors of other companies. Such Non-Executive duties 
can broaden experience and knowledge which can benefit Halfords. Subject to approval by the Board, Executive Directors are allowed to accept 
Non-Executive Director appointments and retain the fees received, provided that these appointments are not likely to lead to conflicts of interest. 
Graham Stapleton is a Non-Executive Director of The Magic Bean Co. Limited (appointed on 21 January 2021) and Loraine Woodhouse is a Non-
Executive Director of The British Land Company plc (appointed on 1 March 2021). Both Graham and Loraine retain their earnings for these roles.

Appointment Terms for Jo Hartley
Jo Hartley joined Halfords on 19 April 2022 and will assume the role of Chief Financial Officer upon Loraine Woodhouse’s departure in the 
summer. 

She was appointed on a base salary of £395,000 per annum. Her benefits package is in line with our Remuneration Policy, with a pension 
contribution of 3% of base salary in line with the wider workforce. The Committee recognises that Jo’s base salary is set at a level above 
the previous CFO’s salary but the Committee considers this appropriate, taking into account the level of Jo’s fixed pay in her previous role 
which was at a similar level to that which she will receive at Halfords.

For the first year of appointment, her annual bonus and PSP awards has been set at 125% and 150% of base salary respectively. This is 
below the maximum opportunities under our Policy and below the incentive opportunities of her predecessor. From FY24, the Committee 
intends, subject to satisfactory individual performance, to increase her annual bonus and PSP award opportunities to 150% and 200% of 
base salary respectively in line with the incentive opportunities for the previous CFO. 

On joining, she received a gross payment of £112,000 to replace a cash bonus she was required to repay on cessation of employment 
from her previous employer. The value of this payment directly mirrored the amount repaid to the previous employer. The award is to be 
subject to malus and clawback provisions for a period of six months. 

Leaving Arrangements for Loraine Woodhouse (Audited)
As announced in October 2021, Loraine Woodhouse will be retiring from the Board in the summer of 2022 following four years as Chief 
Financial Officer. 

In line with the Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee has approved good leaver status for Loraine in relation to her outstanding 
share awards. The awards will be pro-rated for the portion of the performance period elapsed on departure and will vest on the ‘normal’ date 
subject to the assessment of performance conditions. In line with plan rules, the deferred bonus awards will vest on cessation of employment. 

144

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCELoraine will be required to hold her actual shareholding for two years post-cessation. Shareholding during this period will be monitored  
by the Company, and shares may only be sold with the prior consent of the Chair or by compulsory purchase. 

Loraine was eligible to receive an annual bonus for FY22 as outlined above. The Committee has also determined that Loraine will be 
eligible to participate in the FY23 annual bonus on a pro-rated basis given that she will be employed for part of the year. Any payment will 
be made after the end of the financial year, be pro-rated for the period up until her departure from the Company and be paid fully in cash 
given deferred bonus awards will vest on cessation. She will not receive a PSP award in 2022. 

Her salary, benefits and pension will be paid up until her departure date and there will be no payment in lieu of notice.

Loss of Office Payments (Audited)
No loss of office payment was made to a Director during the year. 

Payments to Former Directors (Audited)
No payments were made to former Directors during the year.

How the Remuneration Policy was Implemented in FY22 – Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Director single figure comparison (Audited)

Senior 
Independent 
Director fee
(£)
–
10,000

Board fees 
(£)
194,135
52,470

Committee 
Chair/ 
Employee 
Voice 
Director fees 
(£)
–
10,000

Taxable 
benefits1
(£)
–
93

Total “Single 
Figure”2 
2022 
(£)
194,135
72,563

Total “Single 
Figure” 
2021 
(£)
192,400
67,548

52,470

52,470

–

–

10,000

10,000

133

–

62,603

62,000

62,470

30,667

Role

Director
Keith Williams3 Company Chair
Helen Jones

Senior Independent 
Director, ESG Committee 
Chair and Employee 
Voice Director
Jill Caseberry Remuneration 

Tom Singer4

Committee Chair
Audit Committee Chair

1. 

Includes hotel and travel costs incurred when attending Halfords’ meetings and Board visits.

2.  The Chair and Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans or pension plans so all pay is fixed.

3.  Keith Williams did not claim any taxable benefits during the year.

4.  Tom Singer was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 16 September 2020, and as Audit Committee Chair on 1 January 2021. Tom did not claim any 

taxable benefits during the year.

Non-Executive Director Shareholding
Director

Keith Williams
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer

2022

150,000
8,000
3,125
30,000

2021

130,000
3,000
–
30,000

These figures include those of their spouses, civil partners and infant children, or stepchildren, as required by Section 822 of the 
Companies Act 2006. There was no change in these beneficial interests between 1 April 2022 and 15 June 2022.

Non-Executive Directors do not have a shareholding guideline but they are encouraged to buy shares in the Company.

Non-Executive Directors’ Appointments
None of the Non-Executive Directors has an employment contract with the Company. However, each had entered into a letter of 
appointment with the Company confirming their appointment for a period of three years, unless terminated by either party giving the other 
not less than three months’ notice or by the Company on payment of fees in lieu of notice.

Director

Jill Caseberry
Helen Jones
Tom Singer
Keith Williams

Appointed

01-Mar-19
01-Mar-14
16-Sep-20
24-Jul-18

Date of current 
appointment

01-Mar-22
01-Mar-20
16-Sep-20
24-Jul-21

Expiry date

28-Feb-25
28-Feb-23
15-Sep-23
23-Jul-24

Unexpired term at the 
date of this report

32 months
8 months
15 months
25 months

145

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration

Their appointments are subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association, and, in particular, 
the need for re-election. Continuation of an individual Non-Executive Director’s appointment is also contingent on that Non-Executive 
Director’s satisfactory performance, which is evaluated annually. The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for 
inspection by shareholders at the Company’s registered office.

How the Remuneration Policy will be Implemented for FY23 – Executive Directors
Salary
Salaries for Executive Directors were increased by 1.8% with effect from 1 October 2021 in line with the increase received across the wider 
workforce. The salaries for the current Executive Directors are as follows:

CEO - Graham Stapleton
CFO (incoming) – Jo Hartley1
CFO (departing) – Loraine Woodhouse2 

£575,710
£395,000
£369,250

1.  Jo Hartley joined Halfords 19 April 2022 and will assume the role of Chief Financial Officer upon Loraine Woodhouse’s departure.

2.  As announced in October 2021, Loraine Woodhouse will retire from the Board on 16 June 2022. In order to ensure a smooth transition, she will remain in 

post until this date, stepping down after the FY22 Preliminary Results. 

Salaries will next be reviewed with effect from 1 October 2022.

Pension
Graham Stapleton and Loraine Woodhouse will continue to receive a pension allowance of 15% of base salary. The Committee acknowledges 
that this level of pension is above the rate that is available to the wider workforce in the UK; however, given the existing contractual 
entitlements and limited tenure in role it was deemed appropriate that the pension level remained unchanged at this stage. However, mindful 
of shareholder guidance that pensions for Executives should be aligned with the pension provision available for the wider workforce, Graham 
Stapleton has agreed to reduce his pension to be in line with the rate available for the wider workforce from 1 April 2023. 

In line with the Remuneration Policy, the newly appointed CFO (Jo Hartley) will receive a pension opportunity of 3% of salary. This rate is  
in line with the policy for the majority of the workforce. 

Annual Bonus
The normal maximum annual bonus for Executive Directors is 150% of base salary with 2/3 paid in cash and 1/3 paid in Halfords’ shares 
deferred for three years. 

For the incoming CFO, it was agreed that her annual bonus opportunity would be 125% of base salary for the first year of her appointment. 
From FY24, the Committee intends, subject to satisfactory individual performance, to increase the bonus opportunity to 150% of base 
salary in line with the Remuneration Policy and the opportunity level of her predecessor. 

For FY23, following a review of the performance measures, the Committee agreed that there would be no changes to the annual bonus 
performance measures from prior year. The performance measures and their weightings have been summarised below.

Performance measures for FY23 annual bonus
Financial Measures
•  Underlying Group PBT (post exceptions) – 50%

•  Group revenue – 15%

•  Operating cash flow – 15%
Strategic Measures
•  Group NPS – 5%

•  Group services-related sales – 5%

•  Group colleague engagement – 5%

•  ESG Metric – 5%

80%

20%

Targets have not been disclosed at the current time as they are considered to be commercially sensitive. The Committee intends to 
disclose targets in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

146

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEPerformance Share Plan (“PSP”)
The normal PSP award for Executive 
Directors is 200% of base salary. 

For the incoming CFO, Jo Hartley, it was 
agreed that her PSP opportunity would be 
150% of base salary for the first year of 
her appointment. Similarly to the annual 
bonus, the current intention is that for FY24 
onwards her maximum opportunity will 
increase to 200% of base salary, subject to 
individual performance during the year. The 
departing CFO will not be entitled to a PSP 
award in 2022. 

The Committee is mindful of shareholder 
guidance that award levels should be 
adjusted where the share price has fallen 
significantly compared to prior years. Based 
on the current share price, no adjustment is 
required; however, the Committee will take 

this into account when determining award 
levels in September.

In light of the macroeconomic uncertainty, 
the Committee is currently reviewing the 
performance measures and targets for the 
2022 PSP awards. Performance measures 
and targets will be disclosed in the RNS 
announcement at the time of award. It is 
the Committee’s intention that TSR and 
EPS will continue to be included as key 
measures of profit progress and shareholder 
value creation.

Our normal practice is to grant awards in 
September. 

The Committee believes that these 
performance measures provide an appropriate 
balance between incentivising management 
to drive shareholder value creation, deliver 

improved financial performance and to execute 
our strategy to focus the business more on 
service-related offerings.

How the Remuneration Policy 
will be Implemented for FY23 – 
Non-Executive Directors Fees
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are 
normally reviewed every two years. Any 
changes to these fees will be approved by the 
Board as a whole following a recommendation 
from the Chief Executive Officer. 

The fees of the Non-Executive Directors 
were reviewed in October 2021, where 
a 1.8% fee increase was applied to the 
Chair’s fee and the base Non-Executive 
Director fee; however, no increase was 
applied to the Committee Chair fees. The 
next fee review will be in October 2022.

Current fees for Non-Executive Directors are as follows:

Chair
Base fee
Additional fees
Senior Independent Director
Committee Chair (Audit and Remuneration)
Employee Voice Director
Committee Chair (ESG)

FY22
£195,870
£52,940

£10,000
£10,000
£5,000
£5,000

FY21
£192,400
£52,000

£10,000
£10,000
£5,000
£5,000

Change in Remuneration of Directors compared to Group Colleagues
The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Director and that of all colleagues in FY22 compared with the prior year.

Executive Directors
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
Non-Executive Directors
Keith Williams
Helen Jones1
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer2
David Adams3
Average pay of all colleagues in the 
Group

Base salary/ 
fees % 
change

FY21 to FY22
Annual 
bonus % 
change

FY20 to FY21

Benefits % 
change

Base salary/ 
fees % 
change

Annual bonus 
% change

Benefits % 
change

1.8%
1.8%

1.8%
1.8%
1.8%
1.8%
N/A

100%4
100%4

–7
–7
–7
–7
N/A

–5
–5

–8
–8
–8
–8
N/A

1.8%
1.8%

0.0%
9.5%
0.0%
N/A
N/A

–6
–6

–7
–7
–7
–7
–7

2.8%

76.3%9

–5

4.02%

45.42%10

–5
–5

–8
–8
–8
–8
–8

–5

1.  Helen Jones was appointed as Senior Independent Director on 15 September 2020.

2.  Tom Singer was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 16 September 2020, and as Audit Committee Chair on 1 January 2021.

3.  David Adams stepped down as Senior Independent Director on 15 September 2020, and as Audit Committee Chair and Non-Executive Director on  

31 December 2020.

4.  Bonus payable for FY21.

5.  No change to the benefits available for both Directors and colleagues.

6.  No bonus payable for FY20.

7.  Not eligible for a bonus.

8.  Not eligible for benefits.

9. 

Increase due to more bonus and incentive potential available in operational roles.

10.  Based on all colleagues who were paid a bonus during FY20 and FY21. Includes the Frontline Fund bonus paid to all eligible colleagues in August 2020.

147

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration

CEO Pay Ratio
Halfords being a UK listed Company with more than 250 employees means that the Company is required to disclose annually the ratio of 
its CEO’s pay to the median, lower quartile and upper quartile pay of their UK employees. Details of this can be found in the table below.

Year
2021/22
2020/21

Method
Option B
Option B

25th percentile  
pay ratio
167:1
143:1

Median  
pay ratio
147:1
126:1

75th percentile  
pay ratio
90:1
99:1

In addition to the ratio of the CEO’s pay to the 25th, median and 75th percentile of UK employees, companies are also required to disclose:

•  an explanation of the methodology used, including an explanation of the reason where any components of total remuneration have 

been omitted and a brief explanation of any assumptions used to determine full-time equivalent remuneration;

• 

the total remuneration and salary value (the £ value) for the 25th, median and 75th percentile employees used in the pay ratio 
calculation;

•  an explanation for changes to the ratio year on year (not applicable for first year disclosures); and

•  whether the Company considers the median pay ratio consistent with the Company’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and 

progression.

Of the three options set out in the new legislation for calculating the CEO pay ratio, we have used Option B using Gender Pay Gap 
data. This option was chosen as it represents the most efficient method to determine the respective pay ratios. The colleagues at the 
three quartiles were identified and their respective single figure values calculated as of 5 April 2021. To ensure the identified colleagues 
were representative, the total remuneration for a group of individuals above and below the identified colleague at each quartile was also 
reviewed.

The Board has confirmed that the ratio is consistent with the Company’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and progression. 

In order to determine the full-time equivalent salary component for the representative colleagues, the hourly rate was multiplied by full-time 
hours to calculate the full-time equivalent salary. No component of total remuneration was omitted. The base salary and total remuneration 
for each representative colleague are outlined below.

There is an increase in the CEO pay ratio in 2022 compared to 2021. As is appropriate, the remuneration arrangements for the Executive 
Directors are more closely linked to performance. Given the strong performance for FY22, remuneration for the CEO has risen more than 
for the wider workforce. 

Component
Base Salary
Total Remuneration

P25
£18,860.40
£18,860.40

P50
£20,714.20
£21,456.72

P75
£30,819.36
£34,819.93

Workforce Engagement in Remuneration
As referenced on pages 51 and 104, Halfords has long established practices of engaging with colleagues across all areas of the business, 
including holding regular listening groups, appointing and meeting with local colleague engagement (“people”) champions, and conducting 
regular colleague surveys.

During the course of the year, People Champions were invited to input to a number of broader business initiatives, including ESG and 
reward practice, so gaining an understanding of corporate governance and Executive remuneration. The content of the remuneration 
session specifically talked to how executive pay aligns with wider Company pay policy, including benefits provision, and invited feedback 
from People Champions in respect of the reward framework. Detailed remuneration briefing sessions were also held with senior leaders on 
the launch of the FY22 bonus and PSP plans.

148

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEGender Pay Gap Report
Details of the Group’s Gender Pay Gap Report for 5 April 2021 are available at www.Halfordscompany.com/environmental-social-and-
governance/our-colleagues/gender-pay-gap/.

Relative Importance of Pay 
The Committee is also aware of shareholders’ views on remuneration and its relationship to other cash disbursements. The following table 
shows the relationship between the Company’s financial performance, payments made to shareholders, payments made to tax authorities 
and expenditure on payroll.

EBITDA (underlying)
PBT (underlying)
Payments to employees:
Wages and salaries
Executive Directors1
Dividend paid to shareholders and share buybacks

2022
£207.1m
£89.8m

£283.4m
£5.2m
£16.5m

2021
£233.0m
£99.5m

£262.3m
£4.5m2
£nil

1.  Based on the single figure calculation, not all of which is included within wages and salary costs.

2.  The FY21 figure has been restated to reflect the share price of the PSP award at the date of vesting, further information is available in the Single 

Remuneration Figure table on page 140.

149

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Responsibilities

Directors’ Responsibilities 
Pursuant to DTR4
The directors confirm to the best of their 
knowledge:

•  The financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
applicable set of accounting standards,  
give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit 
and loss of the group.

•  The annual report includes a fair review 
of the development and performance of 
the business and the financial position 
of the group and company, together 
with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face.

Approved by order of the Board.

Keith Williams
Chair

15 June 2022

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that 
are sufficient to show and explain the 
company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies  
Act 2006.  

They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities. The Directors are responsible 
for ensuring that the annual report and 
accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced, and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the group’s performance, 
business model and strategy. 

Website Publication
The Directors are responsible for 
ensuring the Annual Report and the 
financial statements are made available 
on a website. Financial statements are 
published on the Company’s website in 
accordance with legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements, 
which may vary from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. The maintenance and 
integrity of the company’s website is 
the responsibility of the directors. The 
directors’ responsibility also extends to the 
ongoing integrity of the financial statements 
contained therein.

Directors’ responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing 
the annual report and the financial 
statements in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards and 
applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the directors 
are required to prepare the group financial 
statements in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards and 
have elected to prepare the company 
financial statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable laws). 
Under company law the directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the group 
and company and of the profit or loss for 
the group for that period. 

In preparing these financial statements, the 
directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;

•  state whether they have been prepared 

in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards, 
subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;

•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
group and the company will continue in 
business; 

•  prepare a directors’ report, a strategic 
report and directors’ remuneration 
report which comply with the 
requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

150

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE halfords.annualreport2022.com

151

OUR GOVERNANCEi

l

s
a
c
n
a
n
F
r
u
O

i

Contents

163

164

154
162

Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity
165
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 166
Note to Consolidated Statement of 
Cash Flows
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements
Company Balance Sheet
Company Statement of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements

167
168
179
203

204
205
206

 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the 
Members of Halfords Group plc

Opinion on the Financial Statements
In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 1 April 2022 and 
of the Group’s profit for the 52 weeks then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;

the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice; and

• 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Halfords Group Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 52 
weeks ended 1 April 2022 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, the Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows, the Notes to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company Balance Sheet, the Company Statement 
of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, the Accounting policies and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant 
accounting policies. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and UK 
adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Parent 
Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is 
consistent with the additional report to the audit committee. 

Independence
Following the conclusion of a formal tender process led by the Group’s Audit Committee, the Board proposed appointment of BDO LLP as 
the Company’s auditor for the financial year ended 3 April 2020 and subsequent financial periods. The appointment was approved by the 
Company’s shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 31 July 2019. 

The period of total uninterrupted engagement including reappointments is three years, covering the years ended 3 April 2020 to 1 April 2022. 
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit services prohibited by that standard were not provided to the 
Group or the Parent Company. 

Conclusions Relating to Going Concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation 
of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  Assessment of assumptions within the projected cash flows: we evaluated the reasonableness of the assumptions and future plans 
modelled within the Board approved going concern forecasts, covering the period to 30 June 2023 and including the impact of 
strategic initiatives as well as the ongoing and uncertain impact of current macro-economic factors including rising energy prices 
and interest rates. This involved evaluation of the budgeted figures compared to FY22, consideration of inflationary uplifts and other 
adjustments applied by the Directors to agreed pricing with certain suppliers and external data supporting assumptions.

•  Financing: confirmed the Group had financing facilities in place throughout the period of the going concern review as modelled in its 

forecasts. We also recomputed the calculations supporting covenant compliance and headroom throughout the going concern period 
with reference to the facility agreement.

•  Sensitivity analysis: evaluation of sensitivities of the Group’s cash flow forecasts with reference to the financial covenants in place over 
the existing financing facilities. The analysis considered reasonably possible adverse effects that could arise as well as a stress test to 
consider the level of future revenue reduction the Group could support. We recomputed the Directors prepared sensitivities applied to 
the forecasts and further considered these by applying additional sensitivity testing. 

•  Post year end trading performance: comparison of the post year end trading results to the forecasts so as to evaluate the accuracy 

and achievability of the forecasts prepared.

•  Disclosures: evaluation of the adequacy of the disclosures in relation to the risks posed and scenarios the Directors have considered in 

reaching their going concern assessment and the accounting framework. 

154

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSBased on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at 
least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add 
or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report.

Overview

Coverage1

Key audit matters

Materiality

94% (FY21: 93%) of Group profit before tax and non-underlying items
86% (FY21: 91%) of Group revenue
84% (FY21: 94%) of Group total assets

IFRS16 – leases
Project Paris
Acquistion of Axle Group (trading as National Tyre 
Services)
Accounting treatment of capitalised software costs
Carrying value of the Parent Company’s investment in 
subsidiaries

FY21
✓
✓ 

FY22

✓
✓

✓

During FY21 the Group announced plans to close a number of stores across both the Retail 
and Car servicing segments so as to right-size their physical estate ‘Project Paris’

Material impairments and provisions were therefore recorded in relation to redundancies 
and costs associated with the store closures which also resulted in property, plant and 
equipment, right of use assets and inventory having a reduced recoverable amount. This was 
a one off non-recurring event. 

IFRS 16 was previously noted as a key audit matter owing to its magnitude and the 
management judgement required in the accurate assessment of the balances. However as 
this is the third financial year of implementation management now have well established 
policies and procedures in place to record and report these balances. Whilst this remains an 
audit risk area it is no longer considered a key audit matter. 
Group financial statements as a whole

£4m (FY21: £3.4m) 5% of normalised (3 year average) profit before tax and non-underlying 
items (FY21: 5% of normalised (3 year average) profit before tax and non-underlying items).

1.  These are areas which have been subject to a full scope audit by the group engagement team.

An Overview of the Scope of our Audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management override 
of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material 
misstatement.

All of the Group’s three significant components (inclusive of Halfords Group Plc) were subjected to full scope audits for Group purposes. 
All components are located in the UK and were audited by the Group audit team. The remaining components were assessed as non 
significant and subject to specified audit and analytical review procedures by the Group audit team

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and 
in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

155

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSIndependent Auditor’s Report to the 
Members of Halfords Group plc

Key audit matter 
Acquistion of Axle Group 
Holdings Limited and 
subsidiaries 

(The accounting policies 
and critical judgements 
and estimates applied 
are disclosed within 
the Group’s accounting 
policies

The acquisition 
balances are  
disclosed in Note 10) 

On 9 December 2021 the Group 
completed the acquisition of 100% of 
the share capital of Axle Group Holdings 
Limited for cash consideration of £61.5m 
(excluding transaction costs).

The accounting for the acquisition 
balance sheet at 9 December 2021 
and the subsequent Purchase Price 
Allocation (“PPA”) assessment, involved 
the alignment of material accounting 
policies, the fair value of consideration, 
identification and valuation of intangible 
assets at acquisition date and the 
subsequent goodwill. Management 
engaged an external expert to undertake 
the PPA assessment and assist with 
the assessment of corporation tax and 
deferred tax balances associated with 
the transaction.

This was a material, non routine 
transaction for the group, the accounting 
considerations and disclosures are 
complex and include significant 
management estimates and judgements. 
We have therefore raised this as a key 
audit matter. 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Our audit procedures included:
•  Review of the Sale and Purchase Agreement to understand 

the structure of the transaction and to confirm the 
consideration paid.

•  Engaging with our own internal valuation specialists to review 
and challenge the PPA, including the identification of amounts 
related to customer relationships, and other intangibles.

•  Evaluating the capabilities, competence and objectivity of the 
external valuation experts engaged by management for the 
PPA assessment.

•  Evaluating and concluding on the appropriateness of the 

external valuation expert’s conclusions by comparing them to 
our knowledge of the industry.

•  Checking the cashflow forecasts including inputs and 

assumptions used to assess the fair value of the intangible 
assets acquired by comparing to actual and historical results 
and the reasonableness of the underlying information used. 

•  Assessing the suitability of the valuation methods applied 

against industry norms and considering the appropriateness 
of the discount rate used to determine the fair values with 
reference to relevant supporting information. 

•  Performing audit procedures, on a sample basis, to confirm 
the completeness, accuracy and carrying value of the 
amounts included on the acquisition balance sheet.

•  Checking the alignment to group accounting policies with 

specific reference to IFRS 16 Leases.

•  Confirming the acquisition accounting entries in the group 
financial statements and the calculation of goodwill against 
the requirements of the financial reporting standard.

•  Reviewing the corporation and deferred tax entries associated 

with the transaction and the recoverability of the deferred tax 
asset recognised. The review work was inclusive of input from 
our tax specialists.

•  Reviewing the adequacy of the disclosure notes in the 

financial statements in relation to the acquisition to ensure 
it complied with the requirements of IFRS 2 Business 
Combinations. 

Key observations: 
Based on the procedures performed, the methodology and 
assumptions used in the Acquistion of Axle Group Holdings 
Limited and subsidiaries are appropriate.

156

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSKey audit matter 
Costs capitalised 
related to software 
development £21.4m 
(FY21: £11.8m) 

(The accounting policies 
and critical judgements 
and estimates applied 
are disclosed within 
the Group’s accounting 
policies

The capitalised 
balances are  
disclosed in Note 11) 

Carrying value of the 
parent Company’s 
investment in subsidiaries 
£811.4m (FY21: £803.6m)

(The accounting policy 
applied is disclosed 
within the parent 
Company and the 
Group’s accounting 
policies

The investment balance 
is disclosed in Note 4 to 
the Company Financial 
statements) 

The Group capitalises certain internal 
and external costs in respect of  the 
development of software. In April 2021, 
the IFRS Interpretations Committee 
(“IFRIC”) published an agenda decision 
in relation to configuration and 
customisation expenditure relating to 
cloud computing arrangements, including 
Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”). 

Following the interpretation being 
published, the Group has now updated 
its accounting policy in relation to 
IAS38 Intangible Assets, which includes 
accounting for such SaaS arrangements. 
The risk is that the accounting policy 
change is not appropriately applied to 
nor appropriately disclosed in relation to 
both the current and prior financial  
years. 

We have therefore raised this as a key 
audit matter. 
The parent Company’s investment in 
subsidiaries represents its investment 
in the underlying trading businesses 
of the Group.  The recoverability of the 
investment is dependent on the future 
cashflows of these subsidiaries. The 
directors have prepared a value-in-use 
assessment to support the carrying value 
and have determined that there is no 
impairment. Due to the materiality of the 
investment in the context of the parent 
Company financial statements this was 
raised as a key audit matter for our 
parent Company audit.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Our procedures included: 
•  Assessing the accounting clarification of the IFRIC April 2021 
agenda decision against the Group’s updated accounting 
policy. 

•  Agreeing a sample of internal and external costs related to 

software to supporting documentation and other relevant 
project information to understand the nature of the items and 
considered this against the accounting standards and related 
interpretations. 

•  Making enquiries with the project owners to corroborate the 

nature of the work performed and considered this against the 
accounting standards and related interpretations. 

•  Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s related disclosures 
in respect of the change in accounting policy and the 
judgements taken by the directors. 

Key observations: 
We found the accounting treatment of capitalised costs related 
to software development including expenditure relating to cloud 
computing arrangements to be acceptable.

Our audit procedures included:
•  Comparing the carrying value of the investment to the market 

capitalisation as at the period end date and post period end.

•  Comparing the carrying value of the investment to the net 

asset value of the subsidiaries.

•  Obtaining the directors assessment of the carrying value 

and confirming whether this was in line with the value in use 
calculations performed for goodwill impairment testing for the 
Retail and Car Servicing CGUs. 

•  Assessing the forecast models prepared to support the value-
in-use calculation by testing the appropriateness of key inputs 
into the calculations.

•  Performing sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions and 
checking whether the directors had identified reasonably 
possible downside scenarios in their sensitivity analysis.

Key observations: 
Based on the procedures performed, we found the Company’s 
conclusion that there is no impairment of its investment in 
subsidiaries to be acceptable.

157

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSIndependent Auditor’s Report to the 
Members of Halfords Group plc

Our Application of Materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider 
materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users 
that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level, 
performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily 
be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their 
occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as 
follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Materiality
Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

FY22
£m
4.0
5% of normalised 
(3 year average) 
profit before tax and 
non-underlying items.
We consider profit 
before tax and 
non-underlying items 
to be the most 
appropriate benchmark 
as it provides a more 
stable measure year 
on year than group 
profit before tax.

FY21
£m
3.4
5% of normalised 
(3 year average) 
profit before tax and 
non-underlying items.
We consider profit 
before tax and 
non-underlying items 
to be the most 
appropriate benchmark 
as it provides a more 
stable measure year 
on year than group 
profit before tax.

FY22
£m
2.0
Determined with 
reference to 50% 
of Group materiality.

FY21
£m
1.7
Determined with 
reference to 50% 
of Group materiality.

Considered appropriate 
in the context of both 
the Group financial 
statements and 
Halfords Group Plc 
Company balance sheet.

Considered appropriate 
in the context of both the 
Group financial 
statements and 
Halfords Group Plc 
Company balance sheet.

For FY22 a normalised 
(3 year average) 
has been taken owing 
to the significant impact 
of the COVID-19 
pandemic on the FY22 
and FY21 financial years.

For FY21 a normalised 
(3 year average) 
has been taken owing 
to the significant impact 
of the COVID-19 
pandemic on the 
FY21 financial year.
£2.21m

Performance materiality
Basis for determining 
performance materiality

£2.6m

£1.1m
Performance materiality was set at 65% of materiality. In setting the level of performance materiality we 
considered a number of factors including the expected total value of known and likely misstatements.

£1.3m

Component Materiality
We set materiality for each significant component of the Group, including the parent company, based on a percentage of between 49% 
and 95% (FY21: 50% and 90%) of Group materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of 
that component. Component materiality ranged from £1.95m to £3.8m (FY21: £1.7m to £3.1m). In the audit of each component, we further 
applied performance materiality levels of 65% of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding 
component materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting Threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £80k (FY21:£70k). We also 
agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

158

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSOther Information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report 
and accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives 
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is 
a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
specified for our review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance 
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit. 

Going concern and longer-
term viability

•  The Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of 

accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on page 78; and

•  The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 79.

Other Code provisions 

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 95; 

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set 

out on page 117; 

•  The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and 

internal control systems set out on page 117; and

•  The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 124.

Other Companies Act 2006 Reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the Companies 
Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 

Strategic report and 
Directors’ report 

Directors’ remuneration

Matters on which we 
are required to report by 
exception

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

• 

the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or 
the Directors’ report.
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our 

audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

• 

the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited 
are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

159

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSIndependent Auditor’s Report to the 
Members of Halfords Group plc

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Extent to Which the Audit was Capable of Detecting Irregularities, Including Fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group, its components and the industry in which it 
operates, and considered the risk of acts by the Group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. These 
included but were not limited to compliance with Companies Act 2006, the Financial Conduct Authority regulations, including the UK 
Listing Rules, the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code, IFRSs, UK GAAP for the parent company, and tax legislation covering 
corporation tax, employee taxes, VAT and duty. 

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, we considered the following: 

• 

• 

the nature of the industry, control environment and business performance including the design of the group’s remuneration policies, 
key drivers for Directors’ remuneration and performance targets;

the results of our enquiries of management, internal audit and the Audit Committee about their own identification of the risk of 
irregularities; 

•  any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the group’s documentation of their policies and procedures; and

• 

the matters discussed among the audit engagement team regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and 
any potential indicator of fraud. We also discussed the potential for non-compliance with laws and regulations.

We focused on laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements. We also considered the 
susceptibility of the Group and Parent company financial statements to misstatement as a result of fraud, and believed that the areas in 
which fraud might occur were related to revenue recognition and management override of controls.

Our tests included, but were not limited to:

• 

identifying and testing journal entries, focusing on journal entries containing characteristics of audit interest, year end consolidation 
journals, journals processed by users with privileged IT access rights and those relating to revenue; 

• 

journal entries posted to revenue, those with unusual account combinations and journals posted by unexpected users;

•  enquiries with management, the Audit Committee and enquiries of internal legal counsel to identify any known or suspected non-

compliance or fraud; 

• 

review of minutes of Board meetings throughout the year to identify any non-compliance with laws and regulations, and fraud, not 
already disclosed by management; 

• 

review of tax compliance and involvement of our tax specialists in the audit;

•  challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates and judgements, including 

impairment testing, the measurement of provisions, revenue recognition for a new revenue stream, capitalisation policies for intangible 
software assets and going concern, and

• 

the procedures in the key audit matters section above in relation to the acquisition in the year.

160

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSWe communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members, who were all 
deemed to have appropriate competence and capabilities, to remain alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that the risk of 
not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit 
procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our Report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Diane Campbell (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London

16 June 2022

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

161

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSConsolidated Income Statement

52 weeks to 1 April 2022

52 weeks to 2 April 2021

Before
Non-
underlying 
Items
£m
 1,369.6 
(647.9)
 721.7 
(620.6)
 101.1 
(11.3)
(11.3)
 89.8 
(17.2)

Non-
underlying 
items
(Note 5)
£m
–
–
–
 6.8 
 6.8 
–
–
 6.8 
(1.7)

Before
Non-
underlying 
Items
£m
 1,292.3 
(636.0)
 656.3 
(541.8)
 114.5 
(15.0)
(15.0)
 99.5 
(17.4)

Non-
underlying 
items
(Note 5)
£m
–
–
–
(35.0)
(35.0)
–
–
(35.0)
 6.1 

Total
£m
 1,369.6 
(647.9)
 721.7 
(613.8)
 107.9 
(11.3)
(11.3)
 96.6 
(18.9)

Total
£m
 1,292.3 
(636.0)
 656.3 
(576.8)
 79.5 
(15.0)
(15.0)
 64.5 
(11.3)

 72.6 

 5.1 

 77.7 

 82.1 

(28.9)

 53.2 

35.5p
34.0p

37.9p
36.4p

41.7p
40.7p

27.1p
26.4p

Notes
1

2
3
6

7

9
9

For the period
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Net finance expense
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the financial period 
attributable to equity shareholders
Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

All results relate to continuing operations of the Group.

The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

162

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges:

Fair value changes in the period

Income tax on other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of income tax
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity shareholders

Notes

7

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
 77.7 

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
 53.2 

 6.5
(1.3)
 5.2 
 82.9

(9.6)
 1.6 
(8.0)
 45.2 

All items within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income are classified as items that are or may be recycled to the Income 
Statement.

The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

163

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALS 
Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position

Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred tax asset
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables*
Assets held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables*
Current tax liabilities
Provisions 
Total current liabilities
Net current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liability
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium 
Investment in own shares
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.

Notes

11
12
14
22
21

15
16
13
22

17

18
18
22
19

20

18
18
22
19
21
20

23
23
23
23

1 April
2022
£m

 442.4 
 101.7 
 350.2 
–
 14.7 
 909.0 

 222.1 
92.6 
–
 4.2 
3.9
 46.3 
 369.1 
 1,278.1

(0.2)
(74.5)
(0.5)
(299.6)
(4.0)
(20.5)
(399.3)
(30.2)

–
(316.5)
–
(4.9)
–
(6.4)
(327.8)
(727.1)
 551.0 

 2.2 
 212.4 
(11.6)
 2.0 
 346.0 
 551.0 

2 April
2021
Restated*
£m

 398.3 
 81.3 
 282.8 
 0.1 
 12.3 
 774.8 

 143.9 
 74.1 
 6.0 
 0.5 
 3.1 
 67.2 
 294.8 
 1,069.6 

(0.2)
(63.4)
(5.9)
(258.2)
–
(24.5)
(352.2)
(57.4)

–
(280.9)
(0.4)
(3.3)
–
(15.0)
(299.6)
(651.8)
 417.8 

 2.0 
 151.0 
(10.0)
(1.8)
 276.6 
 417.8 

The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 162 to 202 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 June 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer

Company Number: 04457314

164

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of Changes  
in Shareholders’ Equity

Attributable to the equity holders of the Company

Share
capital
£m
 2.0 

Share
premium
account
£m
 151.0 

Investment
in own
shares 
£m
(10.0)

Other reserves
Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
 0.3 

Hedging
reserve
£m
 4.6 

Note

Retained
earnings
£m
 217.9 

Total
equity
£m
 365.8 

Closing balance at 3 April 2020
Total comprehensive income  
for the period
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges:
Fair value changes in the period
Income tax on other comprehensive income
Total other comprehensive income for 
the period net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the 
period
Other
Hedging gains and losses and costs 
of hedging transferred to the cost of 
inventory
Transactions with owners 
Share-based payment transactions
Income tax on share-based payment 
transactions
Total transactions with owners
Closing balance at 2 April 2021
Total comprehensive income for the 
period
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges:
Fair value changes in the period
Income tax on other comprehensive income
Total other comprehensive income for 
the period net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the 
period
Hedging gains and losses and costs 
of hedging transferred to the cost of 
inventory
Transactions with owners 
Issue of Ordinary shares*
Acquisition of Treasury shares
Share options exercised*
Share-based payment transactions
Income tax on share-based payment 
transactions
Dividends to equity holders
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 1 April 2022

* Amounts shown are net of share issue costs.

24

23
23

24

8

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

 53.2 

 53.2 

(9.6)
 1.6 

(8.0)

(8.0)
–

–
–

–

 53.2 
(1.3)

 1.3 

–

–

 6.4 

(9.6)
 1.6 

(8.0)

 45.2 
(1.3)

 1.3 

 6.4 

 0.4 
 6.8 
 417.8 

–
–
 2.0 

–
–
 151.0 

–
–
(10.0)

–
–
 0.3 

–
–
(2.1)

 0.4 
 6.8 
 276.6 

–

–
–

–

–

–

 0.2 
–
–
–

–
–
 0.2 
 2.2 

–

–
–

–

–

–

 61.4 
–
–
–

–
–
 61.4 
 212.4 

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
(3.0)
1.4
–

–
–
(1.6)
(11.6)

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
 0.3 

–

 77.7 

 77.7 

 6.4 
(1.3)

 5.1 

–  
 –   

 –   

 6.4 
(1.3)

 5.1 

 5.1

 77.7 

 82.8 

(1.3)

–

(1.3)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–  

 1.7

–
–
–
 7.8 

 0.4
(16.5)
(8.3)
 346.0 

 61.6 
(3.0)
 1.4 
 7.8 

 0.4 
(16.5)
 51.7 
 551.0 

The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

165

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit after tax for the period, before non-underlying items
Non-underlying items
Profit after tax for the period
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
(Reversal)/Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation and impairment of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
Net finance costs
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, and intangibles
Gain on sale and leaseback of assets held for sale
Gain on disposal of leases
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions
Exchange movement
Income tax expense
(Increase)/Decrease in inventories
(Increase)/Decrease in trade and other receivables*
(Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables*
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
Income tax paid 
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital (Net of transaction costs)
Repurchase of treasury shares
Proceeds from share options exercised
Finance costs paid
Repayment of borrowings
Interest paid on lease liabilities
Payment of capital element of leases
Dividends paid
Net cash used in financing activities
Net decrease in cash and bank overdrafts
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.

The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

Notes

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
Restated*
£m

 72.6 
 5.1 
 77.7 
 20.6 
(0.3)
 69.9 
 15.8 
 11.3 
 1.8 
(0.4)
(6.6)
 7.8 
 0.9 
 18.9 
(66.7)
1.3
 (4.6) 
(14.7)
(12.2)
 120.5

(58.5)
 7.5 
(22.0)
(25.3)
(98.3)

 61.6 
(3.0)
1.4
(1.6)
–
(9.0)
(76.0)
(16.5)
(43.1)
(20.9)
 67.0 
 46.1

 82.1 
(28.9)
 53.2 
 21.0 
 2.8 
 81.8 
 12.9 
 15.0 
 1.7 
–
–
 6.4 
 2.1 
 11.3 
 35.0 
(22.4)
 36.4 
 25.7 
(10.8)
 272.1 

(11.5)
–
(11.8)
(15.7)
(39.0)

–
–
–
(5.5)
(180.0)
(10.0)
(85.9)
–
(281.4)
(48.3)
 115.3 
 67.0 

12
12
14
11
6
3
13

7

10

8

17

166

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSNote to Consolidated Statement of  
Cash Flows

I. Analysis of movements in the Group’s net debt in the period

Cash and cash equivalents at bank and in hand 
Debt due after one year
Total net debt excluding lease liabilities
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
Total lease liabilities
Total net debt

Cash and cash equivalents at bank and in hand 
Debt due after one year
Total net debt excluding lease liabilities
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
Total lease liabilities
Total net debt

At 2 April
2021
£m
 67.0 
–
 67.0 
(63.4)
(280.9)
(344.3)
(277.3)

At 3 April
2020
£m
 115.3 
(179.1)
(63.8)
(83.2)
(332.8)
(416.0)
(479.8)

Cash flow
£m
(20.9)
–
(20.9)
 85.0 
–
 85.0 
 64.1 

Cash flow
£m
(48.3)
 180.0 
 131.7 
 95.9 
–
 95.9 
 227.6 

Other non-
cash changes
£m
–
–
–
(96.1)
(35.6)
(131.7)
(131.7)

Other non-
cash changes
£m
–
(0.9)
(0.9)
(76.1)
 51.9 
(24.2)
(25.1)

At 1 April
2022
£m
 46.1 
–
 46.1
(74.5)
(316.5)
(391.0)
(344.9)

At 2 April
2021
£m
67.0
–
67.0
(63.4)
(280.9)
(344.3)
(277.3)

Non-cash changes include additions of new leases from acquisitions, modifications to leases, foreign exchange movements, and changes 
in classifications between amounts due within and after one year.

Cash and cash equivalents at the period end consist of £46.1m (2021: £67.2m) of liquid assets and £0.2m (2021: £0.2m) of bank 
overdrafts. 

£4.5m (1 April: £6.4m) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is held by the trustee of the Group’s employee benefit trust in relation to 
the share scheme for employees (£3.5m) and in relation to the ‘Here to Help’ fund (£1.0m). Therefore, these funds are restricted and are not 
available to circulate within the Group on demand.

167

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSAccounting Policies

General Information
Halfords Group plc is a company domiciled in the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for 
the period ended 1 April 2022 comprise the Company and its subsidiary undertakings. 

Statement of Compliance 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with UK adopted international financial reporting standards.

Basis of Preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Halfords Group plc and its subsidiary undertakings (together the “Group”) are prepared on a 
going concern basis for the reasons set out below, and under the historical cost convention, except where adopted IFRSs require an 
alternative treatment. The principal variations relate to financial instruments (IFRS 9 “Financial instruments”), acquisition of business 
combinations (IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”), share-based payments (IFRS 2 “Share-based payment”) and leases (IFRS 16 “Leases”). 

The financial statements are presented in millions of UK pounds, rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

The accounts of the Group are prepared for the period up to the Friday closest to 31 March each year. Consequently, the financial 
statements for the current period cover the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022, whilst the comparative period covered the 52 weeks to 2 April 2021.

Going Concern 
In determining the appropriate basis of preparation of the financial statements for the year ended 1 April 2022, the Directors are required to 
consider whether the Group and Company can continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Directors have assessed 
going concern over the 12-month period to 30 June 2023. The Board has concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the Going Concern basis, 
having undertaken a rigorous assessment of financial forecasts, which included consideration of the effects of the Ukrainian war, and with 
specific consideration to the trading position of the Group. In regards to the Ukraine war there has been limited effect on the Group as it has 
no direct connections with either Russia or Ukraine. The financial forecasts have been stress tested and management believe the level at 
which sales would need to drop to trigger any concern with cash flow or banking covenants is unlikely to happen.

The Group has a revolving credit facility of £180.0m at the date of approval of these financial statements, expiring on 4 December 2024. 
The Group has no other debt or facilities. Significant headroom exists on both financial covenants contained within the banking agreement. 
The Group’s financial covenants are calculated on a pre-IFRS 16 basis. 

Covenant
Interest payable to EBITDAR>1.5
Net Borrowings to EBITDA<3.0

FY22
2.7
(0.3)

FY21
2.5
(0.4)

The Board has a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due; retain sufficient available cash and not breach any covenants under any drawn facilities over the remaining term of the current 
facilities. They do not consider there to be a material uncertainty around the Group’s or the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Basis of Consolidation
Subsidiary Undertakings 
A subsidiary investment is an entity controlled by Halfords. Control is achieved when Halfords is exposed, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the investee and can affect those returns through its power, directly or indirectly, over the investee.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred, in which case an 
appropriate adjustment would be made. 

The financial statements of all subsidiary undertakings are prepared to the same reporting date as the Company. All subsidiary 
undertakings have been consolidated. Subsidiary undertakings acquired during the year are consolidated from the date of acquisition.

The subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 1 April 2022 are detailed in Note 4 to the Company Balance Sheet on page 207.

Business Combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of 
the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets acquired, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in 
exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred as non-
underlying items.

The identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 
“Business combinations” are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. 

Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business 
combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after 
reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of these elements exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is 
recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

168

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSRevenue Recognition 
The Group recognises revenue when it has satisfied its performance obligations to external customers and the customer has obtained 
control of the goods or services being transferred. 

The revenue recognised is measured at the transaction price received and is recognised net of value added tax, discounts, and 
commission charged and received from third parties for providing credit to customers.

The Group operations comprise the retailing of automotive, leisure and cycling products and car servicing and repair operations. The table 
below summarises the revenue recognition policies for different categories of products and services offered by the Group. 

For most revenue streams, there is a low level of judgement applied in determining the transaction price or the timing of transfer of control.

Products and services
Automotive, leisure and cycling 
products, car servicing and 
repair operations

Nature, timing and satisfaction of performance obligations and significant payment terms
The majority (both value and volume) of the Group’s sales are for standalone products and services 
made direct to customers at standard prices, either in-store or online. In these cases, all performance 
obligations are satisfied, and revenue recognised, when the product or service is transferred to the 
customer. The majority of the time the customer pays in full at the same point in time.

Service and repair plans

Product warranties

Software-as-a-Service ("SaaS)

In the case of Cycle to Work, a letter of collection (“LOC”) is issued when payment is received but 
the balance will be held on the Balance Sheet until the product or service has been transferred to the 
customer, at which point revenue is recognised. Breakages are recognised for unredeemed vouchers 
based on historic redemption rates. An LOC can also be redeemed by customers through a network 
of independent bike dealers, who invoice the Group for the value of the LOC, at which point the 
revenue is recognised.
The Group offers various service and repair plans to customers. The Group recognises revenue 
on these on a straight-line basis over the period of the plan. The performance obligation of the 
Group, being the level of service and repair offered with the plan, will be the period of the plan and, 
therefore, revenue should be recognised over this period. The product is paid for on commencement 
of the plan, and is held within accruals and deferred income. 
Certain products, principally motoring and cycling, have a warranty period attached, which is built into 
the price of the product rather than being sold separately as an incremental purchase. The warranty 
element has been identified as a separate performance obligation to the sale of the product, and, 
given it is not sold separately, a transaction price has been allocated for the warranty element based 
on the expected cost approach. This element of revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over 
the period of the plan. The performance obligation of the Group, being the rectification of faults on 
products sold, will be the period over which the customer can exercise their rights under the warranty 
and, therefore, revenue should be recognised over this period. The full price of the product is paid for on 
commencement of the warranty, and deferred income is held within trade and other payables.
The Group operates a Software-as-a-Service business, which provides customers access to a 
bespoke version of our mobile scheduling and operations software. This is currently operating within 
North America. The model employed consists of an up front development fee, with on-going license 
fees depending on usage of the software by the customer, with minimum license fee levels agreed 
over the term of the contract. The upfront development services cannot be unbundled from the 
ongoing hosting and service obligations under the contract and therefore the upfront development 
fee and minimum license fee payable is recognised evenly over the life of the contract, with any 
license fees receivable above the minimum level recognised in the period to which they relate.

Returns 
A provision for estimated returns is made based on the value of goods sold during the year, which are expected to be returned and 
refunded after the year end based on past experience.

The sales value of the expected returns is recognised within provisions, with the cost value of goods expected to be returned recognised 
as a current asset within inventories.

Gift Cards 
Deferred income in relation to gift card redemptions is estimated based on historic redemption rates.

Supplier Income 
As is common in the retail industry, the Group receives income from their suppliers based on specific agreements in place. These enable 
the Group to share the costs and benefits of promotional activity and volume growth and are explained below. The supplier income 
received is recognised as a deduction from cost of sales based on the entitlement that has been earned up to the balance sheet date for 
each relevant supplier agreement. The Group receives other contributions that do not meet the definition of supplier income, including, but 
not limited to, marketing, advertising and promotion contributions that are offset against the costs included in administrative expenses to 
which they relate. 

169

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSAccounting Policies

The supplier income arrangements are often not co-terminus with the Group’s financial period end. Such income is only recognised when 
there is reasonable certainty that the conditions for recognition have been met by the Group and the income can be reliably measured 
based on the terms of the contract. The Group is sometimes required to estimate the amounts due from suppliers at year end. However,  
as most of the supplier income is confirmed before the year end, the level of estimation and judgement required is limited. 

Supplier income is recognised on an accrual basis, based on the entitlement that has been earned up to the balance sheet date for each 
relevant supplier contract. The accrued supplier income is included within trade and other receivables. 

Supplier income comprises: 

•  Rebates – typically these are based on the volume of purchases of goods for resale. These are earned based on purchase triggers over 

set periods of time. In some cases, rebates will also be received to support promotional pricing.

•  Fixed contributions – typically these will be for cost price discounts or for favourable positioning of products in store. 

Supplier income recognised is recorded against cost of sales and inventory, which is adjusted to reflect the lower purchase cost for the 
goods on which the income has been earned. Depending on the agreement with the supplier, supplier income is either received in cash 
from the supplier or netted off payments made to suppliers.

Finance Income
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested. Income is recognised, as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective 
interest rate method.

Non-underlying Items
Non-underlying items are those items that are unusual because of their size, nature (one-off, non-trading costs) or incidence, or relate to 
significant strategic projects. The Group’s management considers that these items should be separately identified within their relevant 
Income Statement category to enable a full understanding of the Group’s results.

Earnings Per Share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit 
or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the 
period, adjusted for own shares held. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, adjusted for own shares held, for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary 
shares, which comprise share options granted to employees.

Foreign Currency Translation
Functional and Presentation Currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the Group’s presentation currency, and are rounded to the 
nearest hundred thousand. Items included in the financial statements of the Group’s entities are measured in pounds sterling, which is the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency).

Transactions and Balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, 
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. 
Translation differences on monetary items are taken to the Income Statement with the exception of differences on transactions that are 
subject to effective cash flow hedges, which are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated at the exchange rate 
at the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognised in profit or loss, except 
for differences arising on qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognised in other comprehensive income. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to sterling at the exchange rate at the reporting date. The income and 
expenses of foreign operations are translated to sterling at an average exchange rate. Foreign currency differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and a separate component of equity. When a foreign operation is disposed of, the relevant amount in equity is 
transferred to profit or loss.

Employee Benefits
i) Pensions
The Halfords Pension Plan is a contract-based plan, where each member has their own individual pension policy, which they monitor 
independently. The Group pays fixed contributions and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. The costs of 
contributions to the scheme are charged to the Income Statement in the period that they arise.

170

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSii) Share-based Payment Transactions
The Group operates a number of equity-settled share-based compensation plans.

The fair value of the employee services received under such schemes is recognised as an expense in the Income Statement. Fair values 
are determined by use of an appropriate pricing model and incorporate an assessment of relevant market performance conditions.

The amount to be expensed over the vesting period is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and  
non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the  
number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date.

At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of share incentives that are expected to vest. The impact of the 

revision of original estimates, if any, is recognised in the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Taxation
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss except to the extent 
that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted, at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

The tax base of an asset is the amount that will be deductible for tax purposes against any taxable economic benefits that will flow to an 
entity when it recovers the carrying amount of the asset. If those economic benefits will not be taxable, the tax base of the asset is equal to 
its carrying amount.

The tax base of a liability is its carrying amount, less any amount that will be deductible for tax purposes in respect of that liability in future 
periods. In the case of revenue that is received in advance, the tax base of the resulting liability is its carrying amount, less any amount of 
the revenue that will not be taxable in future periods.

Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, if the deferred taxation arises from initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profit or loss, it is not accounted for. Deferred taxation is calculated using rates that are expected to apply when the 
related deferred asset is realised, or the deferred taxation liability is settled.

Deferred taxation assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Under IFRIC23, the Group holds no provisions against uncertain tax positions. 

Dividends
Final dividends are recognised in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by shareholders. 
Interim equity dividends are recognised in the period they are paid.

Intangible Assets
i) Goodwill 
Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Goodwill is subsequently measured at 
cost less any accumulated impairment losses. An impairment charge is recognised in profit or loss for any amount by which the carrying 
value of goodwill exceeds its recoverable amount.

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.

For acquisitions prior to 3 April 2010, costs directly attributable to business combinations formed part of the consideration payable when 
calculating goodwill. Adjustments to contingent consideration, and, therefore, the consideration payable and goodwill, are made at each 
reporting date until the consideration is finally determined.

Acquisitions after this date fall under the provisions of ‘Revised IFRS 3 Business Combinations (2008)’. For these acquisitions, transaction 
costs, other than share and debt issue costs, will be expensed as incurred and subsequent adjustments to the fair value of contingent 
consideration payable will be recognised in profit or loss.

ii) Computer Software
Costs that are directly associated with identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group, and that will generate economic 
benefits beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets. These intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses. Software is amortised over three to five years, depending on the estimated useful economic life.

171

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSAccounting Policies

Where the Group controls software relating to Software as a Service (“SaaS”) arrangements, configuration and customisation costs are 
capitalised as part of bringing the identified intangible asset into use. Where the Group does not have control of the costs are expensed 
over the SaaS contract term if the related configuration and customisation costs are not distinct from access to the software. In all other 
circumstances, configuration and customisation costs are recognised as an expense as incurred except in the limited instances where 
these costs result in a separately identifiable intangible asset. Under the new IFRIC guidance given in the current year for the recognition 
of SAAS arrangements, where software is deemed to fall under the IAS 38 definition of a SAAS arrangement, the costs will be expensed to 
the profit or loss account.

iii) Acquired Intangible Assets
Intangible assets that are acquired as a result of a business combination are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, provided they 
are identifiable and capable of reliable measurement. 

Amortisation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, 
from the date that they are available for use, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic 
benefits embodied in the asset. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows:

•  Brand names and trademarks –10 years;

•  Supplier relationships – 5 to 15 years;

•  Customer relationships – 5 to 15 years; and

•  Favourable leases – over the term of the lease.

Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate.

Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is held at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided to write off the cost, less residual value, on a straight-line basis over their useful 
economic lives as follows:

•  Freehold properties are depreciated over 50 years;

•  Leasehold premises with lease terms of 50 years or less are depreciated over the remaining period of the lease;

•  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the period of the lease to a maximum of 25 years;

•  Motor vehicles are depreciated over 3 years;

•  Fixtures, fittings and equipment are depreciated over 4 to 10 years according to the estimated life of the asset;

•  Computer equipment is depreciated over 3 years; and

•  Land is not depreciated. 

Depreciation is expensed to the Income Statement within operating expenses.

Residual values, remaining useful economic lives and depreciation periods and methods are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate.

Impairment of Assets
Tangible and intangible assets that are subject to amortisation and depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable cash inflows (cash-generating units). Property, plant and equipment relating to Retail stores or for Car Servicing garages are 
grouped on an individual store or garage basis. 

Assets held for sale
Non-current assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities, are classified as held for sale if it is highly probable that they 
will be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use. Such assets, or disposal groups, are generally measured at 
the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment loss on a disposal group is allocated first to goodwill, 
and then to the remaining assets and liabilities on a pro rata basis, except that no loss is allocated to inventories, financial assets or 
deferred tax assets, which continue to be measured in accordance with the Group’s other accounting policies. Impairment losses on initial 
classification as held for sale or held for distribution and subsequent gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss. 
Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated. 

Leases
The Group initially applied IFRS 16 at 30 March 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative 
information is not restated and the cumulative effect of applying IFRS 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application.

172

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSAs lessee
The Group leases various offices, warehouses, retail stores, car servicing garages, equipment and vehicles. Rental contracts are typically 
made for fixed periods between 3 months and 25 years but may have break clauses or extension options. 

Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and 
non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices. However, for leases of real estate for which the Group is a lessee, it has 
elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and instead accounts for these as a single lease component. 

At the commencement date of property leases, the Group determines the lease term to be the full term of the lease, assuming that any 
option to break or extend the lease is unlikely to be exercised.  Leases are regularly reviewed on an individual basis and will be revalued if 
it becomes likely that a break clause or option to extend the lease is exercised. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of 
the following lease payments: 

• 

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable; 

•  variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date; 

•  amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees; 

• 

the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and 

•  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. 

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease 
payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case 
for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to 
borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar 
terms, security and conditions.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: 

•  where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in 

financing conditions since third-party financing was received;

•  uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group; and 

•  makes adjustments specific to the lease, for example location or type of property.

The Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in 
the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is 
reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset. Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance 
cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability 
for each period.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: 

• 

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability; 

•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received; 

•  any initial direct costs; and 

• 

restoration costs.

For leases acquired as part of a business combination, the lease liability is measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments. 
The right-of-use asset is measured at the same amount as the lease liability adjusted to reflect favourable or unfavourable terms of the 
lease when compared to market terms.

Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance outstanding 
and are reduced for lease payments made.  Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the lease 
or over the remaining economic life of the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the lease term. 

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease (because, for example, it re-assesses the probability of a lessee extension or 
termination option being exercised), it adjusts the carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to make over the revised 
term, which are discounted at the same discount rate that applied on lease commencement.  The carrying value of lease liabilities is 
similarly revised when the variable element of future lease payments dependent on a rate or index is revised. In both cases, an equivalent 
adjustment is made to the carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying amount being amortised over the remaining 
(revised) lease term. If the carrying value of the right-of-use asset is adjusted to zero, any further reduction is recognised in profit or loss.

The right-of-use assets are considered for impairment at each reporting date, see Note 14.

173

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSAccounting Policies

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of the modification:

• 

• 

• 

If the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets being leased for an amount commensurate with the standalone price for 
the additional rights-of-use obtained, the modification is accounted for as a separate lease in accordance with the above policy.

In all other cases where the renegotiated increases the scope of the lease (whether that is an extension to the lease term, or one or 
more additional assets being leased), the lease liability is remeasured using the discount rate applicable on the modification date, with 
the right-of-use asset being adjusted by the same amount. 

If the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and right-of-use asset 
are reduced by the same proportion to reflect the partial or full termination of the lease with any difference recognised in profit or loss.  
The lease liability is then further adjusted to ensure its carrying amount reflects the amount of the renegotiated payments over the 
renegotiated term, with the modified lease payments discounted at the rate applicable on the modification date. The right-of-use asset 
is adjusted by the same amount.

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets (<£5,000) are recognised on a 
straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets 
comprise warehousing, IT and telephone equipment.

As lessor
Leases in which the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an asset are classified as 
operating leases. Rental income arising is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease terms and is included in revenue in the 
statement of profit or loss due to its operating nature. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added 
to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised over the lease term on the same basis as rental income. Contingent rents are 
recognised as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The sublease is 
classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.

Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted average cost 
principle and includes purchase costs, adjusted for rebates, cash flow hedges, and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing 
location. 

Provisions 
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated 
reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by 
discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the liability. When material the unwinding of the discount is recognised as a finance cost.

Details of the provisions recognised, and the estimates and judgements, can be seen in Note 20.

Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset when the reimbursement is 
certain.

A wear and tear provision is recognised when there is future obligation relating to the maintenance of leasehold properties. The provision is 
based on management’s best estimate of the obligation, which forms part of the Group’s unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under 
the lease contracts. Key uncertainties are the estimates of amounts due.

Provisions for employer and product liability claims are recognised when an incident occurs or when a claim made against the Group is 
received that could lead to there being an outflow of benefits from the Group. The provision is based on management’s best estimate of 
the settlement assisted by an external third party. The main uncertainty is the likelihood of success of the claimant and hence the pay-out, 
however, a provision is only recognised where there is considered to be reasonable grounds for the claim.

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits 
with original maturities of less than 90 days, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. In the consolidated statement of 
cash flows, net cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and cash equivalents, as defined above, net of bank overdrafts. Cash in transit is 
recognised within Other receivables.

Financial Instruments
i) Recognition and Initial Measurement
Trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognised 
when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

On initial recognition, a financial asset is measured at: amortised cost; Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”) – equity 
instrument; or Fair Value through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”). A financial liability is measured at either amortised costs or FVTPL.

174

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSii) Classification and Subsequent Measurement

Financial assets 
Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing 
financial assets, in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified on the first day of the first reporting period following the change 
in the business model. 

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

• 

• 

It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal 
amount outstanding.

On initial recognition of an equity instrument that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in 
the investment’s fair value in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”). This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis. 

All financial assets not measured at amortised cost or FVOCI, as described above, are measured at FVTPL. This includes all derivative 
financial assets (Note 22). On initial recognition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise meets the 
requirements to be measured at amortised cost or at FVOCI as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting 
mismatch that would otherwise arise. 

Financial assets: Business model assessment
The Group assesses the objective of the business model in which financial assets are held at a Cash-Generating Unit (“CGU”) level 
because this best reflects the way the business is managed and information is provided to management. The information considered 
includes:

•  The stated policies and objectives for the business unit and the operation of those policies in practice. This includes whether 

management’s strategy focuses on earning contractual interest income, maintaining a particular interest rate portfolio, matching the 
duration of the financial assets to the duration of any related liabilities or expected cash outflows or realising cash flows through the 
sale of the assets;

•  How the performance of the business unit is evaluated and reported to the Group’s management;

•  The risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business unit) and how those 

risks are managed; and

•  The frequency, volume and timing of sales of financial assets in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future 

sales activity.

Financial assets that are held for trading or are managed and whose performance is evaluated on a fair value basis are measured at FVTPL. 

Financial assets: Assessment whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest
For the purposes of this assessment, “principal” is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition. “Interest” is defined 
as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular 
period and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g. liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as profit margin. 

In assessing whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, the Group considers the contractual terms of 
the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of 
contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition. In making this assessment, the Group considers:

•  Contingent events that would change the amount or timing of cash flows;

•  Terms that may adjust the contractual coupon rate, including variable rate features;

•  Prepayment and extension features; and

•  Terms that limit the Group’s claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g. non-recourse features).

Financial assets: measurement and gains and losses 

Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets at amortised cost

Equity investments at FVOCI

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including 
any interest or dividend income, are recognised in profit and loss. However, see Note 
22 for derivatives designated as hedging instruments.
These assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign 
exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or 
loss on derecognition is recognised in profit or loss.
These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognised as 
income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of 
the cost of investment. Other net gains and losses are recognised in OCI and never 
reclassified to profit or loss. 

175

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSAccounting Policies

Financial liabilities: Classification, subsequent measurement and gains and losses
Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortised cost or FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as FVTPL if it is classified as held 
for trading, it is a derivative or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and 
net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognised in profit and loss. All other financial liabilities are recognised initially at 
their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

iii) Derecognition

Financial assets
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the 
rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial 
asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does 

not retain control of the financial asset.

Financial liabilities
The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. The Group also 
derecognises a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which 
case a new liability based on the modified terms is recognised at fair value. 

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any 
non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognised in profit or loss. 

iv) Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net position presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, 
the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realise the 
asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

v) Derivatives
Derivative financial instruments are used to manage risks arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates relating to the purchase 
of overseas sourced products. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. The Group uses the 
derivatives to hedge highly probable forecast transactions and, therefore, the instruments are largely designated as cash flow hedges. 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. 

At inception of designated hedging relationships, the Group documents the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the 
hedge. The Group also documents the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, including whether the 
changes in the cash flows of the hedged item and hedging instrument are expected to offset each other. 

The effective element of any gain or loss from remeasuring the derivative instrument is recognised in OCI and accumulated in the hedging 
reserve. Any element of the remeasurement of the derivative instrument that does not meet the criteria for an effective hedge is recognised 
immediately in the Group Income Statement within cost of sales.

When the hedged forecast transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a non-financial item, such as inventory, the amount 
accumulated in the hedging reserve is included directly in the initial cost of the non-financial item when it is recognised. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain 
or loss existing in other comprehensive income at that time remains in other comprehensive income and is recognised when the forecast 
transaction is ultimately recognised in the Income Statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative 
gain or loss that was reported in other comprehensive income is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more 
than 12 months or, as a current asset or liability, if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

vi) Impairment
The Group recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (“ECLs”) on financial assets measured at amortised cost. These are 
always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual 
period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. There is limited exposure to ECLs due to the business model.

When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECL, 
the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both 
qualitative and quantitative information and analysis, based on the Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment and 
forward-looking information. 

The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 30 days past due. The Group 
considers a financial asset to be in default when the financial asset is more than 90 days past due. 

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

176

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSThe gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect of 
recovery. This is generally the case when the Group determines that the debtor does not have the assets or sources of income that could 
generate sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. However, financial assets that are written off could still be 

subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Group’s procedures for recovery of amounts due. 

Estimates and Judgements
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses.  The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which form the basis of making judgements about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other sources.  Actual results may differ from the estimates.

Estimates
The key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are detailed below:

Impairment of Assets within Retail and Car Servicing
Goodwill and other assets are subject to impairment reviews based on whether current or future events and circumstances suggest that 
their recoverable value may be less than their carrying value. Recoverable amount is based on a calculation of expected future cash flows, 
which includes management assumptions and estimates of future performance. Details of the assumptions used in the impairment review 
of goodwill and other assets are explained in Note 11. 

The carrying amount of these assets and liabilities can be seen in the notes to the financial statements on pages 187 to 188. Sensitivity 
analysis on the key assumption in the value-in-use calculations has been undertaken on the two Group cash-generating units (Retail and 
Car Servicing) independently of one another, which found that there is a more than adequate amount of headroom before an impairment 
could be triggered. For further information see Note 11.

Judgements
The key judgements that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are detailed below:

Allowances Against the Carrying Value of Inventories
The Group reviews the market value of and demand for its inventories on a periodic basis to ensure that recorded inventory is stated at 
the lower of cost and net realisable value. In assessing the ultimate realisation of inventories, the Group is required to make estimates 
regarding future demand and to compare these with the current or committed inventory levels. Assumptions have been made relating to 
the timing and success of product ranges, which would impact estimated demand and selling prices. 

A sensitivity analysis has been carried out on the carrying value of inventory. This showed a 10% change in provisions applied to clearance 
stock would impact the net realisable value of inventories by £0.2m. A 10% change in the current selling price of products would impact 
the net realisable value of inventories by £0.2m.

Acquisition of National 
On acquisition of National, the Group have used judgement in assessing the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired as a business 
combination. The Group have also used judgement in assessing the value of intangibles held within the opening balance sheet.
On assessment, the below categories of intangible asset were identified:

•  Customer relationships with the B2B customers in contract with the business; and

•  The value of the brands acquired.

On application of IFRS 16 Leases, a number of leases which were favourable to market rates were identified, which created a right of use 
asset value in excess of the right of use liability. 

An exercise was also completed to assess the value and useful lives of property, plant and equipment, with a fair value adjustment applied 
as a result of this exercise.

An adjustment to the deferred tax asset was made related to the total value of the intangible assets, favourable leases and fixed asset 
valuation changes.

In assessing the forecasted future cash flows, synergies which were expected to impact the acquired business have been included, where 
other market participants would also be in the position to benefit from these synergies. This forecast, when compared with the purchase 
consideration, generated a discount rate which was in turn used to value the intangible assets recognised.

Lease Terms and Incremental Borrowing Rate 
Under IFRS 16, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its 
obligation to make lease payments. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using 
the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, adjusted to take into account the risk associated with the length of the lease, which ranges between 1 
and 25 years, and the location of the lease. The Group has, therefore, made a judgement to determine the incremental borrowing rate used. The 
weighted average incremental borrowing rate in FY22 was 2.34%. Halfords review the incremental borrowing rate against the property yields to 
ensure the rates move appropriately against the weighted average reference rate for UK properties and concluded the rates appear reasonable. 

177

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSAccounting Policies

In determining lease terms, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension 
option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if 
the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

For leases of warehouses, retail stores, autocentres and equipment, the following factors are normally the most relevant:

•  Review of profitability of each store and garage; 

• 

• 

If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate); and

If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend 
(or not terminate). 

Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace 
the leased asset. Most extension options in vehicle leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace 
the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Capitalisation of internal costs 
Where a project is deemed to meet the requirements of IAS 38, the Group capitalises material internal costs using a blended rate on the 

basis of time recorded against projects. This is calculated using actual salaries of relevant colleagues during the current year.

Adoption of New and Revised Standards
The following standards and interpretations are applicable to the Group and were adopted in the current period as they were mandatory for 
the year ended 1 April 2022 but either had no material impact on the result or net assets of the Group or were not applicable.

•  Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37);

•  Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16);

•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020 (Amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16 and IAS 41); and

•  References to Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3).

The Group has also considered the two final agenda decisions of the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) relating to cloud computing 
arrangements in March 2019 and April 2021, which have not had a material impact on the result or net assets of the Group. See 
accounting policy for further details.

New Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted
There are a number of standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations which have been issued by the IASB that are effective 
in future accounting periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early. The most significant of these are as follows, which are all 
effective for the period beginning 2 April 2022: 

•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2);

•  Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8); and

•  Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12).

In January 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1, which clarify the criteria used to determine whether liabilities are classified as 
current or non-current. These amendments clarify that current or non-current classification is based on whether an entity has a right at the 
end of the reporting period to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. The amendments also clarify 
that “settlement” includes the transfer of cash, goods, services, or equity instruments unless the obligation to transfer equity instruments 
arises from a conversion feature classified as an equity instrument separately from the liability component of a compound financial 
instrument. The amendments were originally effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022. However, in May 
2020, the effective date was deferred to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023.

In response to feedback and enquiries from stakeholders, in December 2020, the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) issued a Tentative 
Agenda Decision, analysing the applicability of the amendments to three scenarios. However, given the comments received and concerns raised 
on some aspects of the amendments, in April 2021, IFRIC decided not to finalise the agenda decision and referred the matter to the IASB. In 
its June 2021 meeting, the IASB tentatively decided to amend the requirements of IAS 1 with respect to the classification of liabilities subject to 
conditions and disclosure of information about such conditions and to defer the effective date of the 2020 amendment by at least one year.

The Group is currently assessing the impact of these new accounting standards and amendments. The Group will assess the impact of 
the final amendments to IAS 1 on classification of its liabilities once those are issued by the IASB. The Group does not believe that the 
amendments to IAS 1, in their present form, will have a significant impact on the classification of its liabilities.

178

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

1. Operating Segments
The Group has two reportable segments, Retail and Car Servicing, which are the Group’s strategic business units. Car Servicing became a 
reporting segment of the Group as a result of the acquisition of Nationwide Autocentres on 17 February 2010. The strategic business units 
offer different products and services, and are managed separately because they require different operational, technological and marketing 
strategies.

The operations of the Retail reporting segment comprise the retailing of automotive, leisure and cycling products through retail stores. The 
operations of the Car Servicing reporting segment comprise car servicing and repairs performed from garages and vans to both retail and 
commercial customers, as well as the Group’s Software as a Service business.

The Chief Operating Decision Maker is the Executive Directors. Internal management reports for each of the segments are reviewed by 
the Executive Directors on a monthly basis. Key measures used to evaluate performance are Revenue and Operating Profit. Management 
believe that these measures are the most relevant in evaluating the performance of the segment and for making resource allocation 
decisions.

The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments. Performance is measured based on segment 
operating profit, as included in the management reports that are reviewed by the Executive Directors. These internal reports are prepared 
in accordance with IFRS accounting policies, with IFRS 16 accounting entries applied at a Group level.

All material operations of the reportable segments are carried out in the UK and Ireland, and all material non-current assets are located 
in the UK and Ireland. The Group’s revenue is driven by the consolidation of individual small value transactions and as a result, Group 
revenue is not reliant on a major customer or Group of customers. All revenue is from external customers.

Income Statement
Revenue
Segment operating profit before non-underlying items
Non-underlying items
Segment operating profit 
Unallocated expenses1
Operating profit
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year
Products and services transferred at a point in time
Products and services transferred over time
Revenue

Income Statement
Revenue
Segment operating profit before non-underlying items 
Non-underlying items
Segment operating profit
Unallocated expenses1
Operating profit 
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year
Products and services transferred at a point in time
Products and services transferred over time
Revenue

52 weeks to 
1 April
2022
Total
£m
 1,369.6 
 104.2 
 6.8 
 111.0 
(3.1)
 107.9 
(11.3)
 96.6
(18.9)
 77.7 
 1,288.1 
 81.5 
 1,369.6 

52 weeks to 
2 April
2021
Total
£m
 1,292.3 
 116.8 
(35.0)
 81.8 
(2.3)
 79.5 
(15.0)
 64.5 
(11.3)
 53.2 
 1,210.4 
 81.9 
 1,292.3 

Retail 
£m
 1,001.6 
 89.8 
 8.9 
 98.7 

Car Servicing
£m
 368.0 
 14.4 
(2.1)
 12.3 

 948.9 
 52.7 
 1,001.6 

 339.2 
 28.8 
 368.0 

Retail 
£m
 1,039.8 
 103.7 
(31.7)
 72.0 

Car Servicing
£m
 252.5 
 13.1 
(3.3)
 9.8 

 983.9 
 55.9 
 1,039.8 

 226.5 
 26.0 
 252.5 

1.  Unallocated expenses have been disclosed to reflect the format of the internal management reports reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision maker and 

include an amortisation charge of £3.1m in respect of assets acquired through business combinations (2021: £2.3m).

179

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

1. Operating Segments continued

Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and impairment expense
Amortisation of right-of-use asset
Amortisation expense

Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and impairment expense
Impairment of right-of-use asset
Amortisation of right-of-use asset
Amortisation expense

Retail 
£m
 31.1
 13.1 
 54.1 
 14.2 

Car  
Servicing
£m
 18.1 
 7.2 
 15.8 
 1.6 

Retail 
£m
 23.3 
 19.1 
 11.6 
 58.2 
 9.6 

Car Servicing
£m
 22.0 
 4.7 
 0.6 
 11.4 
 1.2 

52 weeks to 
1 April
2022
Total
£m
 49.2 
 20.3 
 69.9 
 15.8 

52 weeks to 
2 April
2021
Total
£m
 45.3 
 23.8 
 12.2 
 69.6 
 10.8 

There have been no significant transactions between segments in the 52 weeks ended 1 April 2022 (2021: £nil).

2. Operating Expenses

For the period
Selling and distribution costs
Selling and distribution costs
Administrative income/expenses, before non-underlying items
Non-underlying administrative income/expenses
Administrative income/expenses
Operating expenses

3. Operating Profit

For the period
Operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following expenses/(incomes) as 
categorised by nature:
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term lease of low-value assets
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Rentals receivable under operating leases
Landlord surrender premiums
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, and intangibles
Amortisation of intangible assets
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment
Impairment of:
– owned property, plant and equipment

– right-of-use assets
Trade receivables impairment
Staff costs (see Note 4)
Cost of inventories consumed in cost of sales

180

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
472.6
472.6
148.0
(6.8)
141.2
613.8

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
 422.9 
 422.9 
118.9
35.0
153.9
576.8

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m

 1.6 
 8.8 
(2.6)
(0.8)
 1.8 
 15.8 
 69.9 
 20.6 

(0.3)

–
 0.1 
 319.5 
 655.0 

 0.7 
 5.6 
(2.7)
 0.1 
 1.7 
 12.9 
 69.6 
 21.0 

 2.8 

 12.2 
 0.1 
 299.6 
 629.1 

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS3. Operating Profit continued
The total fees payable by the Group to BDO LLP and their associates during the period was £0.9m (2021: £0.6m), in respect of the services 
detailed below:

For the period
Fees payable to for the audit of the Company’s accounts
Fees payable to BDO LLP and their associates for other services:
The audit of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings, pursuant to legislation
Audit-related assurance services
Other 

4. Staff Costs

For the period
The aggregated remuneration of all employees including Directors comprised:
Wages and salaries
Redundancies included in non-underlying items
Social security costs
Equity settled share-based payment transactions (Note 24)
Contributions to defined contribution plans (Note 26)

Staff costs recognised within Intangible asset additions in the period totalled £6.6m (2021: £3.6m).

Average number of persons employed by the Group, including Directors, during the period:
Stores/Garages/Vans
Central warehousing
Support Centre

Key Management Compensation

For the period
Salaries and short-term benefits
Compensation for loss of office
Social security costs
Pensions
Share-based payment charge

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£’000
55

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£’000
 43 

849
115
–
1,019

 447 
 78 
 11
579

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m

288.2
0.3
23.1
7.8
6.7
326.1

262.3
5.9
19.2
6.4
5.8
299.6

Number

Number

9,959
633
920
11,512

9,635
642
1,009
11,286

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
6.6
–
0.9
0.3
 3.8 
11.6

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
6.4
0.3
0.6
0.3
3.5
11.1

Key management compensation includes the emoluments of the Board of Directors and the emoluments of the Halfords Limited and 
Halfords Autocentres management boards. 

Full details of Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149, which form part 
of these financial statements.

181

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

5. Non-underlying Items

For the period
Non-underlying operating expenses:
Organisational restructure costs (a)
Acquisition and investment-related fee (b)
Provision for expected settlement of an ongoing legal case (c)
Closure costs (d)
Impairment of right-of-use asset (e)

Replacement of warehouse management system (f)
Non-underlying items before tax
Tax on non-underlying items 
Non-underlying items after tax

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m

 0.3 
 2.8 
(2.2)
(8.5)
–

0.8
(6.8)
 1.7 
(5.1)

 5.9 
 0.6 
 2.9 
26.0
(0.4)

–
 35.0 
(6.1)
 28.9 

a. 

In the current and prior period, a strategic redesign of the in-store operating model was undertaken to better meet our customers’ 

expectations and deliver a consistent shopping experience across our estate. Redundancy costs of £0.3m (2021: £5.9m) were incurred 

during the transition to the new operating model. 

b. 

In the current and prior periods, costs were incurred in relation to the investments in National Tyres, Iverson, havebike and Universal.

 − In FY22, £2.5m relating to professional fees in respect of the acquisition of National Tyres;

 − £0.2m related to the acquisition of trade and assets of both Iverson and havebike;

 − £0.1m (2021: £0.6m) related to the acquisition of Universal.

c.  During the prior period, a provision of £2.9m was held in the accounts in relation to the HMRC audit relating to the national minimum 
wage. This was management’s best estimate based on information available at the time. During the current period, this has been fully 
settled and paid, which has led to a release of the provision of £2.2m.

d.  During FY20 and FY21 the group completed a strategic review of the profitability of the physical estate and subsequently closed a 

number of stores and garages. Assets were impaired and costs associated with the ongoing onerous commitments under the lease 
agreements and other costs associated with the property exits were provided for accordingly. In the current period £8.5m (costs of 
£26m during FY21) of provisions and lease liabilities have been released as the group continues to negotiate lease disposals and 
review provisions held in place. At the year end property provisions carried forward included an amount of £10.2m in relation to these 
store and garage closures. These will continue to unwind as property exits are negotiated with landlords or tenants, and could result in 
further amounts being released to the income statement due to the significant estimation uncertainty over the timing of exits and the 
final negotiated settlements.

e. 

In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group had revised future cash flow projections for stores and garages in FY20, which led to the 
recognition of an impairment in relation to garages where the current and anticipated future performance did not support the carrying 
value of the right-of-use asset and associated tangible assets. During the prior year, £0.4m of this impairment was reversed as the 
stores and garages had returned to a profitable position.

f.  An additional balance of £0.8m was incurred during the current period as a result of the replacement of the Warehouse Management 
System. Under the new IFRIC guidance in regards to IAS 38 this can not be capitalised and therefore, owing to the nature of this cost 
(non-trading cost), this is disclosed as a non-underlying expense.

6. Finance Costs

Recognised in profit or loss for the period 
Finance costs:
Bank borrowings
Amortisation of issue costs on loans 
Commitment and guarantee fees
Other interest payable
Interest payable on lease liabilities
Finance costs

182

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m

(0.1)
(0.7)
(1.5)
–
(9.0)
(11.3)

(2.5)
(1.1)
(1.1)
(0.3)
(10.0)
(15.0)

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS7. Taxation
Amounts recognised through Income Statement

For the period
Current taxation
UK corporation tax charge for the period
Adjustment in respect of prior periods

Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Effect of changes in tax rates
Adjustment in respect of prior periods

Total tax charge for the period

Amounts recognised through Other Comprehensive Income

For the period
Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustment in respect of prior periods
Total tax charge to OCI for the period

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m

 15.9 
(0.4)
 15.5 

 3.4 
(1.7)
 1.7 
 3.4 
 18.9 

 16.9 
(1.0)
 15.9 

(4.7)
–
 0.1 
(4.6)
 11.3 

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m

 1.2 
 0.1 
 1.3 

 (1.6) 
–
 (1.6) 

Amounts recognised directly in Equity
A credit of £0.4m (2021:£0.4m credit) has been recognised directly in Equity in relation to the origination and reversal of temporary 
differences on share based payment transactions.

Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The tax charge is reconciled with the standard rate of UK corporation tax as follows:

For the period
Profit before tax
UK corporation tax at standard rate of 19% (2021: 19%)
Factors affecting the charge for the period:
Depreciation on expenditure not eligible for tax relief
Impact of super deduction capital allowances uplift
Employee share options
Other disallowable expenses
Adjustment in respect of prior periods
Impact of overseas tax rates
Impact of change in tax rate on deferred tax balance
Total tax charge for the period

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
 96.6 
 18.4 

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
 64.5 
 12.3 

 0.3 
(1.3)
 1.5 
 0.8 
 1.3 
(0.3)
(1.8)
 18.9 

 0.9 
–
(1.3)
 0.6 
(0.9)
(0.3)
–
 11.3 

An increase to the main rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023 was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. This will increase the 
Company’s future current tax charge accordingly. The closing deferred tax asset at 1 April 2022 has been calculated at the rates expected 
to apply when the temporary differences unwind.

The effective tax rate of 19.5% (2021: 17.5%) is higher than the UK corporation tax rate principally due to increased disallowable 
expenditure this year (in part relating to the share issue and National acquisition) and adjustments in respect of prior periods.

The tax charge for the period was £18.9m (2021: £11.3m), including a £1.7m charge (2021: £6.1m credit) in respect of tax on non-recurring items.

The Group engages openly and pro-actively with tax authorities both in the UK and internationally, where it trades and sources products, 
and is considered low risk by HM Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”).The Company is fully committed to complying with all of its tax 
payment and reporting obligations. 

183

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

7. Taxation continued
In this period, the Group’s contribution to the UK Exchequer from both taxes paid and collected exceeded £232m (2021: £170m) with 
the main taxes including corporation tax £12.2m (2021: £10.8m), net VAT £116.9m (2021: £97.4m), employment taxes of £69.5m (2021: 
£61.2m) and business rates £25.3m (2021: £0.9m). 

At 1 April 2022, the Group has unused tax losses of £62.6m (2021: £nil) and fixed asset temporary differences of £21.9m (2021: £nil) 
available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of £28.9m (2021: £nil) of the losses and 
£21.9m of the fixed asset temporary difference where management considers it probable there will be future taxable profits available 
for offset. The net impact of this recognition is a deferred tax asset of £6.9m in relation to losses and £5.5m in relation to fixed asset 
temporary differences.

No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the remaining £33.7m (2021: £nil) relating to tax losses as it is not considered 
probable that there will be future taxable profits available for offset. The net impact of this balance is an unrecognised deferred tax asset  
of £8.4m. These losses may be carried forward indefinitely.

8. Dividends

For the period
Equity – ordinary shares
Final for the 52 weeks to 2 April 2021 – paid 5.0p per share (53 weeks to 3 April 2020: nil)
Interim for the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022 – paid 3.0p per share (52 weeks to 2 April 2021: nil)

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m

 9.9 
 6.6 
 16.5 

–
–
–

In addition, the Directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial period ended 1 April 2022 of 6.0p per share (2021: 
5.0p per share), which will absorb an estimated £13m (2021: £9.9m) of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 16 September 2022 to 
shareholders who are on the register of members.

9. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the period. The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by an Employee Benefit Trust 
(see Note 22) and has been adjusted for the issue/purchase of shares during the period. 

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market 
price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022.

The Group has also chosen to present an alternative earnings per share measure, with profit adjusted for non-underlying items because it 
better reflects the Group’s underlying performance.

For the period
Weighted average number of shares in issue
Less: shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust (weighted average)
Weighted average number of shares for calculating basic earnings per share
Weighted average number of dilutive shares 
Total number of shares for calculating diluted earnings per share

For the period
Basic earnings attributable to equity shareholders 
Non-underlying items (see Note 5):
  Operating income/expenses
Tax on non-underlying items

Underlying earnings before non-underlying items

184

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
Number of 
shares
m
 205.7
(1.0)
 204.7 
 9.0 
 213.7 

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
77.7 

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
Number of 
shares
m
 199.1 
(2.0)
 197.1 
 4.9 
 202.0 

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
 53.2 

(6.8)
1.7
 72.6 

 35.0 
(6.1)
 82.1 

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS 
9. Earnings Per Share continued

For the period
Basic earnings per ordinary share
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
Basic earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying items
Diluted earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying items

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
37.9p
36.4p
35.5p
34.0p

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
27.1p
26.4p
41.7p
40.7p

10. Acquisition of Subsidiaries
a) National
On 9 December 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Axle Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiary companies 
(see page 207) for a cash consideration of £61.5m (excluding transaction costs). The acquired businesses comprise over 200 garages and  
a fleet of vans, which provide support for retail and B2B customers, with centres across Great Britain and the Isle of Man.

The principal reason for the acquisition was to build on the already successful Halfords Autocentres and Halfords Mobile Expert 
businesses and expand the availability for customers across the whole of Britain, as well as acquiring a tyre wholesale business to better 
manage our tyre supply chain.

Details of the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, purchase consideration and goodwill are as follows (fair value is used 
apart from leases, contingent liabilities and income taxes).

Book value
£m

Fair value 
adjustment
£m

IFRS 16 
adjustment
£m

Final fair 
value
£m 

The Axle Group net assets at the acquisition date
Intangible assets 
Tangible assets
Right-of-use asset
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Trade and other payables
Lease liability
Other taxation and social security
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax asset/ (liability)
Total

Goodwill
Goodwill was recognised as a result of the acquisition as follows:

Total consideration (£58.5m net of cash acquired £3.0m)
Less fair value of identifiable (assets)/liabilities 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets:
Customer relationships
Brand names
Total

–
 11.9 
–
 15.1 
 20.5 
 3.0 
(38.5)
–
(5.3)
–
(2.1)
 10.6 
 15.2 

 7.0 
 3.4 
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1.7)
 8.7 

–
–
 82.0 
–
–
–
–
(73.2)
–
–
–
(2.2)
6.6

 7.0 
 15.3 
 82.0 
 15.1 
 20.5 
 3.0 
(38.5)
(73.2)
(5.3)
–
(2.1)
 6.7
30.5 

£m
 61.5 
(30.5)
 31.0 

 6.2 
 0.8 
 7.0 

None of the goodwill acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill constitutes the value of locational 
benefits giving Halfords the ability to expand growth across the UK for both retail and B2B customers, as well as the acquisition of a tyre 
wholesale business, which will allow to us better manage supply chains.

The Axle Group businesses contributed £55.6m of revenue and broke even on a profit before tax basis for the period between the date of 
acquisition and the balance sheet date.

If the acquisition of the Axle Group business had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenues for the period would 
have been £127.3m higher and Group profit before tax for the period would have been £0.4m higher (before amortisation of intangible 
assets arising on consolidation).

185

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

10. Acquisition of Subsidiaries continued
Acquisition costs of £2.5m arose as a result of the transaction. These have been recognised as part of non-underlying costs in the 
Consolidated Income Statement (see Note 5).

b) Iverson – acquisition of trade and assets
On 1 December 2021, the Group acquired the trade and assets of Iverson Tyres Limited for an immaterial amount. The acquisition secured 
four garages within a strategically important location around the M25 and M4 corridor, increasing the availability of the Group's garage 
services in a popular area for fleet businesses. Goodwill of £0.6m arose on acquisition.

c) Havebike – acquisition of trade and assets
On 15 March 2022, the Group acquired the trade and assets of HaveBike Limited for an immaterial amount. The acquisition secured the 
outright ownership of mobile cycling services software for Halfords Mobile Expert and acts as a significant enabler in the Group’s plans to 
grow that business within cycling, on top of the mobile motoring services business already in place. No goodwill arose on acquisition.

11. Intangible Assets

Cost
At 3 April 2020
Additions
Additions from acquisition of subsidiaries
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Additions
Additions from acquisition of subsidiaries
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Amortisation and impairment
At 3 April 2020

Charge for the period
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Net book value at 1 April 2022
Net book value at 2 April 2021

Brand 
names and 
trademarks
£m

Customer 
relationships
£m

Supplier 
relationships
£m

Computer 
software
£m

Goodwill
£m

 10.5 
–
 1.0 
–
 11.5 
–
 0.8 
–
 12.3 

 4.3 

 0.8 
–
 5.1 
 0.8 
–
 5.9 
 6.4 
 6.4 

 16.9 
–
–
–
 16.9 
– 
 6.2 
–
 23.1 

 12.0 

 0.7 
–
 12.7 
 0.9 
–
 13.6 
 9.5 
 4.2 

 7.8 
–
 1.6 
–
 9.4 
–   
–
–
 9.4 

 1.9 

 0.5 
–
 2.4 
 0.7 
–
 3.1 
 6.3 
 7.0 

 78.0 
 11.8 
–
(2.1)
 87.7 
 21.4 
 – 
(0.8)  
 108.3 

 49.9 

 10.9 
(1.1)
 59.7 
 13.4 
(0.7) 
 72.4 
 35.9 
 28.0 

 372.3 
–
 2.1 
–
 374.4 
 0.6 
 31.0 
–
 406.0 

 21.7 

–
–
 21.7 
–
–
 21.7 
 384.3 
 352.7 

Total
£m

 485.5 
11.8
 4.7 
(2.1)
 499.9 
 22.0 
38.0 
(0.8)
 559.1 

 89.8 

 12.9 
(1.1)
 101.6 
 15.8 
(0.7)
 116.7 
 442.4 
 398.3 

No intangible assets are held as security for external borrowings.

Goodwill is allocated to two groups of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), being Retail and Car Servicing as follows:

1) Retail
Goodwill of £253.1m arose on the acquisition of Halfords Holdings Limited by the Company on 31 August 2002 and is allocated to the 
Retail segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of sites within the UK, which management monitors on an overall basis as a group of 
cash-generating units being Retail.

Goodwill of £10.7m arose on the acquisition of Boardman Bikes Limited and Boardman International Limited on 4 June 2014, which form 
part of the Retail offering.

Goodwill of £9.5m arose on the acquisition of Tredz Limited and Wheelies Direct Limited on 23 May 2016 and is allocated to the Retail 

segment. The goodwill relates to the two entities, which management monitors on an overall basis as part of the Retail CGU.

2) Car Servicing
During the current year, goodwill of £31.0m arose on the acquisition of National, and goodwill of £0.6m arose on the acquisition of 
Iverson Tyres Limited and is allocated to the Car Servicing segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of garages across the UK, which 
management monitors on an overall basis as part of the Car Servicing CGU.

Goodwill of £69.7m arose on the acquisition of Nationwide Autocentres on 17 February 2010 and is allocated to the Car Servicing 
segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of centres within the UK, which management monitors on an overall basis as a part of the  
Car Servicing CGU.

186

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS11. Intangible Assets continued
Goodwill of £6.9m arose on the acquisition of McConechy’s Tyre Service Limited on 5 November 2019 and £0.7m on the acquisition of the 
trade and assets of Victor Holdings Limited (“Tyres on the Drive”) on 14 October 2019. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of garages within 
Scotland, and a fleet of mobile vans across the UK which management monitors on an overall basis as part of the Car Servicing CGU.

Goodwill of £2.1m arose on the acquisition of The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford) Limited and was allocated to the Car Servicing 
segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of garages and fleet vans within the south of England, which management monitors on an 
overall basis as part of the Car Servicing CGU.

The Group is required to test, on an annual basis, whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amount of goodwill is 
determined based on “value-in-use” calculations for each of the two groups of cash-generating units, being Retail and Car Servicing. This 
is the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, which is not higher than the 
Group’s operating segments as reported in Note 1. 

This requires estimation of the present value of future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operation of the CGU. Cash flow 
projections are based on financial business plans approved by management covering a five-year period, which are reviewed by the Board. 

Plans are based on both past performance and expectations for future market development, linked to the strategy of the Group as set out 
in the Strategic Report section in these financial statements.

These estimates require assumptions over future sales performance; future costs; and long-term growth rates, as well as the application 
of an appropriate discount rate. Management have used the five-year projections approved by the Board for the basis of the impairment 
reviews. This was based on small like for like growth within retail and car servicing, including the impact of acquisitions made in the current 
period. Cash outflows required to replace leased assets which are essential to the ongoing operation of the CGU were also considered and 
the estimates informed by the Group’s recent lease negotiations. Management has considered other reasonably possible changes in key 
assumptions that would cause the carrying amounts of goodwill to exceed the value in use for each asset. 

The growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the plan period, as set out in the table below, do not exceed long-term industry 
averages and reflect the revenue growth and ongoing efficiency initiatives, and the relative maturity of the two CGUs. The growth rates for 
both the retail and car servicing CGUs have been reviewed and updated as required to reflect the current strategy. 

The discount rate is a pre-tax rate that reflects the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
cash-generating units. The pre-tax discount rates used to calculate value in use are derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average 
cost of capital, incorporating the impact of IFRS 16, and adjusted for the specific risks relating to each cash-generating unit. The discount 
rates used are shown below: 

Discount rate1
Growth rate2

1.  Pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections

2.  Growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the five-year budget period

Retail

Car Servicing

2022
10.1%
1.0%

2021
9.9%
1.0%

2022
10.1%
1.0%

2021
9.9%
1.0%

Sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions in the value-in-use calculations has been undertaken. This found that there is a more than 
adequate amount of headroom before an impairment would be triggered. In the table below we have summarised reasonably possible 
changes in key assumptions for Retail and Car Servicing, including those relating to future sales performance and future costs. Modelling 
included looking at the effect of a 1% decrease in terminal growth rate and a 1% increase in weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”), 
as well as the combined impact of a 0.5% reduction in terminal growth rate and a 0.5% increase in WACC. These showed adequate 
headroom and due to the maturity of the business it is not deemed reasonable that these would move further. Further stress testing also 
took place which showed EBIT, and thus sales, would need to move by a significant percentage before an impairment would be triggered 

(see below). Management did not believe this percentage movement was likely. 

Results of this sensitivity analysis are shown below:

Original headroom
Headroom using a discount rate increased by 1%
Headroom using a 1% reduction  in terminal growth rate 
Headroom using a combined -0.5% terminal growth rate and +0.5% discount rate

Retail
2022
£m
135.4
51.6
16.7
36.1

Car Servicing
2022
£m
151.7
97.0
88.2
93.3

187

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

11. Intangible Assets continued
Further modelling was also undertaken to review the point at which headroom would be reduced to £nil. For the carrying amount and 
recoverable amount to be equal within Retail cash-generating unit, EBIT would need to decrease by 18%, post-tax discount rate would 
need to increase by 1.8% and long-term growth rate would need to decrease by 1.2%. For the carrying amount and recoverable amount to 
be equal within Car Servicing cash-generating unit, EBIT would need to decrease by 30%, post-tax discount rate would need to increase 
by 3.7% and long-term growth rate would need to decrease by 3.0% (each sensitivity applied individually).

Based on the analysis summarised above, the Directors were satisfied that reasonably possible changes in key assumptions would not 
lead to an impairment and therefore, the Directors have concluded that the recoverable value of the Group’s CGUs exceeded their carrying 
amount.

12. Property, Plant and Equipment

Cost 
At 3 April 2020
Additions
Additions from acquisitions
Transfer to assets held for sale
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Additions
Additions from acquisitions
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Depreciation
At 3 April 2020
Depreciation for the period
Impairment charge
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Depreciation for the period
Impairment reversal
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Net book value at 1 April 2022
Net book value at 2 April 2021

No fixed assets are held as security for external borrowings.

13. Assets Held For Sale

Freehold land and buildings
Total

Fixtures,
fittings
and
equipment
£m

Land and
buildings
£m

 69.6 
 3.2 
 6.7 
(6.0)
(0.9)
 72.6 
 5.8 
 5.8 
(0.5)
 83.7 

 47.8 
 4.2 
 0.4 
(0.6)
 51.8 
 4.0 
 –  
 –  
 55.8 
 27.9 
 20.8 

 255.3 
 17.7 
 1.1 
–
(2.5)
 271.6 
 21.4 
 9.5 
(3.8)
 298.7

 194.0 
 16.8 
 2.4 
(2.1)
 211.1 
 16.6 
(0.3)
(2.5)
 224.9 
 73.8 
 60.5 

1 April
2022
£m
–
–

Total
£m

 324.9 
 20.9 
 7.8 
(6.0)
(3.4)
 344.2 
 27.2 
 15.3 
(4.3)
 382.4 

 241.8 
 21.0 
 2.8 
(2.7)
 262.9 
 20.6 
(0.3)
(2.5)
 280.7 
 101.7 
 81.3 

2 April
2021
£m
 6.0 
 6.0 

Freehold land and buildings are stated at their carrying value. Assets held for sale in the prior period related to seven buildings acquired 
as part of the acquisition of The Universal Tyre Services (Deptford) Limited. Of the properties classified as held for sale, all were sold and 
leased back by the Group in the current period on lease terms of 15 years with a 10 year break for total consideration of £7.5m.

188

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS14. Leases
All leases where the Group is a lessee are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for:

•  Leases of low value assets; and 

•  Leases with a term of 12 months or less. 

i) Amounts recognised in Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Right-of-Use Assets

At 3 April 2020
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to right-of-use assets
Amortisation charge for the year
Effect of modification of lease
Derecognition of right-of-use assets
Impairment
At 2 April 2021
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to right-of-use assets
Amortisation charge for the year
Effect of modification of lease
Derecognition of right-of-use assets
Impairment
At 1 April 2022

Land and 
buildings
£m
 344.0 
 2.7 
 12.5 
(66.1)
 5.8 
(6.8)
(12.2)
279.9
 82.0 
 44.6 
(66.4)
 6.8 
(1.3)
–
345.6

Equipment
£m
 5.9 
–
 0.6 
(3.5)
–
(0.1)
–
2.9
–
 5.0 
(3.5)
 0.4 
(0.2)
–
4.6

Total
£m
 349.9 
 2.7 
 13.1 
(69.6)
 5.8 
(6.9)
(12.2)
282.8
 82.0 
 49.6 
(69.9)
 7.2 
(1.5)
–
350.2

The impairment charge for the prior period of £12.2m relates to the impairment of right-of-use assets in relation to a strategic project to 

close low-returning stores where a lease obligation still exists.

Lease Liabilities
At 3 April 2020
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to lease liabilities
Interest expense
Effect of modification to lease
Lease payments
Disposals to Lease Liabilities
Foreign exchange movements
At 2 April 2021
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to lease liabilities
Interest expense
Effect of modification to lease
Lease payments
Disposals to Lease Liabilities
Foreign exchange movements
At 1 April 2022

Carrying value of lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Land and 
buildings
£m
 409.8 
 2.7 
 12.6 
 9.8 
 5.9 
(92.7)
(6.8)
(0.7)
 340.6 
 73.2 
 44.6 
 8.8 
 6.8 
(81.7)
(7.0)
(0.2)
385.1

Equipment
£m
 6.2 
–
 0.5 
 0.2 
–
(3.2)
–
–
 3.7 
–
 4.9 
 0.2 
 0.4 
(3.3)
–
–
5.9

1 April
2022
£m
 74.5 
 316.5 

Total
£m
 416.0 
 2.7 
 13.1 
 10.0 
 5.9 
(95.9)
(6.8)
(0.7)
 344.3 
 73.2 
 49.5 
 9.0 
 7.2 
(85.0)
(7.0)
(0.2)
391.0

2 April
2021
£m
 63.4 
 280.9 

189

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

14. Leases continued 

Lease liabilities
Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows
Less than one year
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years 
Between five and six years
Between six and seven years
Between seven and eight years
Between eight and nine years
Between nine and ten years
After ten years
Total contractual cash flows

ii) Amounts recognised in Consolidated Income Statement

52 weeks ended 1 April 2022
Amortisation charge on right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases of  
low-value assets
52 weeks ended 2 April 2021
Amortisation charge on right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases of  
low-value assets

iii) Amounts recognised in Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
The total cash outflow for leases in the period ended 1 April 2022 was £85.0m (2021: £95.9m).

15. Inventories

Finished goods for resale

1 April
2022
£m

81.2
80.5
72.7
59.4
39.0
26.9
18.7
12.7
10.7
8.2
9.0
419.0

Land and 
buildings
£m

Equipment
£m

 66.4 
 8.8 
 6.8 

–

 66.1 
 9.8 
 5.6 

–

 3.5 
 0.2 
–

 1.6 

 3.5 
 0.2 
–

 0.7 

2 April
2021
£m

71.2
68.8
64.4
55.1
43.2
28.4
19.3
12.1
5.3
3.5
3.5
374.8

Total
£m

 69.9 
 9.0 
 6.8 

 1.6 

 69.6 
 10.0 
 5.6 

 0.7 

2022
£m
222.1

2021
£m
143.9

Finished goods inventories include £17.2m (2021: £14.9m) of provisions to carry inventories at fair value less costs to sell where such value 
is lower than cost. During the period, £1.4m of inventory provisions were released (2021: £1.8m).

During the period, £7.5m was recognised as an expense in respect of the write down of inventories (2021: £3.0m) to net realisable value. 
No inventories are held as security for external borrowings.

Goods bought for resale recognised as a cost of sale amounted to £655.0m (2021: £629.1m).

Inventories at 1 April 2022 include a right to recover returned goods amounting to £2.0m (2021: £2.1m). These are measured by reference 
to the former carrying amount of the sold inventories.

190

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS16. Trade and Other Receivables

Falling due within one year:
Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables
Trade receivables-net
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income*

* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.

2022
£m

 35.4 
(0.8)
 34.6 
 32.9 
 25.1 
92.6

2021
Restated*
£m

 30.2 
(0.7)
 29.5 
 27.9 
16.7 
74.1

Information about the Group’s exposure to credit and market risks and impairment losses for trade and other receivables is included in 
Note 22.

Trade and other receivables at 1 April 2022 includes £31.3m (2021: £17.0m) (amended from the £7.5m reported in the FY21 annual report) 
relating to supplier income.

Other receivables at 1 April 2022 includes £1.5m (2021:£1.6m) relating to unamortised issue costs on the Group’s borrowing facilities .

17. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

2022
£m
46.3

2021
£m
67.2

The Group’s banking arrangements are subject to a netting facility whereby credit balances may be offset against the indebtedness of 
certain other Group companies. £4.5m (2021: £6.4m) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents included in the balance sheet and the cash 
flow statement and is held by the trustee of the Group’s employee benefit trust, in relation to the share scheme for employees (£3.5m) and 
‘Here to Help’ fund (£1.0m). Therefore, these funds are restricted and are not available to circulate within the Group on demand.

18. Borrowings

Current
Unsecured bank overdraft
Lease liabilities

Non-current
Unsecured bank loan and other borrowings
Lease liabilities

2022
£m

0.2
74.5
74.7

–
316.5
316.5

2021
£m

0.2
63.4
63.6

–
280.9
280.9

The Group’s borrowing facility is a three-year £160m revolving credit facility, which began on 4 December 2020, with two options to extend 
by a further year. During the current period, the facility was extended with the expiry date now 4 December 2024. The facility carries an 
interest rate of SONIA plus a margin, which is variable based on the gearing measures as set out in the facility covenant certificate and which 
is currently 200 basis points. Both utilisation and non-utilisation fees are also applicable, being charged when utilisation rises above a set 
percentage, with non-utilisation based on a set percentage of the applicable margin. These charges are based on market rates as are the 
commitment fees. The Group’s financial covenants are calculated on a pre-IFRS 16 basis.

Significant headroom exists on both financial covenants contained within the banking arrangement

Interest payable to EBITDAR >1.5
Net borrowings to EBITDA <3.0

2022
 2.7 
(0.3)

2021
 2.5 
(0.4)

191

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

18. Borrowings continued 
The Group had the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at each balance sheet date in respect of which all conditions 
precedent had been met:

Expiring within one year
Expiring between one and two years
Expiring between two and five years

2022
£m
20.0
–
160.0
180.0

2021
£m
20.0
–
160.0
180.0

The overdraft facility expiring within one year is an annual facility subject to review at various dates during the period. The facility of 
£160.0m (2021: £160.0m) relates to the Group’s revolving credit facility. All these facilities incurred commitment fees at market rates.

19. Trade and Other Payables

Current liabilities
Trade payables
Other taxation and social security payable
Other payables
Accruals and other deferred income*

Non-current liabilities
Accruals and other deferred income

* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.

2022
£m

 177.6
 33.3 
 21.3 
 67.4 
299.6 

2021
Restated*
£m

 131.7 
 34.5 
 21.6 
70.4
 258.2 

 4.9 

 3.3 

Trade and other payables at 1 April 2022 includes £7.2m (2021: £7.9m) of deferred income in relation to product warranties and service 
and repair plans, of which £3.6m (2021: £4.6m) is in current liabilities and £3.6m (2021: £3.3m) is in non-current liabilities.

In the current period Trade payables have increased due to the acquisition of the National (Note 10).

20. Provisions

At 2 April 2021
Additions from acquisitions
Charged during the period
Utilised during the period 
Released during the period
At 1 April 2022

Analysed as:
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Property 
related
£m
 27.1 
 2.1 
 1.0 
(5.1)
(4.6)
 20.5 

Other 
trading
£m
 9.0 
 –   
 0.7 
(2.2)
(1.1)
 6.4 

Non-
trading
£m
 3.4 
 –
 – 
(1.0)
(2.4)
 –   

 15.1
 5.4 

 5.4 
 1.0 

 –  
 –  

Total
£m
 39.5 
 2.1 
 1.7 
(3.5)
(12.9)
 26.9 

 20.5 
6.4 

Property-related provisions consist of costs of associated wear and tear incurred on leasehold properties, other ongoing onerous 
commitments associated with property leases (excluding rent), and costs related to the exit of closed stores. The property-related 
provisions will be utilised over the average remaining lease term of 3.1 years.

Other trading provisions comprise a sales returns provision and an employer/product liability provision (of which £1m is expected to be 
realised in >12 months). 

Non-trading provisions comprised an amount payable to HMRC in relation to the national minimum wage investigation, this has been fully 
settled in the current period, which has led to a release of £2.4m.

192

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS21. Deferred Tax
The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and movements thereon in the current and prior 
reporting periods.

At 3 April 2020
Credit to the Income Statement
Credit to Other Comprehensive Income
Acquisition of subsidiary
Credit to Equity
At 2 April 2021
Credit/(charge) to the Income Statement
Charge to Other Comprehensive Income
Acquisition of subsidiary
Credit to Equity
At 1 April 2022

Property 
related items
£m
 11.4 
  –
–
(0.2)
–
 11.2 
(3.6)
–
1.8
–
 9.4 

Short-term 
temporary 
differences 
£m
(0.6)
 0.7 
 1.6 
–
–
 1.7 
 0.5 
 (1.3) 
(0.4)
–
 0.5 

Share-based 
payments
£m
 0.2 
 2.6 
–
–
0.4
 3.2 
 0.5 
–
–
0.4
 4.1 

Intangible 
assets
£m
(3.7)
 0.4 
–
(0.5)
–
(3.8)
(0.8)
–
(1.6)
–
(6.2)

Tax Losses
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6.9
–
 6.9 

Total
£m
 7.3 
 3.7 
 1.6 
(0.7)
0.4
 12.3 
(3.4)
(1.3)
 6.7 
0.4
 14.7 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so and when the deferred income 
taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The offset amounts are as follows:

1 April
2022
£m
 26.8 
(12.1)
 14.7 

2 April
2021
£m
 16.1 
(3.8)
 12.3 

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures
a. Treasury Policy
The Group’s treasury department’s main responsibilities are to:

•  Ensure adequate funding and liquidity for the Group;

•  Manage the interest risk of the Group’s debt;

• 

Invest surplus cash; 

•  Manage the clearing bank operations of the Group, and

•  Manage the foreign exchange risk on its non-sterling cash flows.

Treasury activities are delegated by the Board to the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). The CFO controls policy and performance through the 
line management structure to the Group Treasurer and by reference to the Treasury Committee. The Treasury Committee meets regularly to 
monitor the performance of the Treasury function.

Policies for managing financial risks are governed by Board-approved policies and procedures, which are reviewed on an annual basis.

The Group’s debt management policy is to provide an appropriate level of funding to finance the Business Plan over the medium term at 
a competitive cost and ensure flexibility to meet the changing needs of the Group. Details of the Group’s current borrowing facilities are 
contained in Note 18.

193

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
b. Accounting Classifications and Fair Value

1 April 2022
Financial assets measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables1
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair 
value
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables2

Carrying amount

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£m

Mandatorily 
at FVTPL – 
others
£m

FVOCI 
– equity 
instruments
£m

Amortised 
cost
£m

Other 
financial 
liabilities
£m

Total 
carrying 
amount
£m

Notes

 4.2 
 4.2 

–
–
–

(0.5)
(0.5)

–
–
–
–

16
17

18
14
19

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

 67.5 
 46.3
 113.8 

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

(0.2)
(391.0)
(242.7)
(633.9)

 4.2 
 4.2 

 67.5 
 46.3 
 113.8 

(0.5)
(0.5)

(0.2)
(391.0)
(242.7)
(633.9)

1.  Prepayments and accrued income of £25.1m are not included as a financial asset

2.  Other taxation and social security payables of £33.3m, deferred income and of £7.2m and other payables of £21.3m are not included as a financial liability

2 April 2021
Financial assets measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables1
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables2, 3

Carrying amount

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£m

Mandatorily 
at FVTPL – 
others
£m

FVOCI 
– equity 
instruments
£m

Amortised 
cost
£m

Note

Other 
financial 
liabilities
Restated3
£m

Total 
carrying 
amount
£m

 0.6 
 0.6 

–
–
–

(6.3)
(6.3)

–
–
–
–

16
17

18
18
19

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

 57.4 
 67.2 
 124.6 

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

(0.2)
(344.3)
(197.5)
(542.0)

 0.6 
 0.6 

 57.4 
 67.2 
 124.6 

(6.3)
(6.3)

(0.2)
(344.3)
(197.5)
(542.0)

1.  Prepayments and accrued income of £16.7m are not included as a financial asset

2.  Other taxation and social security payables of £34.5m, deferred income of £7.9m and other payables of £21.6m are not included as a financial liability

3.  Refer to Note 30 for further details.

194

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
The fair values of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:

Trade receivables, trade payables and lease 
obligations, short-term deposits and borrowings
Long-term borrowings

Forward currency contracts

The fair value approximates to the carrying amount predominantly because of the 
short maturity of these instruments.
The fair value of bank loans and other loans approximates to the carrying value 
reported in the Balance Sheet as the majority are floating rate where payments 
are reset to market rates at intervals of less than one year.
The fair value is determined using the mark to market rates at the reporting date 
and the outright contract rate.

Fair Value Hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:

•  Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 

prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

All financial instruments carried at fair value have been measured by a Level 2 valuation method.

c. Financial Risk Management
The Group has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments:

•  Credit risk;

•  Liquidity risk; and

•  Market risk.

i) Risk management framework
The Company’s Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management 
framework. The Board of Directors are responsible for establishing the Group’s risk management policies.

The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits 
and controls and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are regularly reviewed to reflect changes 
in market conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to 

maintain a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.

The Group Audit Committee oversees how management monitors compliance with the Group’s risk management framework in relation to 
the risks faced by the Group. The Group Audit Committee is assisted in its oversight role by the internal audit. Internal audit undertakes 
both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Audit Committee.

ii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting 
date was £118.0m (2021: £125.2m).

Impairment losses on financial assets recognised in profit or loss were as follows:

£m
Impairment loss on trade and other receivables

52 weeks to
1 April
2022
0.1
 0.1 

52 weeks to
2 April
2021
0.1
 0.1 

Trade receivables
The Group does not have any individually significant customers and so no significant concentration of credit risk.

The majority of the Group’s sales are paid in cash at point of sale, which further limits the Group’s exposure. The Group’s exposure to 
credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Board of Directors has established a credit policy 
under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment terms and conditions 
are offered. The Group limits its exposure to credit risk from trade receivables by establishing a maximum payment period of one month for 
customers. The majority of trade receivables are based in the United Kingdom.

195

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
The Group has taken into account the historic credit losses incurred on trade receivables and adjusted it for forward-looking estimates. 
The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was £0.1m.

Cash and cash equivalents
The Group held cash and cash equivalents of £46.3m at 1 April 2022 (2021: £67.2m). The cash and cash equivalents are held with bank 
and financial institution counterparties, which are designated “A-” by Standard & Poor and Fitch and A2 or better by Moody’s. The Group 
does not consider there to be any impairment loss in respect of these balances (2021: £nil).

Derivatives
The derivatives are entered into with bank and financial institutions counterparties, which are designated at least BBB by Standard & Poor 
and Fitch and Baa3 by Moody’s.

iii) Market risk
The Group’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest, currency and commodity risk. These are discussed further below. 
Commodity risk is due to the Group’s products being manufactured from metals and other raw materials, subject to price fluctuation. 
The Group mitigates this risk through negotiating fixed purchase costs or maintaining flexibility over the specification of finished products 
produced by its supply chain to meet fluctuations.

Foreign currency risk
The Group has a significant transaction exposure with increasing direct-sourced purchases from its suppliers in the Far East and Europe, 
with most of the trade being in US dollars (“USD”). The Group’s policy is to manage the foreign exchange transaction exposures of the 
business to ensure the actual costs do not exceed the budget costs by more than 10% (excluding increases in the base cost of the 
product).  

The Group does not hedge either economic exposure or the translation exposure arising from the profits, assets and liabilities of  
non-sterling businesses whilst they remain immaterial.

The Group determines the existence of an economic relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item based on the currency, 
amount and timing of their respective cash flows. The Group assesses whether the derivative designated in each hedging relationship is 
expected to be, and has been, effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedging item using the hypothetical derivative method.

In these hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness are:

•  The effect of the counterparty and Group’s own credit risk on the fair value of the forward exchange contracts, which is not reflected in 

the change in the fair value of the hedged cash flows attributable to the change in exchange rates; and

•  Changes in the timing of the hedged item.

During the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022, the foreign exchange management policy was to hedge via forward contract purchase between 75% 
and 100% of the material foreign exchange transaction exposures on a rolling 18-month basis. Hedging is performed through the use of 
foreign currency bank accounts and forward foreign exchange contracts.

At 1 April 2022, the Group held the following instruments to hedge exposures to changes in foreign currency:

Forward exchange contracts
Net exposure (in £m)
Average GBP:USD forward contract rate

1–6
months
76.8
1.3578

At 2 April 2021, the Group held the following instruments to hedge exposures to changes in foreign currency:

Forward exchange contracts
Net exposure (in £m)
Average GBP:USD forward contract rate

1–6
 months
101.6
1.3336

Maturity

6–12
months
31.4
1.3423

Maturity

6–12
months
55.7
1.3622

More than 
one year
4.5
1.3389

More than 
one year
26.3
1.3677

196

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
The amounts at the reporting date relating to items designated as hedged items were as follows:

Forward currency risk
At 1 April 2022
Inventory purchases
At 2 April 2021
Inventory purchases

Balances remaining in the 
cash flow hedge reserve 
from hedging relationships 
for which hedge accounting 
is no longer applied
£m

Cash flow hedge reserve
£m

2.2

3.1

–

–

The carrying amount of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date is as 
follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables

1 April 2022
USD
£m
 1.1 
(24.3)
(23.2)

Other
£m
 5.2 
(0.7)
 4.5 

2 April 2021
USD
£m
–
(35.1)
(35.1)

Other
£m
 14.1 
(1.6)
 12.5 

The table below shows the Group’s sensitivity to foreign exchange rates on its US dollar financial instruments, the major currency in which 
the Group’s derivatives are denominated.

10% appreciation of the US dollar
10% depreciation of the US dollar

2022
Increase/
(decrease) in 
equity
£m
 12.9 
(10.6)

2021
Increase/
(decrease) in 
equity
£m
 22.0 
(18.0)

A strengthening/weakening of Sterling, as indicated, against the USD at 2 April 2022 would have (decreased)/ increased equity and profit 
or loss by the amounts shown above. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Group considered to be 
reasonably possible at the end of the reporting period.”&” The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain 
constant.

The movements in equity relate to the fair value movements on the Group’s forward contracts that are used to hedge future stock 

purchases.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s policy aims to manage the interest cost of the Group within the constraints of the Business Plan and its financial covenants. 
The Group’s borrowings are currently subject to floating interest rates and the Group will continue to monitor movements in the swap 
market. 

If interest rates on floating rate borrowings (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and bank borrowings, which attract interest at floating rates) 
were to change by + or – 1% the impact on the results in the Income Statement and equity would be a decrease/increase of £nil  
(2021: £0.8m).

Interest rate movements on deposits, lease liabilities, trade payables, trade receivables, and other financial instruments do not present a 
material exposure to the Group’s statement of financial position.

Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. 

The Group manages capital by operating within a debt ratio, which is calculated as the ratio of net debt to underlying EBITDA. The Group 
was in a net cash position as at 1 April 2022 (2021: net cash).

197

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued 
Pension liability risk
The Group has no association with any defined-benefit pension scheme and, therefore, carries no deferred, current or future liabilities in 
respect of such a scheme. The Group operates a number of Group Personal Pension Plans for colleagues.

Liquidity risk
The Group ensures that it has sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is 
sufficient cash or working capital facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Group for the current Business Plan. The minimum liquidity 
level is currently set at £30m, such that under the Treasury Policy the maximum drawings would be £150m of the £180m available facility, 
to include the Overdraft Facility of £20m.

The process to manage the risk is to ensure there are contracts in place for key suppliers, detailing the payment terms, and for providers 
of debt, the Group ensured that such counterparties used for credit transactions held at least an investment grade credit rating at the time 
of the refinancing (December 2020). The Group may, subject to Board approval in any and every such incidence, allow a counterparty to 
have a credit rating of less than investment grade at the time of signing the facilities on the basis that the counterparty only has a junior 
role in the debt syndicate and has zero ancillary business until if/when its credit rating is designated A-. At the year end, the banks within 
the banking group maintained a credit rating of BBB- or above, in line with Treasury policy. The counterparty credit risk is reviewed by the 
Chief Financial Officer regularly as part of the Treasury Committee process. In addition, the Head of Treasury reviews credit exposure on a 
daily basis.

The risk is measured through review of forecast liquidity each month by the Head of Treasury to determine whether there are sufficient 
credit facilities to meet forecast requirements, and through monitoring covenants on a regular basis to ensure there are no significant 
breaches, which would lead to an “Event of Default”. Calculations are submitted biannually to the Group banking agent. There have been 
no breaches of covenants during the reported periods.

The contractual maturities of leases liabilities are disclosed in Note 14. All trade and other payables are due within one year.

The following table provides an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows for the Group’s forward currency contracts. Cash flows 
receivable in foreign currencies are translated using spot rates as at 1 April 2022 (Prior year: 2 April 2021).

Due less than one year
Due between one and two years
Contractual cash flows
Fair value of derivatives

2022

2021

Receivables
£m
 130.6 
 12.2 
142.8
 4.2 

Payables
£m
 13.0 
 3.8 
16.8
(0.5)

Receivables
£m
 33.3 
 7.2 
 40.5 
 0.6 

Payables
£m
(151.7) 
(18.8) 
 (170.5) 
 (6.3)

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

23. Capital and Reserves

Ordinary shares of 1p each:
Allotted, called up and fully paid

2022
Number of
shares
 218,928,736 

2021
Number of
shares
 199,116,632 

2022
£’000
 2,189 

2021
£’000
 1,991 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at 
meetings of the Company. All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets.

The parent company issued 19,812,104 new ordinary shares with a par value of 1p per share on 2 December 2021.

Proceeds from the share issue recognised within Share Premium totalled £61.4m (2021: £nil), net of transaction costs of £1.8m (2021: £nil). 
Total Share Premium at 1 April 2022 was £212.4m (2021: £151.0m).

In total the Company received proceeds of £1.4m (2021: £nil) from the exercise of share options. During the year, the Company purchased 
£3.0m (2021: £nil) of its own shares through the employee benefit trust.

Investment in Own Shares
At 1 April 2022, the Company held in Trust 1,460,702 (2021: 1,637,101) of its own shares with a nominal value of £14,607 (2021: £16,371). 
The Trust has waived any entitlement to the receipt of dividends in respect of its holding of the Company’s ordinary shares. The market 
value of these shares at 1 April 2022 was £3.8m (2021: £6.1m). In the current period, 1,036,147 (2021: nil) were repurchased and 
transferred into the Trust, with 1,208,087 (2021: nil) reissued on exercise of share options.

198

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS23. Capital and Reserves continued
Other Reserves

Capital Redemption Reserve
The capital redemption reserve has arisen following the purchase by the Company of its own shares and comprises the amount by which 
the distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Hedging Reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related 

to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

24. Share-based Payments
The Group has six share award plans, all of which are equity-settled schemes. The Group Income Statement charge recognised in respect 
of share-based payments for the current period is £7.8m (2021: £6.4m).

1. Halfords Company Share Option Scheme (“CSOS”)
The CSOS was introduced in June 2004 and the Company has made annual grants up to and including 2016. Options were granted with a 
fixed exercise price equal to the market price of the shares under option at the date of grant. The contractual life of an option is ten years.

Options granted before August 2013 became exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the achievement of a 
three-year performance condition. For grants up to 150% of basic salary the options can only be exercised if the increase in earnings 
per share (“EPS”) over the period is not less than the increase in the Retail Price Index (“RPI”) plus 3.5% per year. In the case of grants in 
excess of 150% of basic salary, the excess can only be exercised in full if the increase is not less than RPI plus 10% per year. Exercise of 
an option is subject to continued employment.

Changes to the performance criteria of the CSOS scheme in relation to the awards granted from August 2013 onwards were made by 
the Remuneration Committee. These changes were made in order to create better alignment with Group’s three-year strategic priorities 
following the Moving Up A Gear programme. The awards are dependent on EBITDA performance and are only exercisable if EBITDA 
growth exceeds a compound annual growth rate of 2.5% over the three-year performance period, or a total growth rate of 8.4%. Exercise 
of an option is subject to continued employment.

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of a peer group of companies since the IPO in June 2004. The expected life is the 
average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK Government bonds.

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing models. No performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. 

2. Management Share Plan (“MSP”)
The CSOS has been replaced by the MSP. Nil cost options have been granted which can be exercised on or after the third anniversary of 
the date on which they are granted. The option cannot be exercised later than ten years from the date on which it was granted. Exercise of 
an option is subject to continued employment.

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of a peer group of companies. The expected life is the average expected period to 
exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK Government bonds.

Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models. No performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. 

3. Halfords Sharesave Scheme (“SAYE”)
The SAYE is open to all employees with eligible employment service. Options may be exercised under the scheme if the option holder 
completes their saving contract for a period of three years and then not more than six months thereafter. Special provisions allow early 
exercise in the case of death, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement or because the company or business which employs the option 
holder is transferred out of the Group, or in the event of a change in control, reconstruction or winding up of the Company.

Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models.

4. Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
The introduction of a PSP was approved at the Annual General Meeting in August 2005 awarding the Executive Directors and certain 
senior management conditional rights to receive shares. Annual schemes have been approved for each year from 2005.

For 2009 awards onwards, the Committee has recommended the reinvestment of dividends earned on award shares, such shares  
to invest in proportion to the vesting of the original award shares. The shares awarded under the PSP in 2018, 2019 and 2020 earned  
a final dividend of 5p per share and were reinvested at a cost of £3.11 per share. Shares awarded in 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 earned  
an interim dividend of 3p per share and were reinvested at a cost of £3.44 per share. 

For schemes prior to 2018, the PSP performance criteria was weighted 25% towards Group revenue growth targets and 75% towards 
Group EPS growth targets. For the 2018 and 2019 schemes the PSP performance criteria is weighted 50% towards Group EPS growth, 
25% towards Group revenue growth and 25% towards Group Free Cash Flow. 

199

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

24. Share based payments continued 
The 2020 PSP scheme performance criteria is weighted 20% towards Group EPS growth, 30% towards Group Free Cash Flow, 10% 
towards Group service-related sales and 40% towards total shareholder return. The awards will be underpinned by the Remuneration 
Committee determining whether, in its opinion, the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied is a genuine reflection 
of the Company’s underlying financial performance and has generated value for Company’s shareholders over the performance period, 
and by a net debt to EBITDA ratio no greater than 1.5 throughout the three-year performance period. The 2021 PSP scheme performance 
criteria was weighted 50% towards Group EPS growth, 20% towards Group services-related sales and 30% towards total shareholder 
return.

For other senior participants, conditions are based on the performance of the individual business units. The awards are weighted 37.5% 
towards Group EPS growth targets, 12.5% weighted towards Group revenue growth targets and 50% weighted toward EBIT of the 
individual business unit. 

Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models. For the 2020 and 2021 scheme options relating to the total 

shareholder return tranche were valued using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model.

5. Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”)
Under the Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”) a portion of the executive’s annual bonus is deferred as shares for three years.

6. Restricted Share Plan – Senior Management Plan (“RSP–SMP”)
Two RSP–SMP awards were granted to senior management excluding the CEO and CFO. They were granted to participants on  
13 September 2017 and had two different performance period end dates: 29 March 2019 and 3 April 2020.

Nil cost options were granted, which were exerciseable and exercised on the first anniversary and second anniversary of the grant date for 
the 2018 and 2020 schemes respectively. Exercise of an option is subject to performance conditions in relation to Group PBT and continued 
employment.

Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models.

The following tables reconcile the number of share options outstanding and the weighted average exercise price (WAEP) for all share 
award plans.

For the period ended  
1 April 2022
Outstanding at start of year
Granted
Shares representing 
dividends reinvested
Forfeited
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
Exercise price range (£)
Weighted average remaining 
contractual life (years)

For the period ended  
2 April 2021
Outstanding at start of year
Granted
Shares representing 
dividends reinvested
Forfeited
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
Exercise price range (£)
Weighted average remaining 
contractual life (years)

CSOS

MSP

SAYE

PSP

RSP–SMP

Number 
(‘000)
 690 
–

WAEP 
(£)
 3.71 
–

Number 
(‘000)
 1,677 
 596 

WAEP 
(£)
 1.95 
 2.92 

Number 
(‘000)
 7,247 
 630 

WAEP 
(£)
 1.45 
 1.79 

Number 
(‘000)
 5,248 
 1,644 

WAEP 
(£)
–
–

Number 
(‘000)
–
–

WAEP 
(£)
–
–

–
–
(156)
(152)
 382 
–
–

–
–
 3.71 
 3.71 
 3.71 
–
3.71

–
–
(227)
(299)
 1,747 
–
–

–
–
 2.66 
 1.96 
 2.28 
–
–

–
–
 1.51 
(288)
 2.10 
(320)
 1.50 
(790)
 1.44 
 6,479 
–
–
– 1.77–2.78

 112 
(193)
(505)
–
 6,306 
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

1.3

–

8.3

–

1.8

–

8.2

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

CSOS

MSP

SAYE

PSP

RSP–SMP

Number 
(‘000)
 728 

WAEP 
(£)
 3.71 

Number 
(‘000)
 1,398 
 567 

WAEP 
(£)
 1.94 
 2.25 

Number 
(‘000)
 2,958 
 6,378 

WAEP 
(£)
 2.00 
 1.55 

Number 
(‘000)
 4,237 
 1,879 

WAEP 
(£)
–
–

Number 
(‘000)
 57 

WAEP
 (£)
–

(38)
 690 
–

 3.71 
 3.71 

3.07–5.43

2.3

(149)
(139)
 1,677 
–

 2.78 
 2.25 
 1.95 

–

8.5

(96)
(51)
(1,942)
 7,247 
–

 1.63 
 2.48 
 1.89 
 1.45 

(806)
(62)

 5,248 
–

1.77–2.78

–
–
–
–
–

–

(57)

–
–

2.6

1.8

–

–

–

200

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS24. Share based payments continued 
The following table gives the assumptions applied to the options granted in the respective periods shown:

Grant date
Share price at grant date (£)
Exercise price (£)
Expected volatility
Option life (years)
Expected life (years)
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield
Probability of forfeiture
Weighted average fair value of options 
granted

52 weeks to 1 April 2022
MSP
2.92
–
61.84%
10
2.75
–
–
33%

SAYE
2.99
2.99
61.19%
3
3
0.20%
–
44%

PSP
2.92
–
65.12%
3
3
–
–
–

52 weeks to 2 April 2021

MSP
2.43
–
59.14%
10
3.0
–
2.63%
33%

SAYE
1.55
1.07
53.02%
3
3.5
–
3.99%
38%

PSP
2.43
–
64.22%
3
2.47
–
0%
21%

 2.92 

 1.79 

 1.72 

 2.25 

 0.60 

 2.43 

As the MSP, PSP and RSP–SMP awards have a nil exercise price the risk free rate of return does not have any effect on the estimated fair 
value and therefore is excluded from the above table.

25. Commitments

Capital expenditure: Contracted but not provided

2022
£m
0.5

2021
£m
0.2

26. Pensions
Employees are offered membership of the Halfords Pension, which is a contract-based plan, where each member has their own individual 
pension policy, which they monitor independently. The costs of contributions to the scheme are charged to the Income Statement in the 
period that they arise. The contributions to the scheme for the period amounted to £6.7m (2021: £5.8m).

In accordance with government initiatives, Halfords operates an automatic enrolment process with regards to its pension arrangements. 
Employees who are aged between 22 and state pension age, earn more than £10,000 a year, and work in the UK, are automatically 
enrolled into the Group pension arrangement. Employees retain the right to withdraw from this pension arrangement, however, election of 

this choice must be made.

27. Contingent Liabilities 
The Group’s banking arrangements include the facility for the bank to provide a number of guarantees in respect of liabilities owed by the 
Group during the course of its trading. In the event of any amount being immediately payable under the guarantee, the bank has the right 
to recover the sum, in full, from the Group. The total amount of guarantees in place at 1 April 2022 amounted to £1.5m (2021: £1.5m).

The Group’s banking arrangements are subject to a netting facility whereby credit balances may be offset against the indebtedness of 
other Group companies.

201

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

28. Related Party Transactions
The Group’s ultimate parent company is Halfords Group plc. A listing of all related undertakings is shown within the financial statements of 
the Company on pages 203 to 209.

Transactions with Key Management Personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprise the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the Halfords Limited and Halfords 
Autocentres management boards. The details of the remuneration, long-term incentive plans, shareholdings and share option entitlements 
of individual Directors of Halfords Group plc are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149. Key management 
compensation is disclosed in Note 4.

Directors of the Company control 0.27% of the ordinary shares of the Company. 

29. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Group has no off Balance Sheet arrangements to disclose as required by S410A of the Companies Act 2006.

30. Prior Period Adjustment
During the preparation of the financial statements, a mapping error was identified relating to the reduction in the Cycle to Work contract 
liability in respect of expected breakage. This reduction in the liability had in previous years been mapped to Prepayments and Accrued 
Income in the financial statements rather than being mapped to the Cycle to Work liability in Accruals and Deferred Income.

£12.0m was incorrectly included in Prepayments and Accrued Income as at the prior period end of 2 April 2021. The error at the period 
end of 3 April 2020 is £8.2m.  

To correct for this error, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Trade and other receivables at 2 April 2021 have been reduced 
by £12.0m with a corresponding adjustment to Trade and other payables. Within net cash from operating activities in the Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows, Increase in trade and other receivables has increased by £3.8m with a corresponding adjustment to Increase in 
trade and other payables.

In correcting this error, there is no impact on the Consolidated Income Statement or Net Assets.

31. Post Balance Sheet Events
Post the balance sheet year end Halfords Group have acquired APT Tyre Distributors Limited on 6 April 2022 this was not a material 
transaction.

202

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSCompany Balance Sheet

Fixed assets
Investments
Current assets
Debtors falling due within one year
Cash and cash equivalents

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Net assets
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Investment in own shares
Capital redemption reserve
Profit and loss account
Total shareholders’ funds

Notes

4

5
6

7

7

9
9
9
9
9

1 April
2022
£m

2 April
2021
£m

 811.4 

 803.6 

 68.5 
 3.6 
 72.1 
(354.9)
(282.8)
–
 528.6 

 2.2 
 212.4 
(11.6)
 0.3 
 325.3 
 528.6 

 2.1 
 5.1 
 7.2 
(606.7)
(599.5)
–
 204.1 

 2.0 
 151.0 
(10.0)
 0.3 
 60.8 
 204.1 

The notes on pages 205 to 209 are an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.

The Company has elected to prepare its financial statements under FRS 101 and the accounting policies are outlined on page 205.

The Company made a profit before dividends paid for the period of £273.2m (52-week period to 2 April 2021: £0.6m). The profit for the 
period reflected the receipt of a dividend on the liquidation of Halfords Holdings (2006) Limited.

The financial statements on pages 203 to 209 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 June 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer

Company number: 04457314

203

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSCompany Statement of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity

At 3 April 2020
Profit for the period
Share options exercised
Share based payments
Dividends paid
At 2 April 2021
Profit for the period
Issue of new shares (net of share issue costs)
Acquisition of Treasury Shares
Share options exercised
Share based payments
Dividends paid
At 1 April 2022

Share Capital
£m
 2.0 
–
–
–
–
 2.0 
–
 0.2 
–
–
–
–
 2.2 

Share 
Premium
£m
 151.0 
–
–
–
–
 151.0 
–
 61.4 
–
–
–
–
 212.4 

Investment 
in own 
shares
£m
(10.0)
–
–
–
–
(10.0)
–
–
(3.0)
1.4
–
–
(11.6)

Capital 
redemption
£m
 0.3 
–
–
–
–
 0.3 
–
–
–
–
–
–
 0.3 

Retained 
Earnings
£m
 53.8 
 0.6 
–
 6.4 
–
 60.8 
 273.2 
–
–
–
 7.8 
(16.5)
 325.3 

Total
£m
 197.1 
 0.6 
–
 6.4 
–
 204.1 
 273.2 
 61.6 
(3.0)
1.4
 7.8 
(16.5)
 528.6 

204

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALSAccounting Policies

Accounting Convention
The accounts of the Company are prepared for the period up to the Friday closest to 31 March each year. Consequently, the financial 
statements for the current period cover the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022, whilst the comparative period covered the 52 weeks to 2 April 2021. 
The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention, except where Financial Reporting Standards requires an alternative 
treatment in accordance with applicable UK accounting standards and specifically in accordance with the accounting policies set out 
below. The principal variation to the historical cost convention relates to share-based payments. 

Basis of Preparation
The Company financial statements of Halfords Group plc are prepared on a going concern basis for the reasons set out in the Directors’ 
Report on page 78, and under the historical cost convention.

The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under Financial Reporting Standard 100 (FRS 100). The Company financial 
statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and has ceased to apply all UK Accounting 
Standards issued prior to FRS 100. Therefore, the recognition and measurement requirements of the UK adopted international financial 
reporting standards have been applied, with amendments where necessary in order to comply with Companies Act 2006. 

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to 
share-based payments, financial instruments, standards not yet effective, impairment of assets and related party transactions. Where 
required, equivalent disclosures are given in the Group financial statements.

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no profit or loss account is presented for this Company. Additionally, no cash 
flow statement is presented as permitted by FRS 101.8 (h). The profit for the year is disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements.

Employee Benefit Trusts (“EBTs”) are consolidated on the basis that the parent has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the EBT are 
included on the Company Balance Sheet and shares held by the EBT in the Company are presented as a deduction from equity.

Share-based Payments
The Company operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans that are awarded to employees of the Company’s 
subsidiary undertakings.

In accordance with FRS 101 “Group and treasury share transactions”, the fair value of the employee services received under such 
schemes is recognised as an expense in the subsidiary undertaking’s financial statements, which benefit from the employee services. 
The Company has recognised the fair value of the share-based payments as an increase to equity with a corresponding adjustment to 
investments.

Fair values are determined using appropriate option pricing models. The total fair value recognised is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for 
which the related service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense 
is based on the number of awards that do meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date.

At each balance sheet date, the Company revises its estimates of the number of share incentives that are expected to vest. The impact of 
the revision of original estimates, if any, is recognised as an adjustment to equity, with a corresponding adjustment to investments, over 
the remaining vesting period. 

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at the original cost of the investments. Provision is made against cost where, in the 
opinion of the Directors, the value of the investments has been impaired.

Dividends
Final dividends are recognised in the Company’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by shareholders. 
Interim equity dividends are recognised in the period they are paid.

205

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

1. Profit and Loss Account
The Company made a profit before dividends paid for the 52 week period to 1 April 2022 of £273.2m (52 week period to 2 April 2021: 
£0.6m profit). The profit for the period reflected the receipt of a dividend on the liquidation of Halfords Holdings (2006) Limited of £273.0m. 
The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and not presented a profit 
and loss account for the Company alone.

2. Fees Payable to the Auditors
Fees payable by the Group to BDO LLP and their associates during the current and prior period are detailed in Note 3 to the Group 
financial statements.

3. Staff Costs
The Company has no employees other than the Directors. Full details of the Directors remuneration and interests, including those details 
required by Schedule 5, are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149, which forms part of the audited information.

4. Investments

Shares in Group undertaking
Cost
As at 2 April 2021
Additions – share-based payments
At 1 April 2022

£m

 803.6 
7.8 
 811.4 

The investments represent shares in the following subsidiary undertaking as at 1 April 2022 and the fair value of share-based 
compensation plans that are awarded to employees of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings.

Management have conducted an impairment review which has been undertaken on the Group’s Retail and Car servicing cash-generating 
units of which the Company’s investment form part. The results of this review are disclosed in note 11, including a sensitivity analysis. 
In this review, the combined value in use as at 1 April 2022 exceeds the investments held in subsidiary undertakings of £811.4m (FY21: 
£803.6m), and therefore management have concluded that under IAS36, no impairment has been identified with regard to the Company’s 
investments in subsidiaries.

Halfords Group Holdings Limited

Incorporated 
in
Great Britain1

Ordinary 
shares 
percentage 
owned %

Principal activities
100 Intermediate holding company

1.  Registered in England and Wales. Registered office: Icknield St Dr, Washford Ln, Redditch B98 0DE

In the opinion of the Directors, the recoverable amount of the investments in the subsidiary undertaking is not less than the amount 
shown above.

206

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS4. Investments continued
The related undertakings of the Company at 1 April 2022 are as follows:

Principal activity

Intermediate holding company
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
Retailing of auto parts, accessories, cycles and cycle accessories
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
Car servicing
In Liquidation
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Car servicing
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
Non-trading
Non-trading
Dormant
Intermediate holding company
Retailing of cycles and cycle accessories
Dormant
Non-trading
Non-trading
Dormant
Dormant
Car servicing
Dormant
Dormant
Software as a Service Provider

% Ownership 
of ordinary 
equity shares
Subsidiary undertaking
Subsidiaries registered in England & Wales, with a registered address of: Icknield Street Drive, Redditch, Worcestershire B98 0DE
100
Halfords Group Holdings Limited
100
Halfords Holdings (2006) Limited*
100
Halfords Holdings Limited
100
Halfords Finance Limited*
100
Halfords Limited*
100
Halfords Payment Services Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Holdings Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Funding Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Acquisitions Limited*
100
NW Autocentres Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Developments Limited*
100
Stop N’ Steer Limited*
100
Halfords Vehicle Management Limited*
100
The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford) Limited*
100
G W Autoserve (Ipswich) Limited*
100
G W Commercial Tyres Limited*
100
Boardman Bikes Limited*
100
Boardman International Limited*
100
Cycle Republic Limited*
100
Performance Cycling Holdings Limited*
100
Performance Cycling Limited*
100
Wheelies Direct Limited*
100
Tredz Limited*
100
Giant (Wales) Limited*
100
National Tyre and Autofit Limited*
100
Tyre and Autofit Limited*
100
National Tyre Service Limited*
100
The Marsham Tyre Company Limited*
100
W. Briggs & Co Limited*
Halfords Software Services Division Limited*
100
Subsidiaries registered in Scotland, with a registered address of: The Ca’D’Oro, 45 Gordon Street, Glasgow, Scotland, G1 3PE
McConechy's Tyres Services Holdings Limited*
McConechy's Tyres Services Limited*
Strathclyde Tyre Services Limited*
Axle Group Holdings Limited*
Axle Group Limited*
Viking International Limited*
Step Grades Motor Accessories Limited*
Birkenshaw Tyre Company Limited*
Constant Price Monitor Limited*
Birkenshaw Distributors Limited*
Acorn (Paisley) Limited*
Subsidiary registered in the Republic of Ireland, with a registered address of: c/o DWF Dublin, Unit 2, The Park, Dublin D18 KP73
Halfords (Ireland) Limited*
Subsidiary registered in Delaware USA, with a registered address of: c/o Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, 
Wilmington, DE 19808
Halfords Software Services Division LLC*
Other equity investment, registered in Northern Ireland, with a registered address of: 22 Derryall Road, Portadown, Craigavon, 
Northern Ireland BT62 1PL
Hamilton Internet Services Limited*

Intermediate holding company
Car servicing
Dormant
Intermediate holding company
Intermediate holding company
Dormant
Car servicing
Dormant
Car servicing
Car servicing
Dormant

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Software as a Service Provider

E-Commerce

Dormant

0.03

100

100

* Shares held indirectly through subsidiary undertakings

The only subsidiaries to trade during the year were Halfords Limited, Halfords Autocentres Limited, Performance Cycling Limited, 
McConechy’s Tyre Services Limited, The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford) Limited, National Tyre Service Limited, Stepgrade Motor 
Accessories Limited, Halfords Software Services Division Limited, Halfords Software Services Division LLC, Constant Price Monitor 
Limited, Birkenshaw Distributors Limited, and ULM Services Limited.

207

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements

5. Debtors

Falling due within one year:
Prepayments
Amounts owed by Group undertakings

2022
£m

1.5
67.0
68.5

2021
£m

–
2.1
2.1

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are subject to interest. At 1 April 2022, the amounts bear interest at a rate of 2.48% (2021: 1.31%).

The increase in Amounts owed by Group undertakings in the period relates to a loan of amounts raised through the share issue in the 
period (Note 9), to Halfords Autocentres Limited to fund the acquisition of the Axle Group. 

6. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Falling due within one year:
Cash at bank and in hand

2022
£m

3.6
3.6

2021
£m

5.1
5.1

£3.5m (2021: £5.1m) of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents included in the Balance Sheet is held by the trustee of the Company’s employee 
benefit trust in relation to the share scheme for employees. Therefore, these funds are restricted and are not available to be circulated on demand.

7. Creditors

Falling due within one year:
Bank borrowings (Note 8)
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Accruals and deferred income

Falling due after more than one year:
Bank borrowings (Note 8)

2022
£m

–
354.9
–
354.9

–
–

2021
£m

16.5
589.9
0.3
606.7

–
–

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are repayable on demand and have, therefore, been classified as due within one year, although it is 
expected that not all of this amount will be repaid within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

8. Borrowings

Current
Unsecured bank overdraft
Non-current
Expiring between two and five years

2022
£m

–

–
–

2021
£m

16.5

–
16.5

The above borrowings are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £1.5m (2021: £1.6m), which is included within prepayments.

Details of the Company’s borrowing facilities are in Note 18 of the Group’s financial statements.

208

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR  FINANCIALS9. Equity Share Capital

Ordinary shares of 1p each:
Allotted, called up and fully paid

2022
Number of 
shares
218,928,736

2021
Number of 
shares
199,116,632

2022
£000
2,189

2021
£000
1,991

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at 
meetings of the Company. All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets.

The Company issued 19,812,104 new ordinary shares with a par value of 1p per share on 2 December 2021.

Proceeds from the share issue recognised within Share Premium totalled £61.4m (2021: £nil), net of transaction costs of £1.8m (2021: £nil). 
Total Share Premium at 1 April 2022 was £212.4m (2021: £151.0m).

In total the Company received proceeds of £1.4m (2021: £nil) from the exercise of share options. During the year, the Company purchased 
£3.0m (2021: £nil) of its own shares through the employee benefit trust.

Potential Issue of Ordinary Shares
The Company has a number of employee share option schemes. Further information regarding these schemes can be found in Note 24 of 
the Group’s financial statements.

Investment in Own Shares
At 1 April 2022, the Company held in Trust 1,460,702 (2021: 1,637,101) of its own shares with a nominal value of £14,607 (2021: £16,371). 
The Trust has waived any entitlement to the receipt of dividends in respect of its holding of the Company’s ordinary shares. The market 
value of these shares at 1 April 2022 was £3.8m (2021: £6.1m). In the current period 1,036,147 (2021: nil) were repurchased and transferred 
into the Trust, with 1,208,087 (2021: nil) reissued on exercise of share options.

10. Share-based Payments
Share-based payments during the period were £7.8m (2021: £6.4m), bringing the balance at 1 April 2022 to £36.5m (2021: £28.5m).

11. Profits Available For Distribution
Distributable reserves in the Company Balance Sheet total £289.0m at 1 April 2022.

12. Reserves
The Company settled dividends of £16.5m (2021: £nil) in the period, as detailed in Note 8 to the Group’s financial statements.

13. Related Party Disclosures
Under FRS 101 “Related party disclosures” the Company is exempt from disclosing related party transactions with entities which it 
wholly owns.

14. Contingent Liabilities 
The Group’s banking arrangements include the facility for the bank to provide a number of guarantees in respect of liabilities owed by the 
Group during the course of its trading. In the event of any amount being immediately payable under the guarantee, the bank has the right 
to recover the sum in full from the Group. The total amount of guarantees in place at 1 April 2022 amounted to £1.5m (2021: £1.5m).

The Company’s banking arrangements are subject to a netting facility whereby credit balances may be offset against the indebtedness of 
other Group companies.

15. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has no off Balance Sheet arrangements to disclose as required by S410A of the Companies Act 2006.

209

 halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR  FINANCIALSn
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
n

f

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

I

Contents

Five-Year Record
Glossary of Alternative  
Performance Measures
Company Information

212

213
214

 
Five-Year Record

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating profit before non-underlying items 
Non-underlying operating expenses
Operating profit
Net finance costs
Underlying Profit Before Tax2
Non-recurring operating expenses
Non-recurring finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Taxation on non-underlying items
Profit attributable to equity shareholders
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share before non-underlying items
Weighted average number of shares

52 weeks
to
30 March
20181
(audited)
£m
 1,135.1 
(564.9)
 570.2 
(495.6)
 74.6 
(4.8)
 69.8 
(2.7)
 71.6 
(4.8)
 0.3 
 67.1 
(13.2)
 0.8 
 54.7 
27.8p
29.6p
197.0m

52 weeks
to
29 March
20191
(audited)
£m
 1,138.6 
(559.6)
 579.0 
(516.8)
 62.2 
(7.8)
 54.4 
(3.4)
 58.8 
(7.8)
–
 51.0 
(10.5)
 1.4 
 41.9 
21.2p
24.5p
197.1m

52 weeks
to
27 March
20202
£m
 1,142.4 
(558.4)
 584.0 
(513.5)
 70.5 
(34.2)
 36.3 
(13.6)
 56.9
(34.2)
–
 22.7 
(6.9)
 5.0 
 20.8 
10.6p
25.4p
197.0m

52 weeks
to
2 April
2021
(audited)
£m
 1,292.3 
(636.0)
 656.3 
(541.8)
 114.5 
(35.0)
 79.5 
(15.0)
 99.5 
(35.0)
–
 64.5 
(17.4)
 6.1 
 53.2 
27.1p
41.7p
197.1m

52 weeks
to
1 April
2022
(audited)
£m
 1,369.6 
(647.9)
 721.7 
(620.6)
 101.1 
 6.8 
 107.9 
(11.3)
 89.8 
 6.8 
–
 96.6 
(17.2)
(1.7)
 77.7 
37.9p
35.5p
204.7m

1.  All FY18 and FY19 financials are stated on a pre-IFRS-16 basis

2.  The statutory 53-week period to 3 April 2020 comprises results that are non-comparable to the 52 weeks periods reported in other years. To provide a 

more meaningful comparison, the above table includes the unaudited pro forma 52 weeks to 27 March 2020

212

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONGlossary of Alternative  
Performance Measures

In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have adopted 
various Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”), previously 
termed as ‘Non-GAAP measures’. APMs should be considered in 
addition to IFRS measurements, of which some are shown on page 
164. The Directors believe that these APMs assist in providing 
useful information on the underlying performance of the Group, 
enhance the comparability of information between reporting 
periods, and are used internally by the Directors to measure the 
Group’s performance. 

The key APMs that the Group focuses on are as follows:   

1.  Like-for-like (“LFL”) sales represent revenues from stores, 

centres and websites that have been trading for at least a year 
(but excluding prior year sales of stores and centres closed 
during the year) at constant foreign exchange rates. 

2.  Underlying EBIT is results from operating activities before 
non-underlying items. Underlying EBITDA further removes 
Depreciation and Amortisation.  

3.  Underlying Profit Before Tax is Profit before income tax 

and non-underlying items as shown in the Group Income 
Statement. 

4.  Underlying Earnings Per Share is Profit after income tax 

before non-underlying items as shown in the Group Income 
Statement, divided by the number of shares in issue. 

5.  Net Debt is current and non-current borrowings less cash and 

cash equivalents, both in-hand and at bank, as shown in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Cash & cash equivalents 
Borrowings – current 
Borrowings – non-current 
Net Cash/(Debt)* 

FY22
 £m 
46.3
(74.7)
(316.5)
(344.9)

FY21
£m
67.2
(63.6)
(280.9)
(277.3)

FY20
£m 
115.5 
(83.4) 
(511.9) 
(479.8) 

*  The statutory 53-week period to 3 April 2020 comprises reported 

results that are non-comparable to the 52-week period reported in the 
current and prior period. 

6.  Net Debt to Underlying EBITDA ratio is represented by the ratio 
of Net Debt to Underlying EBITDA (both of which are defined 
above).   

7.  Adjusted Operating Cash Flow is defined as EBITDA plus 

share-based payment transactions and loss on disposal of 
property, plant and equipment, less working capital movements 
and movement in provisions; as reconciled below. 

Underlying EBIT 
Depreciation, 
amortisation & 
impairment
Underlying EBITDA  
Non-underlying 
operating expenses 
EBITDA 
Share-based payment 
transactions 
Loss on disposal 
of property, plant & 
equipment 
Working capital 
movements 
Provisions movement 
and other 
Adjusted Operating 
Cash Flow* 

FY22 
£m 
101.1

106.0
207.1

6.8
213.9

FY20 
(53 weeks)
£m 
67.2

FY21 
£m 
114.5

118.5
233.0

(35.0)
198.0

118.7 
185.9 

(34.2) 
151.7 

7.8

6.4

1.0 

(5.2)

1.7

2.8 

(70.0)

49.0

52.0 

(14.7)

25.7

(3.1) 

131.8

280.8

204.4 

*  The statutory 53-week period to 3 April 2020 comprises reported 

results that are non-comparable to the 52-week period reported in the 
current and prior period. 

8.  Free Cash Flow is defined as Adjusted Operating Cash Flow 
(as defined above) less capital expenditure, net finance 
costs, taxation, exchange movements, lease payments, and 
arrangement fees on loans; as reconciled below.

Adjusted Operating 
Cash Flow 

Capital expenditure 
Net finance costs 
Taxation 
Sales and Leaseback
Exchange movement 
Lease Payments
Adjusted Operating 
Cash Flow* 

FY22 
£m 

FY20 
(53 weeks)
£m 

FY21 
£m 

131.8

280.8

193.1 

(47.3)
(10.6)
(12.2)
 7.5 
 0.9 
(85.0)

(27.5)
(15.5)
(10.8)
 –  
 2.1 
(95.9)

(33.6)
(13.2)
(16.3)
–
(2.0)
(87.7)

(14.9)

 133.2 

40.3

9.  Group Services revenue was £531m during the period, the 

remainder £838.6m relates to Product only revenue. 

213

 halfords.annualreport2022.comSHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
 
Company Information

Financial Calendar
Friday 12 August 2022 

Final Dividend Record Date

Wednesday 7 September 2022 

Annual General Meeting

Wednesday 7 September 2022 

20 Week Trading Update

Friday 16 September 2022 

Final Dividend Payment Date

Wednesday 16 November 2022 

Interim Results

Thursday 12 January 2023  

FY22 Q3 Trading Statement

Registered Office
Halfords Group plc
Icknield Street Drive
Redditch
Worcestershire
B98 0DE

Registrars
Link Group
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL

Auditor
BDO LLP
55 Baker Street
London
W1U 7EU

Joint Brokers
Investec plc
30 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP

Peel Hunt LLP
100 Liverpool Street
London
EC2M 2AT

Solicitors
Clifford Chance LLP
10 Upper Bank Street
London
E14 5JJ

214

Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONCBP013018

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset carbon 
emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value land.

Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is locked in that would otherwise be 
released. These protected forests are then able to continue absorbing carbon from the atmosphere,referred 
to as REDD (Reduced Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation). This is now recognised as one 
of the most cost-effective and swiftest ways to arrest the rise in atmospheric CO2 and global warming effects. 
Additional to the carbon benefits is the flora and fauna this land preserves, including a number of species 
identified at risk of extinction on the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

This document is printed on Revive Silk 100 which is made from 
100% FSC® Recycled pulp and post-consumer waste paper. This 
reduces waste sent to landfill, greenhouse gas emissions, as well as 
the amount of water and energy consumed

H

a

l

f

o

r

d

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

p

e

r

i

o

d

e

n

d

e

d

1

A

p

r

i

l

2

0

2

2

Corporate and IR Website 
www.halfordscompany.com

Online Annual Report 2022 
halfords.annualreport2022.com

Commercial Website 
www.halfords.com